Module:Citation/CS1: Difference between revisions

From BitProjects
Jump to navigation Jump to search
Infobox>Trappist the monk
m is_parameter_ext_wikilink() fix;
m 446 revisions imported
 
(59 intermediate revisions by 4 users not shown)
Line 1: Line 1:
require ('strict');


local z = {
--[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D  D E C L A R A T I O N S >--------------------------------------
error_categories = {}; -- for categorizing citations that contain errors
 
error_ids = {};
each of these counts against the Lua upvalue limit
message_tail = {};
maintenance_cats = {}; -- for categorizing citations that aren't erroneous per se, but could use a little work
properties_cats = {}; -- for categorizing citations based on certain properties, language of source for instance
}


--[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D  D E C L A R A T I O N S >--------------------------------------
]]
]]
local dates, year_date_check -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation


local cfg = {}; -- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration
local validation; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
local whitelist = {}; -- table of tables listing valid template parameter names; defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist
 
local utilities; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
local z = {}; -- table of tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
 
local identifiers; -- functions and tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers
local metadata; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/COinS
local cfg = {}; -- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration
local whitelist = {}; -- table of tables listing valid template parameter names; defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist
 


--[[--------------------------< I S _ S E T >------------------------------------------------------------------
--[[------------------< P A G E  S C O P E  V A R I A B L E S >---------------


Returns true if argument is set; false otherwise. Argument is 'set' when it exists (not nil) or when it is not an empty string.
declare variables here that have page-wide scope that are not brought in from
This function is global because it is called from both this module and from Date validation
other modules; that are created here and used here


]]
]]
function is_set( var )
 
return not (var == nil or var == '');
local added_deprecated_cat; -- Boolean flag so that the category is added only once
end
local added_vanc_errs; -- Boolean flag so we only emit one Vancouver error / category
local added_generic_name_errs; -- Boolean flag so we only emit one generic name error / category and stop testing names once an error is encountered
local added_numeric_name_errs; -- Boolean flag so we only emit one numeric name error / category and stop testing names once an error is encountered
local added_numeric_name_maint; -- Boolean flag so we only emit one numeric name maint category and stop testing names once a category has been emitted
local is_preview_mode; -- true when article is in preview mode; false when using 'Preview page with this template' (previewing the module)
local is_sandbox; -- true when using sandbox modules to render citation
 


--[[--------------------------< F I R S T _ S E T >------------------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< F I R S T _ S E T >------------------------------------------------------------
Line 39: Line 48:
local i = 1;
local i = 1;
while i <= count do -- loop through all items in list
while i <= count do -- loop through all items in list
if is_set( list[i] ) then
if utilities.is_set( list[i] ) then
return list[i]; -- return the first set list member
return list[i]; -- return the first set list member
end
end
Line 46: Line 55:
end
end


--[[--------------------------< I N _ A R R A Y >--------------------------------------------------------------


Whether needle is in haystack
--[[--------------------------< A D D _ V A N C _ E R R O R >----------------------------------------------------
 
Adds a single Vancouver system error message to the template's output regardless of how many error actually exist.
To prevent duplication, added_vanc_errs is nil until an error message is emitted.
 
added_vanc_errs is a Boolean declared in page scope variables above


]]
]]


local function in_array( needle, haystack )
local function add_vanc_error (source, position)
if needle == nil then
if added_vanc_errs then return end
return false;
end
added_vanc_errs = true; -- note that we've added this category
for n,v in ipairs( haystack ) do
utilities.set_message ('err_vancouver', {source, position});
if v == needle then
return n;
end
end
return false;
end
end


--[[--------------------------< S U B S T I T U T E >----------------------------------------------------------


Populates numbered arguments in a message string using an argument table.
--[[--------------------------< I S _ S C H E M E >------------------------------------------------------------
 
does this thing that purports to be a URI scheme seem to be a valid scheme?  The scheme is checked to see if it
is in agreement with http://tools.ietf.org/html/std66#section-3.1 which says:
Scheme names consist of a sequence of characters beginning with a
  letter and followed by any combination of letters, digits, plus
  ("+"), period ("."), or hyphen ("-").
 
returns true if it does, else false


]]
]]


local function substitute( msg, args )
local function is_scheme (scheme)
return args and mw.message.newRawMessage( msg, args ):plain() or msg;
return scheme and scheme:match ('^%a[%a%d%+%.%-]*:'); -- true if scheme is set and matches the pattern
end
end


--[[--------------------------< E R R O R _ C O M M E N T >----------------------------------------------------


Wraps error messages with css markup according to the state of hidden.
--[=[-------------------------< I S _ D O M A I N _ N A M E >--------------------------------------------------


]]
Does this thing that purports to be a domain name seem to be a valid domain name?
local function error_comment( content, hidden )
 
return substitute( hidden and cfg.presentation['hidden-error'] or cfg.presentation['visible-error'], content );
Syntax defined here: http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034#section-3.5
end
BNF defined here: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4234
Single character names are generally reserved; see https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-dnsind-iana-dns-01#page-15;
see also [[Single-letter second-level domain]]
list of TLDs: https://www.iana.org/domains/root/db


--[[--------------------------< S E T _ E R R O R >--------------------------------------------------------------
RFC 952 (modified by RFC 1123) requires the first and last character of a hostname to be a letter or a digit.  Between
the first and last characters the name may use letters, digits, and the hyphen.


Sets an error condition and returns the appropriate error message.  The actual placement of the error message in the output is
Also allowed are IPv4 addresses. IPv6 not supported
the responsibility of the calling function.


]]
domain is expected to be stripped of any path so that the last character in the last character of the TLD. tld
local function set_error( error_id, arguments, raw, prefix, suffix )
is two or more alpha characters. Any preceding '//' (from splitting a URL with a scheme) will be stripped
local error_state = cfg.error_conditions[ error_id ];
here. Perhaps not necessary but retained in case it is necessary for IPv4 dot decimal.
prefix = prefix or "";
suffix = suffix or "";
if error_state == nil then
error( cfg.messages['undefined_error'] );
elseif is_set( error_state.category ) then
table.insert( z.error_categories, error_state.category );
end
local message = substitute( error_state.message, arguments );
message = message .. " ([[" .. cfg.messages['help page link'] ..
"#" .. error_state.anchor .. "|" ..
cfg.messages['help page label'] .. "]])";
z.error_ids[ error_id ] = true;
if in_array( error_id, { 'bare_url_missing_title', 'trans_missing_title' } )
and z.error_ids['citation_missing_title'] then
return '', false;
end
message = table.concat({ prefix, message, suffix });
if raw == true then
return message, error_state.hidden;
end
return error_comment( message, error_state.hidden );
end


--[[--------------------------< A D D _ M A I N T _ C A T >------------------------------------------------------
There are several tests:
the first character of the whole domain name including subdomains must be a letter or a digit
internationalized domain name (ASCII characters with .xn-- ASCII Compatible Encoding (ACE) prefix xn-- in the TLD) see https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3490
single-letter/digit second-level domains in the .org, .cash, and .today TLDs
q, x, and z SL domains in the .com TLD
i and q SL domains in the .net TLD
single-letter SL domains in the ccTLDs (where the ccTLD is two letters)
two-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters)
three-plus-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters)
IPv4 dot-decimal address format; TLD not allowed


Adds a category to z.maintenance_cats using names from the configuration file with additional text if any.
returns true if domain appears to be a proper name and TLD or IPv4 address, else false
To prevent duplication, the added_maint_cats table lists the categories by key that have been added to z.maintenance_cats.


]]
]=]


local added_maint_cats = {} -- list of maintenance categories that have been added to z.maintenance_cats
local function is_domain_name (domain)
local function add_maint_cat (key, arguments)
if not domain then
if not added_maint_cats [key] then
return false; -- if not set, abandon
added_maint_cats [key] = true; -- note that we've added this category
end
table.insert( z.maintenance_cats, substitute (cfg.maint_cats [key], arguments)); -- make name then add to table
domain = domain:gsub ('^//', ''); -- strip '//' from domain name if present; done here so we only have to do it once
if not domain:match ('^[%w]') then -- first character must be letter or digit
return false;
end
end
end


--[[--------------------------< A D D _ P R O P _ C A T >--------------------------------------------------------
if domain:match ('^%a+:') then -- hack to detect things that look like s:Page:Title where Page: is namespace at Wikisource
return false;
end


Adds a category to z.properties_cats using names from the configuration file with additional text if any.
local patterns = { -- patterns that look like URLs
'%f[%w][%w][%w%-]+[%w]%.%a%a+$', -- three or more character hostname.hostname or hostname.tld
'%f[%w][%w][%w%-]+[%w]%.xn%-%-[%w]+$', -- internationalized domain name with ACE prefix
'%f[%a][qxz]%.com$', -- assigned one character .com hostname (x.com times out 2015-12-10)
'%f[%a][iq]%.net$', -- assigned one character .net hostname (q.net registered but not active 2015-12-10)
'%f[%w][%w]%.%a%a$', -- one character hostname and ccTLD (2 chars)
'%f[%w][%w][%w]%.%a%a+$', -- two character hostname and TLD
'^%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?', -- IPv4 address
'[%a%d]+%:?'                                                            -- IPv6 address
}


]]
for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- loop through the patterns list
if domain:match (pattern) then
return true; -- if a match then we think that this thing that purports to be a URL is a URL
end
end


local added_prop_cats = {} -- list of property categories that have been added to z.properties_cats
for _, d in ipairs (cfg.single_letter_2nd_lvl_domains_t) do -- look for single letter second level domain names for these top level domains
local function add_prop_cat (key, arguments)
if domain:match ('%f[%w][%w]%.' .. d) then
if not added_prop_cats [key] then
return true
added_prop_cats [key] = true; -- note that we've added this category
end
table.insert( z.properties_cats, substitute (cfg.prop_cats [key], arguments)); -- make name then add to table
end
end
return false; -- no matches, we don't know what this thing is
end
end


--[[--------------------------< A D D _ V A N C _ E R R O R >----------------------------------------------------


Adds a single Vancouver system error message to the template's output regardless of how many error actually exist.
--[[--------------------------< I S _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------------
To prevent duplication, added_vanc_errs is nil until an error message is emitted.
 
returns true if the scheme and domain parts of a URL appear to be a valid URL; else false.
 
This function is the last step in the validation process. This function is separate because there are cases that
are not covered by split_url(), for example is_parameter_ext_wikilink() which is looking for bracketted external
wikilinks.


]]
]]


local added_vanc_errs; -- flag so we only emit one Vancouver error / category
local function is_url (scheme, domain)
local function add_vanc_error ()
if utilities.is_set (scheme) then -- if scheme is set check it and domain
if not added_vanc_errs then
return is_scheme (scheme) and is_domain_name (domain);
added_vanc_errs = true; -- note that we've added this category
else
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'vancouver', {}, true ) } );
return is_domain_name (domain); -- scheme not set when URL is protocol-relative
end
end
end
end




--[[--------------------------< I S _ S C H E M E >------------------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< S P L I T _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------
 
Split a URL into a scheme, authority indicator, and domain.
 
First remove Fully Qualified Domain Name terminator (a dot following TLD) (if any) and any path(/), query(?) or fragment(#).


does this thing that purports to be a uri scheme seem to be a valid scheme?  The scheme is checked to see if it
If protocol-relative URL, return nil scheme and domain else return nil for both scheme and domain.
is in agreement with http://tools.ietf.org/html/std66#section-3.1 which says:
 
Scheme names consist of a sequence of characters beginning with a
When not protocol-relative, get scheme, authority indicator, and domain.  If there is an authority indicator (one
  letter and followed by any combination of letters, digits, plus
or more '/' characters immediately following the scheme's colon), make sure that there are only 2.
  ("+"), period ("."), or hyphen ("-").
 
Any URL that does not have news: scheme must have authority indicator (//). TODO: are there other common schemes
like news: that don't use authority indicator?


returns true if it does, else false
Strip off any port and path;


]]
]]


local function is_scheme (scheme)
local function split_url (url_str)
return scheme and scheme:match ('^%a[%a%d%+%.%-]*:'); -- true if scheme is set and matches the pattern
local scheme, authority, domain;
url_str = url_str:gsub ('([%a%d])%.?[/%?#].*$', '%1'); -- strip FQDN terminator and path(/), query(?), fragment (#) (the capture prevents false replacement of '//')
 
if url_str:match ('^//%S*') then -- if there is what appears to be a protocol-relative URL
domain = url_str:match ('^//(%S*)')
elseif url_str:match ('%S-:/*%S+') then -- if there is what appears to be a scheme, optional authority indicator, and domain name
scheme, authority, domain = url_str:match ('(%S-:)(/*)(%S+)'); -- extract the scheme, authority indicator, and domain portions
if utilities.is_set (authority) then
authority = authority:gsub ('//', '', 1); -- replace place 1 pair of '/' with nothing;
if utilities.is_set(authority) then -- if anything left (1 or 3+ '/' where authority should be) then
return scheme; -- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message
end
else
if not scheme:match ('^news:') then -- except for news:..., MediaWiki won't link URLs that do not have authority indicator; TODO: a better way to do this test?
return scheme; -- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message
end
end
domain = domain:gsub ('(%a):%d+', '%1'); -- strip port number if present
end
return scheme, domain;
end
end




--[=[-------------------------< I S _ D O M A I N _ N A M E >--------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< L I N K _ P A R A M _ O K >---------------------------------------------------


Does this thing that purports to be a domain name seem to be a valid domain name?
checks the content of |title-link=, |series-link=, |author-link=, etc. for properly formatted content: no wikilinks, no URLs


Syntax defined here: http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034#section-3.5
Link parameters are to hold the title of a Wikipedia article, so none of the WP:TITLESPECIALCHARACTERS are allowed:
BNF defined here: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4234
# < > [ ] | { } _
Single character names are generally reserved; see https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-dnsind-iana-dns-01#page-15;
except the underscore which is used as a space in wiki URLs and # which is used for section links
see also [[Single-letter second-level domain]]
list of tlds: https://www.iana.org/domains/root/db


rfc952 (modified by rfc 1123) requires the first and last character of a hostname to be a letter or a digit.  Between
returns false when the value contains any of these characters.
the first and last characters the name may use letters, digits, and the hyphen.


Also allowed are IPv4 addresses. IPv6 not supported
When there are no illegal characters, this function returns TRUE if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid URL (the
|<param>-link= parameter is ok); else false when value appears to be a valid URL (the |<param>-link= parameter is NOT ok).
 
]]
 
local function link_param_ok (value)
local scheme, domain;
if value:find ('[<>%[%]|{}]') then                                          -- if any prohibited characters
return false;
end
 
scheme, domain = split_url (value); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from URL;
return not is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid URL
end
 
 
--[[--------------------------< L I N K _ T I T L E _ O K >---------------------------------------------------
 
Use link_param_ok() to validate |<param>-link= value and its matching |<title>= value.
 
|<title>= may be wiki-linked but not when |<param>-link= has a value.  This function emits an error message when
that condition exists


domain is expected to be stripped of any path so that the last character in the last character of the tldtld
check <link> for inter-language interwiki-link prefixprefix must be a MediaWiki-recognized language
is two or more alpha characters.  Any preceding '//' (from splitting a url with a scheme) will be stripped
code and must begin with a colon.
here.  Perhaps not necessary but retained incase it is necessary for IPv4 dot decimal.


There are several tests:
]]
the first character of the whole domain name including subdomains must be a letter or a digit
single-letter/digit second-level domains in the .org TLD
q, x, and z SL domains in the .com TLD
i and q SL domains in the .net TLD
single-letter SL domains in the ccTLDs (where the ccTLD is two letters)
two-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters)
three-plus-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters)
IPv4 dot-decimal address format; TLD not allowed


returns true if domain appears to be a proper name and tld or IPv4 address, else false
local function link_title_ok (link, lorig, title, torig)
local orig;
if utilities.is_set (link) then -- don't bother if <param>-link doesn't have a value
if not link_param_ok (link) then -- check |<param>-link= markup
orig = lorig; -- identify the failing link parameter
elseif title:find ('%[%[') then -- check |title= for wikilink markup
orig = torig; -- identify the failing |title= parameter
elseif link:match ('^%a+:') then -- if the link is what looks like an interwiki
local prefix = link:match ('^(%a+):'):lower(); -- get the interwiki prefix


]=]
if cfg.inter_wiki_map[prefix] then -- if prefix is in the map, must have preceding colon
orig = lorig; -- flag as error
end
end
end


local function is_domain_name (domain)
if utilities.is_set (orig) then
if not domain then
link = ''; -- unset
return false; -- if not set, abandon
utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', orig); -- URL or wikilink in |title= with |title-link=;
end
end
domain = domain:gsub ('^//', ''); -- strip '//' from domain name if present; done here so we only have to do it once
return link; -- link if ok, empty string else
end
if not domain:match ('^[%a%d]') then -- first character must be letter or digit
 
return false;
end
if domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d]%.org$') then -- one character .org hostname
return true;
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a][qxz]%.com$') then -- assigned one character .com hostname (x.com times out 2015-12-10)
return true;
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a][iq]%.net$') then -- assigned one character .net hostname (q.net registered but not active 2015-12-10)
return true;
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d]%.%a%a$') then -- one character hostname and cctld (2 chars)
return true;
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d][%a%d]%.%a%a+$') then -- two character hostname and tld
return true;
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d][%a%d%-]+[%a%d]%.%a%a+$') then -- three or more character hostname.hostname or hostname.tld
return true;
elseif domain:match ('^%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?') then -- IPv4 address
return true;
else
return false;
end
end


--[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------


--[[--------------------------< I S _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------------
Determines whether a URL string appears to be valid.


returns true if the scheme and domain parts of a url appear to be a valid url; else false.
First we test for space characters.  If any are found, return false.  Then split the URL into scheme and domain
portions, or for protocol-relative (//example.com) URLs, just the domain.  Use is_url() to validate the two
portions of the URL.  If both are valid, or for protocol-relative if domain is valid, return true, else false.


This function is the last step in the validation process.  This function is separate because there are cases that
Because it is different from a standard URL, and because this module used external_link() to make external links
are not covered by split_url(), for example is_parameter_ext_wikilink() which is looking for bracketted external
that work for standard and news: links, we validate newsgroup names here.  The specification for a newsgroup name
wikilinks.
is at https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5536#section-3.1.4


]]
]]


local function is_url (scheme, domain)
local function check_url( url_str )
if is_set (scheme) then -- if scheme is set check it and domain
if nil == url_str:match ("^%S+$") then -- if there are any spaces in |url=value it can't be a proper URL
return is_scheme (scheme) and is_domain_name (domain);
return false;
else
end
return is_domain_name (domain); -- scheme not set when url is protocol relative
local scheme, domain;
 
scheme, domain = split_url (url_str); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from URL;
if 'news:' == scheme then -- special case for newsgroups
return domain:match('^[%a%d%+%-_]+%.[%a%d%+%-_%.]*[%a%d%+%-_]$');
end
end
return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid URL
end
end




--[[--------------------------< S P L I T _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------
--[=[-------------------------< I S _ P A R A M E T E R _ E X T _ W I K I L I N K >----------------------------


Split a url into a scheme, authority indicator, and domain.
Return true if a parameter value has a string that begins and ends with square brackets [ and ] and the first
If protocol relative url, return nil scheme and domain else return nil for both scheme and domain.
non-space characters following the opening bracket appear to be a URL. The test will also find external wikilinks
that use protocol-relative URLs. Also finds bare URLs.


When not protocol relative, get scheme, authority indicator, and domain.  If there is an authority indicator (one
The frontier pattern prevents a match on interwiki-links which are similar to scheme:path URLs.  The tests that
or more '/' characters following the scheme's colon), make sure that there are only 2.
find bracketed URLs are required because the parameters that call this test (currently |title=, |chapter=, |work=,
and |publisher=) may have wikilinks and there are articles or redirects like '//Hus' so, while uncommon, |title=[[//Hus]]
is possible as might be [[en://Hus]].


]]
]=]


local function split_url (url_str)
local function is_parameter_ext_wikilink (value)
local scheme, authority, domain;
local scheme, domain;
url_str = url_str:gsub ('(%a)/.*', '%1'); -- strip path information (the capture prevents false replacement of '//')


if url_str:match ('^//%S*') then -- if there is what appears to be a protocol relative url
if value:match ('%f[%[]%[%a%S*:%S+.*%]') then -- if ext. wikilink with scheme and domain: [xxxx://yyyyy.zzz]
domain = url_str:match ('^//(%S*)')
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(%a%S*:%S+).*%]'));
elseif url_str:match ('%S-:/*%S+') then -- if there is what appears to be a scheme, optional authority indicator, and domain name
elseif value:match ('%f[%[]%[//%S+.*%]') then -- if protocol-relative ext. wikilink: [//yyyyy.zzz]
scheme, authority, domain = url_str:match ('(%S-:)(/*)(%S+)'); -- extract the scheme, authority indicator, and domain portions
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(//%S+).*%]'));
authority = authority:gsub ('//', '', 1); -- replace place 1 pair of '/' with nothing;
elseif value:match ('%a%S*:%S+') then -- if bare URL with scheme; may have leading or trailing plain text
if is_set(authority) then -- if anything left (1 or 3+ '/' where authority should be) then
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(%a%S*:%S+)'));
domain = nil; -- set to nil which will cause an error message
elseif value:match ('^//%S+') or value:match ('%s//%S+') then -- if protocol-relative bare URL: //yyyyy.zzz; authority indicator (//) must be be preceded nothing or by whitespace
end
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(//%S+)')); -- what is left should be the domain
else
return false; -- didn't find anything that is obviously a URL
end
end
 
return scheme, domain;
return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid URL
end
end




--[[--------------------------< L I N K _ P A R A M _ O K >---------------------------------------------------
--[[-------------------------< C H E C K _ F O R _ U R L >-----------------------------------------------------


checks the content of |title-link=, |series-link=, |author-link= etc for properly formatted content: no wikilinks, no urls
loop through a list of parameters and their values.  Look at the value and if it has an external link, emit an error message.


Link parameters are to hold the title of a wikipedia article so none of the WP:TITLESPECIALCHARACTERS are allowed:
]]
# < > [ ] | { } _
except the underscore which is used as a space in wiki urls and # which is used for section links


returns false when the value contains any of these characters.
local function check_for_url (parameter_list, error_list)
for k, v in pairs (parameter_list) do -- for each parameter in the list
if is_parameter_ext_wikilink (v) then -- look at the value; if there is a URL add an error message
table.insert (error_list, utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', k));
end
end
end


When there are no illegal characters, this function returns TRUE if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid url (the
|<param>-link= parameter is ok); else false when value appears to be a valid url (the |<param>-link= parameter is NOT ok).


]]
--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ F O R _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------


local function link_param_ok (value)
Escape sequences for content that will be used for URL descriptions
local scheme, domain;
 
if value:find ('[<>%[%]|{}]') then -- if any prohibited characters
]]
return false;
 
local function safe_for_url( str )
if str:match( "%[%[.-%]%]" ) ~= nil then  
utilities.set_message ('err_wikilink_in_url', {});
end
end
 
scheme, domain = split_url (value); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from url;  
return str:gsub( '[%[%]\n]', {
return not is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid url
['['] = '&#91;',
[']'] = '&#93;',
['\n'] = ' ' } );
end
end




--[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< E X T E R N A L _ L I N K >----------------------------------------------------


Determines whether a URL string appears to be valid.
Format an external link with error checking


First we test for space characters.  If any are found, return false.  Then split the url into scheme and domain
]]
portions, or for protocol relative (//example.com) urls, just the domain.  Use is_url() to validate the two
portions of the url.  If both are valid, or for protocol relative if domain is valid, return true, else false.


]]
local function external_link (URL, label, source, access)
local err_msg = '';
local domain;
local path;
local base_url;


local function check_url( url_str )
if not utilities.is_set (label) then
if nil == url_str:match ("^%S+$") then -- if there are any spaces in |url=value it can't be a proper url
label = URL;
return false;
if utilities.is_set (source) then
utilities.set_message ('err_bare_url_missing_title', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', source)});
else
error (cfg.messages["bare_url_no_origin"]); -- programmer error; valid parameter name does not have matching meta-parameter
end
end
if not check_url (URL) then
utilities.set_message ('err_bad_url', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', source)});
end
domain, path = URL:match ('^([/%.%-%+:%a%d]+)([/%?#].*)$'); -- split the URL into scheme plus domain and path
if path then -- if there is a path portion
path = path:gsub ('[%[%]]', {['['] = '%5b', [']'] = '%5d'}); -- replace '[' and ']' with their percent-encoded values
URL = table.concat ({domain, path}); -- and reassemble
end
end
local scheme, domain;


scheme, domain = split_url (url_str); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from url;
base_url = table.concat ({ "[", URL, " ", safe_for_url (label), "]" }); -- assemble a wiki-markup URL
return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid url
end


if utilities.is_set (access) then -- access level (subscription, registration, limited)
base_url = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['ext-link-access-signal'], {cfg.presentation[access].class, cfg.presentation[access].title, base_url}); -- add the appropriate icon
end


--[=[-------------------------< I S _ P A R A M E T E R _ E X T _ W I K I L I N K >----------------------------
return base_url;
end


Return true if a parameter value has a string that begins and ends with square brackets [ and ] and the first
non-space characters following the opening bracket appear to be a url.  The test will also find external wikilinks
that use protocol relative urls. Also finds bare urls.


The frontier pattern prevents a match on interwiki links which are similar to scheme:path urls.  The tests that
--[[--------------------------< D E P R E C A T E D _ P A R A M E T E R >--------------------------------------
find bracketed urls are required because the parameters that call this test (currently |title=, |chapter=, |work=,
and |publisher=) may have wikilinks and there are articles or redirects like '//Hus' so, while uncommon, |title=[[//Hus]]
is possible as might be [[en://Hus]].


]=]
Categorize and emit an error message when the citation contains one or more deprecated parameters.  The function includes the
offending parameter name to the error message.  Only one error message is emitted regardless of the number of deprecated
parameters in the citation.


local function is_parameter_ext_wikilink (value)
added_deprecated_cat is a Boolean declared in page scope variables above
local scheme, domain;


value = value:gsub ('([^%s/])/[%a%d].*', '%1'); -- strip path information (the capture prevents false replacement of '//')
]]


if value:match ('%f[%[]%[%a%S*:%S+.*%]') then -- if ext wikilink with scheme and domain: [xxxx://yyyyy.zzz]
local function deprecated_parameter(name)
scheme, domain = value:match ('%f[%[]%[(%a%S*:)(%S+).*%]')
if not added_deprecated_cat then
elseif value:match ('%f[%[]%[//%S*%.%S+.*%]') then -- if protocol relative ext wikilink: [//yyyyy.zzz]
added_deprecated_cat = true; -- note that we've added this category
domain = value:match ('%f[%[]%[//(%S*%.%S+).*%]');
utilities.set_message ('err_deprecated_params', {name}); -- add error message
elseif value:match ('%a%S*:%S+') then -- if bare url with scheme; may have leading or trailing plain text
scheme, domain = value:match ('(%a%S*:)(%S+)');
elseif value:match ('//%S*%.%S+') then -- if protocol relative bare url: //yyyyy.zzz; may have leading or trailing plain text
domain = value:match ('//(%S*%.%S+)'); -- what is left should be the domain
else
return false; -- didn't find anything that is obviously a url
end
end
return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid url
end
end




--[[-------------------------< C H E C K _ F O R _ U R L >-----------------------------------------------------
--[=[-------------------------< K E R N _ Q U O T E S >--------------------------------------------------------


loop through a list of parameters and their values.  Look at the value and if it has an external link, emit an error message.
Apply kerning to open the space between the quote mark provided by the module and a leading or trailing quote
mark contained in a |title= or |chapter= parameter's value.


]]
This function will positive kern either single or double quotes:
"'Unkerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks'"
" 'Kerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks' " (in real life the kerning isn't as wide as this example)
Double single quotes (italic or bold wiki-markup) are not kerned.


local function check_for_url (parameter_list)
Replaces Unicode quote marks in plain text or in the label portion of a [[L|D]] style wikilink with typewriter
local error_message = '';
quote marks regardless of the need for kerning. Unicode quote marks are not replaced in simple [[D]] wikilinks.
for k, v in pairs (parameter_list) do -- for each parameter in the list
if is_parameter_ext_wikilink (v) then -- look at the value; if there is a url add an error message
if is_set(error_message) then -- once we've added the first portion of the error message ...
error_message=error_message .. ", "; -- ... add a comma space separator
end
error_message=error_message .. "&#124;" .. k .. "="; -- add the failed parameter
end
end
if is_set (error_message) then -- done looping, if there is an error message, display it
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'param_has_ext_link', {error_message}, true ) } );
end
end


Call this function for chapter titles, for website titles, etc.; not for book titles.


--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ F O R _ I T A L I C S >----------------------------------------------
]=]


Protects a string that will be wrapped in wiki italic markup '' ... ''
local function kern_quotes (str)
local cap = '';
local wl_type, label, link;


Note: We cannot use <i> for italics, as the expected behavior for italics specified by ''...'' in the title is that
wl_type, label, link = utilities.is_wikilink (str); -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]]
they will be inverted (i.e. unitalicized) in the resulting references. In addition, <i> and '' tend to interact
poorly under Mediawiki's HTML tidy.
if 1 == wl_type then -- [[D]] simple wikilink with or without quote marks
if mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- leading and trailing quote marks
str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], str);
str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], str);
elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+%]%]') then -- leading quote marks
str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], str);
elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[.+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- trailing quote marks
str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], str);
end


]]
else -- plain text or [[L|D]]; text in label variable
label = mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[“”]', '\"'); -- replace “” (U+201C & U+201D) with " (typewriter double quote mark)
label = mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[‘’]', '\''); -- replace ‘’ (U+2018 & U+2019) with ' (typewriter single quote mark)


local function safe_for_italics( str )
cap = mw.ustring.match (label, "^([\"\'][^\'].+)"); -- match leading double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup)
if not is_set(str) then
if utilities.is_set (cap) then
return str;
label = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], cap);
else
end
if str:sub(1,1) == "'" then str = "<span />" .. str; end
if str:sub(-1,-1) == "'" then str = str .. "<span />"; end
cap = mw.ustring.match (label, "^(.+[^\'][\"\'])$") -- match trailing double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup)
if utilities.is_set (cap) then
label = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], cap);
end
-- Remove newlines as they break italics.
if 2 == wl_type then
return str:gsub( '\n', ' ' );
str = utilities.make_wikilink (link, label); -- reassemble the wikilink
else
str = label;
end
end
end
return str;
end
end


--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ F O R _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------


Escape sequences for content that will be used for URL descriptions
--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ S C R I P T _ V A L U E >----------------------------------------
 
|script-title= holds title parameters that are not written in Latin-based scripts: Chinese, Japanese, Arabic, Hebrew, etc. These scripts should
not be italicized and may be written right-to-left.  The value supplied by |script-title= is concatenated onto Title after Title has been wrapped
in italic markup.


]]
Regardless of language, all values provided by |script-title= are wrapped in <bdi>...</bdi> tags to isolate RTL languages from the English left to right.


local function safe_for_url( str )
|script-title= provides a unique feature.  The value in |script-title= may be prefixed with a two-character ISO 639-1 language code and a colon:
if str:match( "%[%[.-%]%]" ) ~= nil then
|script-title=ja:*** *** (where * represents a Japanese character)
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'wikilink_in_url', {}, true ) } );
Spaces between the two-character code and the colon and the colon and the first script character are allowed:
end
|script-title=ja : *** ***
|script-title=ja: *** ***
return str:gsub( '[%[%]\n]', {
|script-title=ja :*** ***
['['] = '&#91;',
Spaces preceding the prefix are allowed: |script-title = ja:*** ***
[']'] = '&#93;',
['\n'] = ' ' } );
end


--[[--------------------------< W R A P _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------------
The prefix is checked for validity.  If it is a valid ISO 639-1 language code, the lang attribute (lang="ja") is added to the <bdi> tag so that browsers can
know the language the tag contains.  This may help the browser render the script more correctly.  If the prefix is invalid, the lang attribute
is not added.  At this time there is no error message for this condition.


Applies styling to various parameters.  Supplied string is wrapped using a message_list configuration taking one
Supports |script-title=, |script-chapter=, |script-<periodical>=
argument; protects italic styled parameters.  Additional text taken from citation_config.presentation - the reason
this function is similar to but separate from wrap_msg().


]]
]]


local function wrap_style (key, str)
local function format_script_value (script_value, script_param)
if not is_set( str ) then
local lang=''; -- initialize to empty string
return "";
local name;
elseif in_array( key, { 'italic-title', 'trans-italic-title' } ) then
if script_value:match('^%l%l%l?%s*:') then -- if first 3 or 4 non-space characters are script language prefix
str = safe_for_italics( str );
lang = script_value:match('^(%l%l%l?)%s*:%s*%S.*'); -- get the language prefix or nil if there is no script
if not utilities.is_set (lang) then
utilities.set_message ('err_script_parameter', {script_param, cfg.err_msg_supl['missing title part']}); -- prefix without 'title'; add error message
return ''; -- script_value was just the prefix so return empty string
end
-- if we get this far we have prefix and script
name = cfg.lang_tag_remap[lang] or mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang, cfg.this_wiki_code ); -- get language name so that we can use it to categorize
if utilities.is_set (name) then -- is prefix a proper ISO 639-1 language code?
script_value = script_value:gsub ('^%l+%s*:%s*', ''); -- strip prefix from script
-- is prefix one of these language codes?
if utilities.in_array (lang, cfg.script_lang_codes) then
utilities.add_prop_cat ('script', {name, lang})
else
utilities.set_message ('err_script_parameter', {script_param, cfg.err_msg_supl['unknown language code']}); -- unknown script-language; add error message
end
lang = ' lang="' .. lang .. '" '; -- convert prefix into a lang attribute
else
utilities.set_message ('err_script_parameter', {script_param, cfg.err_msg_supl['invalid language code']}); -- invalid language code; add error message
lang = ''; -- invalid so set lang to empty string
end
else
utilities.set_message ('err_script_parameter', {script_param, cfg.err_msg_supl['missing prefix']}); -- no language code prefix; add error message
end
end
script_value = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['bdi'], {lang, script_value}); -- isolate in case script is RTL


return substitute( cfg.presentation[key], {str} );
return script_value;
end
end


--[[--------------------------< E X T E R N A L _ L I N K >----------------------------------------------------


Format an external link with error checking
--[[--------------------------< S C R I P T _ C O N C A T E N A T E >------------------------------------------
 
Initially for |title= and |script-title=, this function concatenates those two parameter values after the script
value has been wrapped in <bdi> tags.


]]
]]


local function external_link( URL, label, source )
local function script_concatenate (title, script, script_param)
local error_str = "";
if utilities.is_set (script) then
if not is_set( label ) then
script = format_script_value (script, script_param); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; returns empty string on error
label = URL;
if utilities.is_set (script) then
if is_set( source ) then
title = title .. ' ' .. script; -- concatenate title and script title
error_str = set_error( 'bare_url_missing_title', { wrap_style ('parameter', source) }, false, " " );
end
else
error( cfg.messages["bare_url_no_origin"] );
end
end
end
if not check_url( URL ) then
return title;
error_str = set_error( 'bad_url', {wrap_style ('parameter', source)}, false, " " ) .. error_str;
end
return table.concat({ "[", URL, " ", safe_for_url( label ), "]", error_str });
end
end


--[[--------------------------< E X T E R N A L _ L I N K _ I D >----------------------------------------------


Formats a wiki style external link
--[[--------------------------< W R A P _ M S G >--------------------------------------------------------------
 
Applies additional message text to various parameter values. Supplied string is wrapped using a message_list
configuration taking one argument.  Supports lower case text for {{citation}} templates.  Additional text taken
from citation_config.messages - the reason this function is similar to but separate from wrap_style().


]]
]]


local function external_link_id(options)
local function wrap_msg (key, str, lower)
local url_string = options.id;
if not utilities.is_set ( str ) then
if options.encode == true or options.encode == nil then
return "";
url_string = mw.uri.encode( url_string );
end
end
return mw.ustring.format( '[[%s|%s]]%s[%s%s%s %s]',
if true == lower then
options.link, options.label, options.separator or "&nbsp;",
local msg;
options.prefix, url_string, options.suffix or "",
msg = cfg.messages[key]:lower(); -- set the message to lower case before
mw.text.nowiki(options.id)
return utilities.substitute ( msg, str ); -- including template text
);
else
return utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages[key], str );
end
end
end


--[[--------------------------< D E P R E C A T E D _ P A R A M E T E R >--------------------------------------


Categorize and emit an error message when the citation contains one or more deprecated parametersThe function includes the
--[[----------------< W I K I S O U R C E _ U R L _ M A K E >-------------------
offending parameter name to the error message. Only one error message is emitted regardless of the number of deprecated
 
parameters in the citation.
Makes a Wikisource URL from Wikisource interwiki-linkReturns the URL and appropriate
label; nil else.
 
str is the value assigned to |chapter= (or aliases) or |title= or |title-link=


]]
]]


local page_in_deprecated_cat; -- sticky flag so that the category is added only once
local function wikisource_url_make (str)
local function deprecated_parameter(name)
local wl_type, D, L;
if not page_in_deprecated_cat then
local ws_url, ws_label;
page_in_deprecated_cat = true; -- note that we've added this category
local wikisource_prefix = table.concat ({'https://', cfg.this_wiki_code, '.wikisource.org/wiki/'});
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'deprecated_params', {name}, true ) } ); -- add error message
 
wl_type, D, L = utilities.is_wikilink (str); -- wl_type is 0 (not a wikilink), 1 (simple wikilink), 2 (complex wikilink)
 
if 0 == wl_type then -- not a wikilink; might be from |title-link=
str = D:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or D:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace
if utilities.is_set (str) then
ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a Wikisource URL
wikisource_prefix, -- prefix
str, -- article title
});
ws_label = str; -- label for the URL
end
elseif 1 == wl_type then -- simple wikilink: [[Wikisource:ws article]]
str = D:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or D:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace
if utilities.is_set (str) then
ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a Wikisource URL
wikisource_prefix, -- prefix
str, -- article title
});
ws_label = str; -- label for the URL
end
elseif 2 == wl_type then -- non-so-simple wikilink: [[Wikisource:ws article|displayed text]] ([[L|D]])
str = L:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or L:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace
if utilities.is_set (str) then
ws_label = D; -- get ws article name from display portion of interwiki link
ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a Wikisource URL
wikisource_prefix, -- prefix
str, -- article title without namespace from link portion of wikilink
});
end
end
 
if ws_url then
ws_url = mw.uri.encode (ws_url, 'WIKI'); -- make a usable URL
ws_url = ws_url:gsub ('%%23', '#'); -- undo percent-encoding of fragment marker
end
end
return ws_url, ws_label, L or D; -- return proper URL or nil and a label or nil
end
end


--[[--------------------------< K E R N _ Q U O T E S >--------------------------------------------------------


Apply kerning to open the space between the quote mark provided by the Module and a leading or trailing quote mark contained in a |title= or |chapter= parameter's value.
--[[----------------< F O R M A T _ P E R I O D I C A L >-----------------------
This function will positive kern either single or double quotes:
"'Unkerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks'"
" 'Kerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks' " (in real life the kerning isn't as wide as this example)
Double single quotes (italic or bold wikimarkup) are not kerned.


Call this function for chapter titles, for website titles, etc; not for book titles.
Format the three periodical parameters: |script-<periodical>=, |<periodical>=,
and |trans-<periodical>= into a single Periodical meta-parameter.


]]
]]


local function kern_quotes (str)
local function format_periodical (script_periodical, script_periodical_source, periodical, trans_periodical)
local cap='';
 
local cap2='';
if not utilities.is_set (periodical) then
periodical = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation
cap, cap2 = str:match ("^([\"\'])([^\'].+)"); -- match leading double or single quote but not double single quotes
else
if is_set (cap) then
periodical = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', periodical); -- style
str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], {cap, cap2});
end
end


cap, cap2 = str:match ("^(.+[^\'])([\"\'])$")
periodical = script_concatenate (periodical, script_periodical, script_periodical_source); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
if is_set (cap) then
 
str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], {cap, cap2});
if utilities.is_set (trans_periodical) then
trans_periodical = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', trans_periodical);
if utilities.is_set (periodical) then
periodical = periodical .. ' ' .. trans_periodical;
else -- here when trans-periodical without periodical or script-periodical
periodical = trans_periodical;
utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {'periodical'});
end
end
end
return str;
 
return periodical;
end
end


--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ S C R I P T _ V A L U E >----------------------------------------


|script-title= holds title parameters that are not written in Latin based scripts: Chinese, Japanese, Arabic, Hebrew, etc. These scripts should
--[[------------------< F O R M A T _ C H A P T E R _ T I T L E >---------------
not be italicized and may be written right-to-left.  The value supplied by |script-title= is concatenated onto Title after Title has been wrapped
 
in italic markup.
Format the four chapter parameters: |script-chapter=, |chapter=, |trans-chapter=,
and |chapter-url= into a single chapter meta- parameter (chapter_url_source used
for error messages).


Regardless of language, all values provided by |script-title= are wrapped in <bdi>...</bdi> tags to isolate rtl languages from the English left to right.
]]


|script-title= provides a unique feature.  The value in |script-title= may be prefixed with a two-character ISO639-1 language code and a colon:
local function format_chapter_title (script_chapter, script_chapter_source, chapter, chapter_source, trans_chapter, trans_chapter_source, chapter_url, chapter_url_source, no_quotes, access)
|script-title=ja:*** *** (where * represents a Japanese character)
local ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (chapter); -- make a wikisource URL and label from a wikisource interwiki link
Spaces between the two-character code and the colon and the colon and the first script character are allowed:
if ws_url then
|script-title=ja : *** ***
ws_label = ws_label:gsub ('_', ' '); -- replace underscore separators with space characters
|script-title=ja: *** ***
chapter = ws_label;
|script-title=ja :*** ***
end
Spaces preceding the prefix are allowed: |script-title = ja:*** ***


The prefix is checked for validity. If it is a valid ISO639-1 language code, the lang attribute (lang="ja") is added to the <bdi> tag so that browsers can
if not utilities.is_set (chapter) then
know the language the tag contains. This may help the browser render the script more correctly.  If the prefix is invalid, the lang attribute
chapter = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation
is not added.  At this time there is no error message for this condition.
else
if false == no_quotes then
chapter = kern_quotes (chapter); -- if necessary, separate chapter title's leading and trailing quote marks from module provided quote marks
chapter = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-title', chapter);
end
end


Supports |script-title= and |script-chapter=
chapter = script_concatenate (chapter, script_chapter, script_chapter_source); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped


TODO: error messages when prefix is invalid ISO639-1 code; when script_value has prefix but no script;
if utilities.is_set (chapter_url) then
]]
chapter = external_link (chapter_url, chapter, chapter_url_source, access); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate
elseif ws_url then
chapter = external_link (ws_url, chapter .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in chapter'); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate; space char to move icon away from chap text; TODO: better way to do this?
chapter = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, chapter});
end


local function format_script_value (script_value)
if utilities.is_set (trans_chapter) then
local lang=''; -- initialize to empty string
trans_chapter = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', trans_chapter);
local name;
if utilities.is_set (chapter) then
if script_value:match('^%l%l%s*:') then -- if first 3 non-space characters are script language prefix
chapter = chapter .. ' ' .. trans_chapter;
lang = script_value:match('^(%l%l)%s*:%s*%S.*'); -- get the language prefix or nil if there is no script
else -- here when trans_chapter without chapter or script-chapter
if not is_set (lang) then
chapter = trans_chapter;
return ''; -- script_value was just the prefix so return empty string
chapter_source = trans_chapter_source:match ('trans%-?(.+)'); -- when no chapter, get matching name from trans-<param>
end
utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {chapter_source});
-- if we get this far we have prefix and script
name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang, "en" ); -- get language name so that we can use it to categorize
if is_set (name) then -- is prefix a proper ISO 639-1 language code?
script_value = script_value:gsub ('^%l%l%s*:%s*', ''); -- strip prefix from script
-- is prefix one of these language codes?
if in_array (lang, {'ar', 'bg', 'bs', 'dv', 'el', 'fa', 'he', 'hy', 'ja', 'ka', 'ko', 'ku', 'mk', 'ps', 'ru', 'sd', 'sr', 'th', 'uk', 'ug', 'yi', 'zh'}) then
add_prop_cat ('script_with_name', {name, lang})
else
add_prop_cat ('script')
end
lang = ' lang="' .. lang .. '" '; -- convert prefix into a lang attribute
else
lang = ''; -- invalid so set lang to empty string
end
end
end
end
script_value = substitute (cfg.presentation['bdi'], {lang, script_value}); -- isolate in case script is rtl


return script_value;
return chapter;
end
end


--[[--------------------------< S C R I P T _ C O N C A T E N A T E >------------------------------------------


Initially for |title= and |script-title=, this function concatenates those two parameter values after the script value has been
--[[----------------< H A S _ I N V I S I B L E _ C H A R S >-------------------
wrapped in <bdi> tags.
 
This function searches a parameter's value for non-printable or invisible characters.
The search stops at the first match.
 
This function will detect the visible replacement character when it is part of the Wikisource.
 
Detects but ignores nowiki and math stripmarkers.  Also detects other named stripmarkers
(gallery, math, pre, ref) and identifies them with a slightly different error message.
See also coins_cleanup().
 
Output of this function is an error message that identifies the character or the
Unicode group, or the stripmarker that was detected along with its position (or,
for multi-byte characters, the position of its first byte) in the parameter value.
 
]]
]]


local function script_concatenate (title, script)
local function has_invisible_chars (param, v)
if is_set (script) then
local position = ''; -- position of invisible char or starting position of stripmarker
script = format_script_value (script); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; returns empty string on error
local capture; -- used by stripmarker detection to hold name of the stripmarker
if is_set (script) then
local stripmarker; -- boolean set true when a stripmarker is found
title = title .. ' ' .. script; -- concatenate title and script title
 
capture = string.match (v, '[%w%p ]*'); -- test for values that are simple ASCII text and bypass other tests if true
if capture == v then -- if same there are no Unicode characters
return;
end
 
for _, invisible_char in ipairs (cfg.invisible_chars) do
local char_name = invisible_char[1]; -- the character or group name
local pattern = invisible_char[2]; -- the pattern used to find it
position, _, capture = mw.ustring.find (v, pattern); -- see if the parameter value contains characters that match the pattern
if position and (cfg.invisible_defs.zwj == capture) then -- if we found a zero-width joiner character
if mw.ustring.find (v, cfg.indic_script) then -- it's ok if one of the Indic scripts
position = nil; -- unset position
elseif cfg.emoji_t[mw.ustring.codepoint (v, position+1)] then -- is zwj followed by a character listed in emoji{}?
position = nil; -- unset position
end
end
if position then
if 'nowiki' == capture or 'math' == capture or -- nowiki and math stripmarkers (not an error condition)
('templatestyles' == capture and utilities.in_array (param, {'id', 'quote'})) then -- templatestyles stripmarker allowed in these parameters
stripmarker = true; -- set a flag
elseif true == stripmarker and cfg.invisible_defs.del == capture then -- because stripmakers begin and end with the delete char, assume that we've found one end of a stripmarker
position = nil; -- unset
else
local err_msg;
if capture and not (cfg.invisible_defs.del == capture or cfg.invisible_defs.zwj == capture) then
err_msg = capture .. ' ' .. char_name;
else
err_msg = char_name .. ' ' .. 'character';
end
 
utilities.set_message ('err_invisible_char', {err_msg, utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', param), position}); -- add error message
return; -- and done with this parameter
end
end
end
end
end
return title;
end
end




--[[--------------------------< W R A P _ M S G >--------------------------------------------------------------
--[[-------------------< A R G U M E N T _ W R A P P E R >----------------------


Applies additional message text to various parameter values. Supplied string is wrapped using a message_list
Argument wrapperThis function provides support for argument mapping defined
configuration taking one argumentSupports lower case text for {{citation}} templates.  Additional text taken
in the configuration file so that multiple names can be transparently aliased to
from citation_config.messages - the reason this function is similar to but separate from wrap_style().
single internal variable.


]]
]]


local function wrap_msg (key, str, lower)
local function argument_wrapper ( args )
if not is_set( str ) then
local origin = {};
return "";
end
return setmetatable({
if true == lower then
ORIGIN = function ( self, k )
local msg;
local dummy = self[k]; -- force the variable to be loaded.
msg = cfg.messages[key]:lower(); -- set the message to lower case before
return origin[k];
return substitute( msg, str ); -- including template text
else
return substitute( cfg.messages[key], str );
end
end
 
 
--[[-------------------------< I S _ A L I A S _ U S E D >-----------------------------------------------------
 
This function is used by select_one() to determine if one of a list of alias parameters is in the argument list
provided by the template.
 
Input:
args – pointer to the arguments table from calling template
alias – one of the list of possible aliases in the aliases lists from Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration
index – for enumerated parameters, identifies which one
enumerated – true/false flag used choose how enumerated aliases are examined
value – value associated with an alias that has previously been selected; nil if not yet selected
selected – the alias that has previously been selected; nil if not yet selected
error_list – list of aliases that are duplicates of the alias already selected
 
Returns:
value – value associated with alias we selected or that was previously selected or nil if an alias not yet selected
selected – the alias we selected or the alias that was previously selected or nil if an alias not yet selected
 
]]
 
local function is_alias_used (args, alias, index, enumerated, value, selected, error_list)
if enumerated then -- is this a test for an enumerated parameters?
alias = alias:gsub ('#', index); -- replace '#' with the value in index
else
alias = alias:gsub ('#', ''); -- remove '#' if it exists
end
 
if is_set(args[alias]) then -- alias is in the template's argument list
if value ~= nil and selected ~= alias then -- if we have already selected one of the aliases
local skip;
for _, v in ipairs(error_list) do -- spin through the error list to see if we've added this alias
if v == alias then
skip = true;
break; -- has been added so stop looking
end
end
if not skip then -- has not been added so
table.insert( error_list, alias ); -- add error alias to the error list
end
else
value = args[alias]; -- not yet selected an alias, so select this one
selected = alias;
end
end
end
},
return value, selected; -- return newly selected alias, or previously selected alias
{
__index = function ( tbl, k )
if origin[k] ~= nil then
return nil;
end
local args, list, v = args, cfg.aliases[k];
if type( list ) == 'table' then
v, origin[k] = utilities.select_one ( args, list, 'err_redundant_parameters' );
if origin[k] == nil then
origin[k] = ''; -- Empty string, not nil
end
elseif list ~= nil then
v, origin[k] = args[list], list;
else
-- maybe let through instead of raising an error?
-- v, origin[k] = args[k], k;
error( cfg.messages['unknown_argument_map'] .. ': ' .. k);
end
-- Empty strings, not nil;
if v == nil then
v = '';
origin[k] = '';
end
tbl = rawset( tbl, k, v );
return v;
end,
});
end
end




--[[--------------------------< S E L E C T _ O N E >----------------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< N O W R A P _ D A T E >-------------------------


Chooses one matching parameter from a list of parameters to consider. The list of parameters to consider is just
When date is YYYY-MM-DD format wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>YYYY-MM-DD</span>.
names.  For parameters that may be enumerated, the position of the numerator in the parameter name is identified
When date is DD MMMM YYYY or is MMMM DD, YYYY then wrap in nowrap span:
by the '#' so |author-last1= and |author1-last= are represented as 'author-last#' and 'author#-last'.
<span ...>DD MMMM</span> YYYY or <span ...>MMMM DD,</span> YYYY


Because enumerated parameter |<param>1= is an alias of |<param>= we must test for both possibilities.
DOES NOT yet support MMMM YYYY or any of the date ranges.
 
 
Generates an error if more than one match is present.


]]
]]


local function select_one( args, aliases_list, error_condition, index )
local function nowrap_date (date)
local value = nil; -- the value assigned to the selected parameter
local cap = '';
local selected = ''; -- the name of the parameter we have chosen
local cap2 = '';
local error_list = {};


if index ~= nil then index = tostring(index); end
if date:match("^%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d$") then
 
date = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap1'], date);
for _, alias in ipairs( aliases_list ) do -- for each alias in the aliases list
if alias:match ('#') then -- if this alias can be enumerated
elseif date:match("^%a+%s*%d%d?,%s+%d%d%d%d$") or date:match ("^%d%d?%s*%a+%s+%d%d%d%d$") then
if '1' == index then -- when index is 1 test for enumerated and non-enumerated aliases
cap, cap2 = string.match (date, "^(.*)%s+(%d%d%d%d)$");
value, selected = is_alias_used (args, alias, index, false, value, selected, error_list); -- first test for non-enumerated alias
date = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap2'], {cap, cap2});
end
value, selected = is_alias_used (args, alias, index, true, value, selected, error_list); -- test for enumerated alias
else
value, selected = is_alias_used (args, alias, index, false, value, selected, error_list); --test for non-enumerated alias
end
end
 
if #error_list > 0 and 'none' ~= error_condition then -- for cases where this code is used outside of extract_names()
local error_str = "";
for _, k in ipairs( error_list ) do
if error_str ~= "" then error_str = error_str .. cfg.messages['parameter-separator'] end
error_str = error_str .. wrap_style ('parameter', k);
end
if #error_list > 1 then
error_str = error_str .. cfg.messages['parameter-final-separator'];
else
error_str = error_str .. cfg.messages['parameter-pair-separator'];
end
error_str = error_str .. wrap_style ('parameter', selected);
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( error_condition, {error_str}, true ) } );
end
end
return value, selected;
return date;
end
end




--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ C H A P T E R _ T I T L E >--------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ T I T L E T Y P E >---------------------


Format the four chapter parameters: |script-chapter=, |chapter=, |trans-chapter=, and |chapter-url= into a single Chapter meta-
This function sets default title types (equivalent to the citation including
parameter (chapter_url_source used for error messages).
|type=<default value>) for those templates that have defaults. Also handles the
special case where it is desirable to omit the title type from the rendered citation
(|type=none).


]]
]]


local function format_chapter_title (scriptchapter, chapter, transchapter, chapterurl, chapter_url_source, no_quotes)
local function set_titletype (cite_class, title_type)
local chapter_error = '';
if utilities.is_set (title_type) then
if 'none' == cfg.keywords_xlate[title_type] then
if not is_set (chapter) then
title_type = ''; -- if |type=none then type parameter not displayed
chapter = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation
else
if false == no_quotes then
chapter = kern_quotes (chapter); -- if necessary, separate chapter title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
chapter = wrap_style ('quoted-title', chapter);
end
end
return title_type; -- if |type= has been set to any other value use that value
end
end


chapter = script_concatenate (chapter, scriptchapter) -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
return cfg.title_types [cite_class] or ''; -- set template's default title type; else empty string for concatenation
 
if is_set (transchapter) then
transchapter = wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', transchapter);
if is_set (chapter) then
chapter = chapter .' ' .. transchapter;
else -- here when transchapter without chapter or script-chapter
chapter = transchapter; --
chapter_error = ' ' .. set_error ('trans_missing_title', {'chapter'});
end
end
 
if is_set (chapterurl) then
chapter = external_link (chapterurl, chapter, chapter_url_source); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate
end
 
return chapter .. chapter_error;
end
end


--[[--------------------------< H A S _ I N V I S I B L E _ C H A R S >----------------------------------------


This function searches a parameter's value for nonprintable or invisible characters.  The search stops at the
--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ J O I N >-----------------------------
first match.


This function will detect the visible replacement character when it is part of the wikisource.
Joins a sequence of strings together while checking for duplicate separation characters.


Detects but ignores nowiki and math stripmarkers.  Also detects other named stripmarkers (gallery, math, pre, ref)
]]
and identifies them with a slightly different error message.  See also coins_cleanup().


Detects but ignores the character pattern that results from the transclusion of {{'}} templates.
local function safe_join( tbl, duplicate_char )
local f = {}; -- create a function table appropriate to type of 'duplicate character'
if 1 == #duplicate_char then -- for single byte ASCII characters use the string library functions
f.gsub = string.gsub
f.match = string.match
f.sub = string.sub
else -- for multi-byte characters use the ustring library functions
f.gsub = mw.ustring.gsub
f.match = mw.ustring.match
f.sub = mw.ustring.sub
end


Output of this function is an error message that identifies the character or the Unicode group, or the stripmarker
local str = ''; -- the output string
that was detected along with its position (or, for multi-byte characters, the position of its first byte) in the
local comp = ''; -- what does 'comp' mean?
parameter value.
local end_chr = '';
 
local trim;
]]
for _, value in ipairs( tbl ) do
 
if value == nil then value = ''; end
local function has_invisible_chars (param, v)
local position = ''; -- position of invisible char or starting position of stripmarker
local dummy; -- end of matching string; not used but required to hold end position when a capture is returned
local capture; -- used by stripmarker detection to hold name of the stripmarker
local i=1;
local stripmarker, apostrophe;
 
while cfg.invisible_chars[i] do
local char=cfg.invisible_chars[i][1] -- the character or group name
local pattern=cfg.invisible_chars[i][2] -- the pattern used to find it
position, dummy, capture = mw.ustring.find (v, pattern) -- see if the parameter value contains characters that match the pattern
if position then
if str == '' then -- if output string is empty
-- if 'nowiki' == capture or 'math' == capture or ('ref' == capture and 'quote' == param) then -- nowiki, math, or quote param and ref stripmarker (not an error condition)
str = value; -- assign value to it (first time through the loop)
if 'nowiki' == capture or 'math' == capture then -- nowiki, math stripmarker (not an error condition)
elseif value ~= '' then
stripmarker = true; -- set a flag
if value:sub(1, 1) == '<' then -- special case of values enclosed in spans and other markup.
elseif true == stripmarker and 'delete' == char then -- because stripmakers begin and end with the delete char, assume that we've found one end of a stripmarker
comp = value:gsub( "%b<>", "" ); -- remove HTML markup (<span>string</span> -> string)
position = nil; -- unset
elseif 'apostrophe' == char then -- apostrophe template uses &zwj;, hair space and zero-width space
apostrophe = true;
elseif true == apostrophe and in_array (char, {'zero width joiner', 'zero width space', 'hair space'}) then
position = nil; -- unset
else
else
local err_msg;
comp = value;
if capture then
end
err_msg = capture .. ' ' .. char;
-- typically duplicate_char is sepc
else
if f.sub(comp, 1, 1) == duplicate_char then -- is first character same as duplicate_char? why test first character?
err_msg = char .. ' ' .. 'character';
--  Because individual string segments often (always?) begin with terminal punct for the
--  preceding segment: 'First element' .. 'sepc next element' .. etc.?
trim = false;
end_chr = f.sub(str, -1, -1); -- get the last character of the output string
-- str = str .. "<HERE(enchr=" .. end_chr .. ")" -- debug stuff?
if end_chr == duplicate_char then -- if same as separator
str = f.sub(str, 1, -2); -- remove it
elseif end_chr == "'" then -- if it might be wiki-markup
if f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. "''" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc''
str = f.sub(str, 1, -4) .. "''"; -- remove them and add back ''
elseif  f.sub(str, -5, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]]''" then -- if last five chars of str are sepc]]''
trim = true; -- why? why do this and next differently from previous?
elseif f.sub(str, -4, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]''" then -- if last four chars of str are sepc]''
trim = true; -- same question
end
elseif end_chr == "]" then -- if it might be wiki-markup
if f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]]" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc]] wikilink
trim = true;
elseif f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. '"]' then -- if last three chars of str are sepc"] quoted external link
trim = true;
elseif  f.sub(str, -2, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]" then -- if last two chars of str are sepc] external link
trim = true;
elseif f.sub(str, -4, -1) == duplicate_char .. "'']" then -- normal case when |url=something & |title=Title.
trim = true;
end
elseif end_chr == " " then -- if last char of output string is a space
if f.sub(str, -2, -1) == duplicate_char .. " " then -- if last two chars of str are <sepc><space>
str = f.sub(str, 1, -3); -- remove them both
end
end
end


table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invisible_char', {err_msg, wrap_style ('parameter', param), position}, true ) } ); -- add error message
if trim then
return; -- and done with this parameter
if value ~= comp then -- value does not equal comp when value contains HTML markup
local dup2 = duplicate_char;
if f.match(dup2, "%A" ) then dup2 = "%" .. dup2; end -- if duplicate_char not a letter then escape it
value = f.gsub(value, "(%b<>)" .. dup2, "%1", 1 ) -- remove duplicate_char if it follows HTML markup
else
value = f.sub(value, 2, -1 ); -- remove duplicate_char when it is first character
end
end
end
end
str = str .. value; -- add it to the output string
end
end
i=i+1; -- bump our index
end
end
return str;
end
--[[--------------------------< I S _ S U F F I X >-----------------------------
returns true if suffix is properly formed Jr, Sr, or ordinal in the range 1–9.
Puncutation not allowed.
]]
local function is_suffix (suffix)
if utilities.in_array (suffix, {'Jr', 'Sr', 'Jnr', 'Snr', '1st', '2nd', '3rd'}) or suffix:match ('^%dth$') then
return true;
end
return false;
end
end




--[[--------------------------< A R G U M E N T _ W R A P P E R >----------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------< I S _ G O O D _ V A N C _ N A M E >-------------------
 
For Vancouver style, author/editor names are supposed to be rendered in Latin
(read ASCII) characters.  When a name uses characters that contain diacritical
marks, those characters are to be converted to the corresponding Latin
character. When a name is written using a non-Latin alphabet or logogram, that
name is to be transliterated into Latin characters. The module doesn't do this
so editors may/must.
 
This test allows |first= and |last= names to contain any of the letters defined
in the four Unicode Latin character sets
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0000.pdf C0 Controls and Basic Latin] 0041–005A, 0061–007A
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0080.pdf C1 Controls and Latin-1 Supplement] 00C0–00D6, 00D8–00F6, 00F8–00FF
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0100.pdf Latin Extended-A] 0100–017F
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0180.pdf Latin Extended-B] 0180–01BF, 01C4–024F
 
|lastn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, and apostrophes.
(http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
|firstn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, apostrophes, and periods
 
This original test:
if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za--ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%']*$")
or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za--ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%'%.]+[2-6%a]*$") then
was written outside of the code editor and pasted here because the code editor
gets confused between character insertion point and cursor position. The test has
been rewritten to use decimal character escape sequence for the individual bytes
of the Unicode characters so that it is not necessary to use an external editor
to maintain this code.


Argument wrapper.  This function provides support for argument mapping defined in the configuration file so that
\195\128-\195\150 – À-Ö (U+00C0–U+00D6 – C0 controls)
multiple names can be transparently aliased to single internal variable.
\195\152-\195\182 – Ø-ö (U+00D8-U+00F6 – C0 controls)
\195\184-\198\191 – ø-ƿ (U+00F8-U+01BF – C0 controls, Latin extended A & B)
\199\132-\201\143 – DŽ-ɏ (U+01C4-U+024F – Latin extended B)


]]
]]


local function argument_wrapper( args )
local function is_good_vanc_name (last, first, suffix, position)
local origin = {};
if not suffix then
if first:find ('[,%s]') then -- when there is a space or comma, might be first name/initials + generational suffix
return setmetatable({
first = first:match ('(.-)[,%s]+'); -- get name/initials
ORIGIN = function( self, k )
suffix = first:match ('[,%s]+(.+)$'); -- get generational suffix
local dummy = self[k]; --force the variable to be loaded.
return origin[k];
end
end
},
end
{
if utilities.is_set (suffix) then
__index = function ( tbl, k )
if not is_suffix (suffix) then
if origin[k] ~= nil then
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.suffix, position);
return nil;
return false; -- not a name with an appropriate suffix
end
end
end
local args, list, v = args, cfg.aliases[k];
if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143\225\184\128-\225\187\191%-%s%']*$") or
nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143\225\184\128-\225\187\191%-%s%'%.]*$") then
if type( list ) == 'table' then
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl['non-Latin char'], position);
v, origin[k] = select_one( args, list, 'redundant_parameters' );
return false; -- not a string of Latin characters; Vancouver requires Romanization
if origin[k] == nil then
end;
origin[k] = ''; -- Empty string, not nil
return true;
end
elseif list ~= nil then
v, origin[k] = args[list], list;
else
-- maybe let through instead of raising an error?
-- v, origin[k] = args[k], k;
error( cfg.messages['unknown_argument_map'] );
end
-- Empty strings, not nil;
if v == nil then
v = cfg.defaults[k] or '';
origin[k] = '';
end
tbl = rawset( tbl, k, v );
return v;
end,
});
end
end


--[[--------------------------< V A L I D A T E >--------------------------------------------------------------
Looks for a parameter's name in the whitelist.


Parameters in the whitelist can have three values:
--[[--------------------------< R E D U C E _ T O _ I N I T I A L S >------------------------------------------
true - active, supported parameters
 
false - deprecated, supported parameters
Attempts to convert names to initials in support of |name-list-style=vanc. 
nil - unsupported parameters
 
Names in |firstn= may be separated by spaces or hyphens, or for initials, a period.
See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35062/.
 
Vancouver style requires family rank designations (Jr, II, III, etc.) to be rendered
as Jr, 2nd, 3rd, etc.  See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35085/.
This code only accepts and understands generational suffix in the Vancouver format
because Roman numerals look like, and can be mistaken for, initials.
 
This function uses ustring functions because firstname initials may be any of the
Unicode Latin characters accepted by is_good_vanc_name ().
 
]]
]]


local function validate( name )
local function reduce_to_initials (first, position)
local name = tostring( name );
if first:find (',', 1, true) then
local state = whitelist.basic_arguments[ name ];
return first; -- commas not allowed; abandon
-- Normal arguments
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
if false == state then
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
return true;
end
end
 
-- Arguments with numbers in them
local name, suffix = mw.ustring.match (first, "^(%u+) ([%dJS][%drndth]+)$");
name = name:gsub( "%d+", "#" ); -- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#
 
state = whitelist.numbered_arguments[ name ];
if not name then -- if not initials and a suffix
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
name = mw.ustring.match (first, "^(%u+)$"); -- is it just initials?
if false == state then
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
return true;
end
end
return false; -- Not supported because not found or name is set to nil
end


if name then -- if first is initials with or without suffix
if 3 > mw.ustring.len (name) then -- if one or two initials
if suffix then -- if there is a suffix
if is_suffix (suffix) then -- is it legitimate?
return first; -- one or two initials and a valid suffix so nothing to do
else
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.suffix, position); -- one or two initials with invalid suffix so error message
return first; -- and return first unmolested
end
else
return first; -- one or two initials without suffix; nothing to do
end
end
end -- if here then name has 3 or more uppercase letters so treat them as a word
local initials_t, names_t = {}, {}; -- tables to hold name parts and initials
local i = 1; -- counter for number of initials
names_t = mw.text.split (first, '[%s%-]+'); -- split into a sequence of names and possible suffix


-- Formats a wiki style internal link
while names_t[i] do -- loop through the sequence
local function internal_link_id(options)
if 1 < i and names_t[i]:match ('[%dJS][%drndth]+%.?$') then -- if not the first name, and looks like a suffix (may have trailing dot)
return mw.ustring.format( '[[%s|%s]]%s[[%s%s%s|%s]]',
names_t[i] = names_t[i]:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove terminal dot if present
options.link, options.label, options.separator or "&nbsp;",
if is_suffix (names_t[i]) then -- if a legitimate suffix
options.prefix, options.id, options.suffix or "",
table.insert (initials_t, ' ' .. names_t[i]); -- add a separator space, insert at end of initials sequence
mw.text.nowiki(options.id)
break; -- and done because suffix must fall at the end of a name
);
end -- no error message if not a suffix; possibly because of Romanization
end
if 3 > i then
table.insert (initials_t, mw.ustring.sub (names_t[i], 1, 1)); -- insert the initial at end of initials sequence
end
i = i + 1; -- bump the counter
end
return table.concat (initials_t); -- Vancouver format does not include spaces.
end
end




--[[--------------------------< N O W R A P _ D A T E >--------------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< I N T E R W I K I _ P R E F I X E N _ G E T >----------------------------------


When date is YYYY-MM-DD format wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>YYYY-MM-DD</span>.  When date is DD MMMM YYYY or is
extract interwiki prefixen from <value>.  Returns two one or two values:
MMMM DD, YYYY then wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>DD MMMM</span> YYYY or <span ...>MMMM DD,</span> YYYY
false – no prefixen
nil – prefix exists but not recognized
project prefix, language prefix – when value has either of:
:<project>:<language>:<article>
:<language>:<project>:<article>
project prefix, nil – when <value> has only a known single-letter prefix
nil, language prefix – when <value> has only a known language prefix


DOES NOT yet support MMMM YYYY or any of the date ranges.
accepts single-letter project prefixen: 'd' (wikidata), 's' (wikisource), and 'w' (wikipedia) prefixes; at this
writing, the other single-letter prefixen (b (wikibook), c (commons), m (meta), n (wikinews), q (wikiquote), and
v (wikiversity)) are not supported.


]]
]]


local function nowrap_date (date)
local function interwiki_prefixen_get (value, is_link)
local cap='';
if not value:find (':%l+:') then -- if no prefix
local cap2='';
return false; -- abandon; boolean here to distinguish from nil fail returns later
end


if date:match("^%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d$") then
local prefix_patterns_linked_t = { -- sequence of valid interwiki and inter project prefixen
date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap1'], date);
'^%[%[:([dsw]):(%l%l+):', -- wikilinked; project and language prefixes
'^%[%[:(%l%l+):([dsw]):', -- wikilinked; language and project prefixes
'^%[%[:([dsw]):', -- wikilinked; project prefix
'^%[%[:(%l%l+):', -- wikilinked; language prefix
}
local prefix_patterns_unlinked_t = { -- sequence of valid interwiki and inter project prefixen
'^:([dsw]):(%l%l+):', -- project and language prefixes
'^:(%l%l+):([dsw]):', -- language and project prefixes
'^:([dsw]):', -- project prefix
'^:(%l%l+):', -- language prefix
}
elseif date:match("^%a+%s*%d%d?,%s+%d%d%d%d$") or date:match ("^%d%d?%s*%a+%s+%d%d%d%d$") then
local cap1, cap2;
cap, cap2 = string.match (date, "^(.*)%s+(%d%d%d%d)$");
for _, pattern in ipairs ((is_link and prefix_patterns_linked_t) or prefix_patterns_unlinked_t) do
date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap2'], {cap, cap2});
cap1, cap2 = value:match (pattern);
if cap1 then
break; -- found a match so stop looking
end
end
end
return date;
if cap1 and cap2 then -- when both then :project:language: or :language:project: (both forms allowed)
end
if 1 == #cap1 then -- length == 1 then :project:language:
 
if cfg.inter_wiki_map[cap2] then -- is language prefix in the interwiki map?
--[[--------------------------< IS _ V A L I D _ I S X N >-----------------------------------------------------
return cap1, cap2; -- return interwiki project and interwiki language
 
end
ISBN-10 and ISSN validator code calculates checksum across all isbn/issn digits including the check digit. ISBN-13 is checked in check_isbn().
else -- here when :language:project:
If the number is valid the result will be 0. Before calling this function, issbn/issn must be checked for length and stripped of dashes,
if cfg.inter_wiki_map[cap1] then -- is language prefix in the interwiki map?
spaces and other non-isxn characters.
return cap2, cap1; -- return interwiki project and interwiki language
 
end
]]
end
 
return nil; -- unknown interwiki language
local function is_valid_isxn (isxn_str, len)
elseif not (cap1 or cap2) then -- both are nil?
local temp = 0;
return nil; -- we got something that looks like a project prefix but isn't; return fail
isxn_str = { isxn_str:byte(1, len) }; -- make a table of byte values '0' → 0x30 .. '9'  → 0x39, 'X' → 0x58
elseif 1 == #cap1 then -- here when one capture
len = len+1; -- adjust to be a loop counter
return cap1, nil; -- length is 1 so return project, nil language
for i, v in ipairs( isxn_str ) do -- loop through all of the bytes and calculate the checksum
else -- here when one capture and its length it more than 1
if v == string.byte( "X" ) then -- if checkdigit is X (compares the byte value of 'X' which is 0x58)
if cfg.inter_wiki_map[cap1] then -- is language prefix in the interwiki map?
temp = temp + 10*( len - i ); -- it represents 10 decimal
return nil, cap1; -- return nil project, language
else
temp = temp + tonumber( string.char(v) )*(len-i);
end
end
end
end
return temp % 11 == 0; -- returns true if calculation result is zero
end
end




--[[--------------------------< IS _ V A L I D _ I S X N  _ 1 3 >----------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< L I S T _ P E O P L E >--------------------------
 
ISBN-13 and ISMN validator code calculates checksum across all 13 isbn/ismn digits including the check digit.
If the number is valid, the result will be 0. Before calling this function, isbn-13/ismn must be checked for length
and stripped of dashes, spaces and other non-isxn-13 characters.
 
]]


local function is_valid_isxn_13 (isxn_str)
Formats a list of people (authors, contributors, editors, interviewers, translators)  
local temp=0;
isxn_str = { isxn_str:byte(1, 13) }; -- make a table of byte values '0' → 0x30 .. '9'  → 0x39
for i, v in ipairs( isxn_str ) do
temp = temp + (3 - 2*(i % 2)) * tonumber( string.char(v) ); -- multiply odd index digits by 1, even index digits by 3 and sum; includes check digit
end
return temp % 10 == 0; -- sum modulo 10 is zero when isbn-13/ismn is correct
end


--[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ I S B N >------------------------------------------------------------
names in the list will be linked when
|<name>-link= has a value
|<name>-mask- does NOT have a value; masked names are presumed to have been
rendered previously so should have been linked there


Determines whether an ISBN string is valid
when |<name>-mask=0, the associated name is not rendered


]]
]]


local function check_isbn( isbn_str )
local function list_people (control, people, etal)
if nil ~= isbn_str:match("[^%s-0-9X]") then return false; end -- fail if isbn_str contains anything but digits, hyphens, or the uppercase X
local sep;
isbn_str = isbn_str:gsub( "-", "" ):gsub( " ", "" ); -- remove hyphens and spaces
local namesep;
local len = isbn_str:len();
local format = control.format;
local maximum = control.maximum;
if len ~= 10 and len ~= 13 then
local name_list = {};
return false;
end


if len == 10 then
if 'vanc' == format then -- Vancouver-like name styling?
if isbn_str:match( "^%d*X?$" ) == nil then return false; end
sep = cfg.presentation['sep_nl_vanc']; -- name-list separator between names is a comma
return is_valid_isxn(isbn_str, 10);
namesep = cfg.presentation['sep_name_vanc']; -- last/first separator is a space
else
else
local temp = 0;
sep = cfg.presentation['sep_nl']; -- name-list separator between names is a semicolon
if isbn_str:match( "^97[89]%d*$" ) == nil then return false; end -- isbn13 begins with 978 or 979; ismn begins with 979
namesep = cfg.presentation['sep_name']; -- last/first separator is <comma><space>
return is_valid_isxn_13 (isbn_str);
end
end
end
if sep:sub (-1, -1) ~= " " then sep = sep .. " " end
if utilities.is_set (maximum) and maximum < 1 then return "", 0; end -- returned 0 is for EditorCount; not used for other names
for i, person in ipairs (people) do
if utilities.is_set (person.last) then
local mask = person.mask;
local one;
local sep_one = sep;


--[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ I S M N >------------------------------------------------------------
if utilities.is_set (maximum) and i > maximum then
etal = true;
break;
end
if mask then
local n = tonumber (mask); -- convert to a number if it can be converted; nil else
if n then
one = 0 ~= n and string.rep("&mdash;", n) or nil; -- make a string of (n > 0) mdashes, nil else, to replace name
person.link = nil; -- don't create link to name if name is replaces with mdash string or has been set nil
else
one = mask; -- replace name with mask text (must include name-list separator)
sep_one = " "; -- modify name-list separator
end
else
one = person.last; -- get surname
local first = person.first -- get given name
if utilities.is_set (first) then
if ("vanc" == format) then -- if Vancouver format
one = one:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove periods from surnames (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
if not person.corporate and is_good_vanc_name (one, first, nil, i) then -- and name is all Latin characters; corporate authors not tested
first = reduce_to_initials (first, i); -- attempt to convert first name(s) to initials
end
end
one = one .. namesep .. first;
end
end
if utilities.is_set (person.link) then
one = utilities.make_wikilink (person.link, one); -- link author/editor
end


Determines whether an ISMN string is valid. Similar to isbn-13, ismn is 13 digits begining 979-0-... and uses the
if one then -- if <one> has a value (name, mdash replacement, or mask text replacement)
same check digit calculations. See http://www.ismn-international.org/download/Web_ISMN_Users_Manual_2008-6.pdf
local proj, tag = interwiki_prefixen_get (one, true); -- get the interwiki prefixen if present
section 2, pages 9–12.
if 'w' == proj and ('Wikipedia' == mw.site.namespaces.Project['name']) then
proj = nil; -- for stuff like :w:de:<article>, :w is unnecessary TODO: maint cat?
end
if proj then
local proj_name = ({['d'] = 'Wikidata', ['s'] = 'Wikisource', ['w'] = 'Wikipedia'})[proj]; -- :w (wikipedia) for linking from a non-wikipedia project
if proj_name then
one = one .. utilities.wrap_style ('interproj', proj_name); -- add resized leading space, brackets, static text, language name
utilities.add_prop_cat ('interproj-linked-name', proj); -- categorize it; <proj> is sort key
tag = nil; -- unset; don't do both project and language
end
end
if tag == cfg.this_wiki_code then
tag = nil; -- stuff like :en:<article> at en.wiki is pointless TODO: maint cat?
end
if tag then
local lang = cfg.lang_tag_remap[tag] or cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t[tag];
if lang then -- error messaging done in extract_names() where we know parameter names
one = one .. utilities.wrap_style ('interwiki', lang); -- add resized leading space, brackets, static text, language name
utilities.add_prop_cat ('interwiki-linked-name', tag); -- categorize it; <tag> is sort key
end
end


]]
table.insert (name_list, one); -- add it to the list of names
table.insert (name_list, sep_one); -- add the proper name-list separator
end
end
end


local function ismn (id)
local count = #name_list / 2; -- (number of names + number of separators) divided by 2
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['ISMN'];
if 0 < count then
local text;
if 1 < count and not etal then
local valid_ismn = true;
if 'amp' == format then
 
name_list[#name_list-2] = " & "; -- replace last separator with ampersand text
id=id:gsub( "[%s-–]", "" ); -- strip spaces, hyphens, and endashes from the ismn
elseif 'and' == format then
if 2 == count then
name_list[#name_list-2] = cfg.presentation.sep_nl_and; -- replace last separator with 'and' text
else
name_list[#name_list-2] = cfg.presentation.sep_nl_end; -- replace last separator with '(sep) and' text
end
end
end
name_list[#name_list] = nil; -- erase the last separator
end


if 13 ~= id:len() or id:match( "^9790%d*$" ) == nil then -- ismn must be 13 digits and begin 9790
local result = table.concat (name_list); -- construct list
valid_ismn = false;
if etal and utilities.is_set (result) then -- etal may be set by |display-authors=etal but we might not have a last-first list
else
result = result .. sep .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- we've got a last-first list and etal so add et al.
valid_ismn=is_valid_isxn_13 (id); -- validate ismn
end
end
-- text = internal_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, -- use this (or external version) when there is some place to link to
-- prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode})
text="[[" .. handler.link .. "|" .. handler.label .. "]]" .. handler.separator .. id; -- because no place to link to yet
if false == valid_ismn then
text = text .. ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_ismn' ) -- add an error message if the issn is invalid
end
return text;
return result, count; -- return name-list string and count of number of names (count used for editor names only)
end
end


--[[--------------------------< I S S N >----------------------------------------------------------------------


Validate and format an issnThis code fixes the case where an editor has included an ISSN in the citation but has separated the two groups of four
--[[--------------------< M A K E _ C I T E R E F _ I D >-----------------------
digits with a space. When that condition occurred, the resulting link looked like this:
 
Generates a CITEREF anchor ID if we have at least one name or a dateOtherwise
returns an empty string.


|issn=0819 4327 gives: [http://www.worldcat.org/issn/0819 4327 0819 4327]  -- can't have spaces in an external link
namelist is one of the contributor-, author-, or editor-name lists chosen in that
orderyear is Year or anchor_year.
This code now prevents that by inserting a hyphen at the issn midpoint.  It also validates the issn for length and makes sure that the checkdigit agrees
with the calculated value.  Incorrect length (8 digits), characters other than 0-9 and X, or checkdigit / calculated value mismatch will all cause a check issn
error messageThe issn is always displayed with a hyphen, even if the issn was given as a single group of 8 digits.


]]
]]


local function issn(id)
local function make_citeref_id (namelist, year)
local issn_copy = id; -- save a copy of unadulterated issn; use this version for display if issn does not validate
local names={}; -- a table for the one to four names and year
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['ISSN'];
for i,v in ipairs (namelist) do -- loop through the list and take up to the first four last names
local text;
names[i] = v.last
local valid_issn = true;
if i == 4 then break end -- if four then done
 
id=id:gsub( "[%s-–]", "" ); -- strip spaces, hyphens, and endashes from the issn
 
if 8 ~= id:len() or nil == id:match( "^%d*X?$" ) then -- validate the issn: 8 digits long, containing only 0-9 or X in the last position
valid_issn=false; -- wrong length or improper character
else
valid_issn=is_valid_isxn(id, 8); -- validate issn
end
end
 
table.insert (names, year); -- add the year at the end
if true == valid_issn then
local id = table.concat(names); -- concatenate names and year for CITEREF id
id = string.sub( id, 1, 4 ) .. "-" .. string.sub( id, 5 ); -- if valid, display correctly formatted version
if utilities.is_set (id) then -- if concatenation is not an empty string
return "CITEREF" .. id; -- add the CITEREF portion
else
else
id = issn_copy; -- if not valid, use the show the invalid issn with error message
return ''; -- return an empty string; no reason to include CITEREF id in this citation
end
end
text = external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode})
if false == valid_issn then
text = text .. ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_issn' ) -- add an error message if the issn is invalid
end
return text
end
end


--[[--------------------------< A M A Z O N >------------------------------------------------------------------


Formats a link to Amazon. Do simple error checking: asin must be mix of 10 numeric or uppercase alpha
--[[--------------------------< C I T E _ C L A S S _A T T R I B U T E _M A K E >------------------------------
characters. If a mix, first character must be uppercase alpha; if all numeric, asins must be 10-digit
 
isbn. If 10-digit isbn, add a maintenance category so a bot or awb script can replace |asin= with |isbn=.
construct <cite> tag class attribute for this citation.
Error message if not 10 characters, if not isbn10, if mixed and first character is a digit.
 
<cite_class> – config.CitationClass from calling template
<mode> – value from |mode= parameter


]]
]]


local function amazon(id, domain)
local function cite_class_attribute_make (cite_class, mode)
local err_cat = ""
local class_t = {};
 
table.insert (class_t, 'citation'); -- required for blue highlight
if not id:match("^[%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u]$") then
if 'citation' ~= cite_class then
err_cat =  ' ' .. set_error ('bad_asin'); -- asin is not a mix of 10 uppercase alpha and numeric characters
table.insert (class_t, cite_class); -- identify this template for user css
table.insert (class_t, utilities.is_set (mode) and mode or 'cs1'); -- identify the citation style for user css or javascript
else
else
if id:match("^%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d[%dX]$") then -- if 10-digit numeric (or 9 digits with terminal X)
table.insert (class_t, utilities.is_set (mode) and mode or 'cs2'); -- identify the citation style for user css or javascript
if check_isbn( id ) then -- see if asin value is isbn10
add_maint_cat ('ASIN');
elseif not is_set (err_cat) then
err_cat =  ' ' .. set_error ('bad_asin'); -- asin is not isbn10
end
elseif not id:match("^%u[%d%u]+$") then
err_cat =  ' ' .. set_error ('bad_asin'); -- asin doesn't begin with uppercase alpha
end
end
end
if not is_set(domain) then
for _, prop_key in ipairs (z.prop_keys_t) do
domain = "com";
table.insert (class_t, prop_key); -- identify various properties for user css or javascript
elseif in_array (domain, {'jp', 'uk'}) then -- Japan, United Kingdom
domain = "co." .. domain;
elseif in_array (domain, {'au', 'br', 'mx'}) then -- Australia, Brazil, Mexico
domain = "com." .. domain;
end
end
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['ASIN'];
 
return external_link_id({link=handler.link,
return table.concat (class_t, ' '); -- make a big string and done
label=handler.label, prefix=handler.prefix .. domain .. "/dp/",
id=id, encode=handler.encode, separator = handler.separator}) .. err_cat;
end
end


--[[--------------------------< A R X I V >--------------------------------------------------------------------


See: http://arxiv.org/help/arxiv_identifier
--[[---------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E T A L >--------------------------
 
Evaluates the content of name parameters (author, editor, etc.) for variations on
the theme of et al.  If found, the et al. is removed, a flag is set to true and
the function returns the modified name and the flag.


format and error check arXiv identifier.  There are three valid forms of the identifier:
This function never sets the flag to false but returns its previous state because
the first form, valid only between date codes 9108 and 0703 is:
it may have been set by previous passes through this function or by the associated
arXiv:<archive>.<class>/<date code><number><version>
|display-<names>=etal parameter
where:
<archive> is a string of alpha characters - may be hyphenated; no other punctuation
<class> is a string of alpha characters - may be hyphenated; no other punctuation
<date code> is four digits in the form YYMM where YY is the last two digits of the four-digit year and MM is the month number January = 01
first digit of YY for this form can only 9 and 0
<number> is a three-digit number
<version> is a 1 or more digit number preceded with a lowercase v; no spaces (undocumented)
the second form, valid from April 2007 through December 2014 is:
arXiv:<date code>.<number><version>
where:
<date code> is four digits in the form YYMM where YY is the last two digits of the four-digit year and MM is the month number January = 01
<number> is a four-digit number
<version> is a 1 or more digit number preceded with a lowercase v; no spaces


the third form, valid from January 2015 is:
arXiv:<date code>.<number><version>
where:
<date code> and <version> are as defined for 0704-1412
<number> is a five-digit number
]]
]]


local function arxiv (id, class)
local function name_has_etal (name, etal, nocat, param)
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['ARXIV'];
 
local year, month, version;
if utilities.is_set (name) then -- name can be nil in which case just return
local err_cat = '';
local patterns = cfg.et_al_patterns; -- get patterns from configuration
local text;
for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- loop through all of the patterns
if id:match("^%a[%a%.%-]+/[90]%d[01]%d%d%d%d$") or id:match("^%a[%a%.%-]+/[90]%d[01]%d%d%d%dv%d+$") then -- test for the 9108-0703 format w/ & w/o version
if name:match (pattern) then -- if this 'et al' pattern is found in name
year, month = id:match("^%a[%a%.%-]+/([90]%d)([01]%d)%d%d%d[v%d]*$");
name = name:gsub (pattern, ''); -- remove the offending text
year = tonumber(year);
etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-<names>=etal)
month = tonumber(month);
if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors=
if ((not (90 < year or 8 > year)) or (1 > month or 12 < month)) or -- if invalid year or invalid month
utilities.set_message ('err_etal', {param}); -- and set an error if not added
((91 == year and 7 > month) or (7 == year and 3 < month)) then -- if years ok, are starting and ending months ok?
end
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_arxiv' ); -- set error message
end
end
elseif id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%d$") or id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%dv%d+$") then -- test for the 0704-1412 w/ & w/o version
year, month = id:match("^(%d%d)([01]%d)%.%d%d%d%d[v%d]*$");
year = tonumber(year);
month = tonumber(month);
if ((7 > year) or (14 < year) or (1 > month or 12 < month)) or -- is year invalid or is month invalid? (doesn't test for future years)
((7 == year) and (4 > month)) then --or -- when year is 07, is month invalid (before April)?
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_arxiv' ); -- set error message
end
elseif id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%d%d$") or id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%d%dv%d+$") then -- test for the 1501- format w/ & w/o version
year, month = id:match("^(%d%d)([01]%d)%.%d%d%d%d%d[v%d]*$");
year = tonumber(year);
month = tonumber(month);
if ((15 > year) or (1 > month or 12 < month)) then -- is year invalid or is month invalid? (doesn't test for future years)
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_arxiv' ); -- set error message
end
end
else
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_arxiv' ); -- arXiv id doesn't match any format
end
end


text = external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
return name, etal;
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
end
 


if is_set (class) then
--[[---------------------< N A M E _ I S _ N U M E R I C >----------------------
class = ' [[' .. '//arxiv.org/archive/' .. class .. ' ' .. class .. ']]'; -- external link within square brackets, not wikilink
else
class = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
end
return text .. class;
end
 
--[[
lccn normalization (http://www.loc.gov/marc/lccn-namespace.html#normalization)
1. Remove all blanks.
2. If there is a forward slash (/) in the string, remove it, and remove all characters to the right of the forward slash.
3. If there is a hyphen in the string:
a. Remove it.
b. Inspect the substring following (to the right of) the (removed) hyphen. Then (and assuming that steps 1 and 2 have been carried out):
1. All these characters should be digits, and there should be six or less. (not done in this function)
2. If the length of the substring is less than 6, left-fill the substring with zeroes until the length is six.
 
Returns a normalized lccn for lccn() to validate.  There is no error checking (step 3.b.1) performed in this function.
]]
 
local function normalize_lccn (lccn)
lccn = lccn:gsub ("%s", ""); -- 1. strip whitespace
 
if nil ~= string.find (lccn,'/') then
lccn = lccn:match ("(.-)/"); -- 2. remove forward slash and all character to the right of it
end


local prefix
Add an error message and category when <name> parameter value does not contain letters.
local suffix
prefix, suffix = lccn:match ("(.+)%-(.+)"); -- 3.a remove hyphen by splitting the string into prefix and suffix


if nil ~= suffix then -- if there was a hyphen
Add a maintenance category when <name> parameter value has numeric characters mixed with characters that are
suffix=string.rep("0", 6-string.len (suffix)) .. suffix; -- 3.b.2 left fill the suffix with 0s if suffix length less than 6
not numeric characters; could be letters and/or punctuation characters.
lccn=prefix..suffix; -- reassemble the lccn
end
return lccn;
end


--[[
This function will only emit one error and one maint message for the current templateDoes not emit both error
Format LCCN link and do simple error checkingLCCN is a character string 8-12 characters long. The length of the LCCN dictates the character type of the first 1-3 characters; the
and maint messages/categories for the same parameter value.
rightmost eight are always digits. http://info-uri.info/registry/OAIHandler?verb=GetRecord&metadataPrefix=reg&identifier=info:lccn/


length = 8 then all digits
returns nothing
length = 9 then lccn[1] is lower case alpha
length = 10 then lccn[1] and lccn[2] are both lower case alpha or both digits
length = 11 then lccn[1] is lower case alpha, lccn[2] and lccn[3] are both lower case alpha or both digits
length = 12 then lccn[1] and lccn[2] are both lower case alpha


]]
]]


local function lccn(lccn)
local function name_is_numeric (name, name_alias, list_name)
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['LCCN'];
local patterns = {
local err_cat =  ''; -- presume that LCCN is valid
'^%D+%d', -- <name> must have digits preceded by other characters
local id = lccn; -- local copy of the lccn
'^%D*%d+%D+', -- <name> must have digits followed by other characters
}


id = normalize_lccn (id); -- get canonical form (no whitespace, hyphens, forward slashes)
if not added_numeric_name_errs and mw.ustring.match (name, '^[%A]+$') then -- if we have not already set an error message and <name> does not have any alpha characters
local len = id:len(); -- get the length of the lccn
utilities.set_message ('err_numeric_names', name_alias); -- add an error message
added_numeric_name_errs = true; -- set the flag so we emit only one error message
return; -- when here no point in further testing; abandon
end


if 8 == len then
if not added_numeric_name_maint then -- if we have already set a maint message
if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if LCCN has anything but digits (nil if only digits)
for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- spin through list of patterns
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- set an error message
if mw.ustring.match (name, pattern) then -- digits preceded or followed by anything but digits; %D+ includes punctuation
end
utilities.set_message ('maint_numeric_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- add a maint cat for this template
elseif 9 == len then -- LCCN should be adddddddd
added_numeric_name_maint = true; -- set the flag so we emit only one maint message
if nil == id:match("%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then -- does it match our pattern?
return; -- when here no point in further testing; abandon
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- set an error message
end
elseif 10 == len then -- LCCN should be aadddddddd or dddddddddd
if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if LCCN has anything but digits (nil if only digits) ...
if nil == id:match("^%l%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then -- ... see if it matches our pattern
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- no match, set an error message
end
end
end
end
elseif 11 == len then -- LCCN should be aaadddddddd or adddddddddd
if not (id:match("^%l%l%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") or id:match("^%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d")) then -- see if it matches one of our patterns
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- no match, set an error message
end
elseif 12 == len then -- LCCN should be aadddddddddd
if not id:match("^%l%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then -- see if it matches our pattern
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- no match, set an error message
end
else
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- wrong length, set an error message
end
end
end


if not is_set (err_cat) and nil ~= lccn:find ('%s') then
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- lccn contains a space, set an error message
end


return external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
--[[-----------------< N A M E _ H A S _ M U L T _ N A M E S >------------------
prefix=handler.prefix,id=lccn,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
end


--[[
Evaluates the content of last/surname (authors etc.) parameters for multiple names.
Format PMID and do simple error checking. PMIDs are sequential numbers beginning at 1 and counting up. This code checks the PMID to see that it
Multiple names are indicated if there is more than one comma or any "unescaped"
contains only digits and is less than test_limit; the value in local variable test_limit will need to be updated periodically as more PMIDs are issued.
semicolons. Escaped semicolons are ones used as part of selected HTML entities.
]]
If the condition is met, the function adds the multiple name maintenance category.


local function pmid(id)
Same test for first except that commas should not appear in given names (MOS:JR says
local test_limit = 30000000; -- update this value as PMIDs approach
that the generational suffix does not take a separator character). Titles, degrees,
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['PMID'];
postnominals, affiliations, all normally comma separated don't belong in a citation.
local err_cat =  ''; -- presume that PMID is valid
if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if PMID has anything but digits
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_pmid' ); -- set an error message
else -- PMID is only digits
local id_num = tonumber(id); -- convert id to a number for range testing
if 1 > id_num or test_limit < id_num then -- if PMID is outside test limit boundaries
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_pmid' ); -- set an error message
end
end
return external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
end


--[[--------------------------< I S _ E M B A R G O E D >------------------------------------------------------
<name> – name parameter value
<list_name> – AuthorList, EditorList, etc
<limit> – number of allowed commas; 1 (default) for surnames; 0 for given names


Determines if a PMC identifier's online version is embargoed. Compares the date in |embargo= against today's date.  If embargo date is
returns nothing
in the future, returns the content of |embargo=; otherwise, returns and empty string because the embargo has expired or because
|embargo= was not set in this cite.


]]
]]


local function is_embargoed (embargo)
local function name_has_mult_names (name, list_name, limit)
if is_set (embargo) then
local _, commas, semicolons, nbsps;
local lang = mw.getContentLanguage();
limit = limit and limit or 1;
local good1, embargo_date, good2, todays_date;
if utilities.is_set (name) then
good1, embargo_date = pcall( lang.formatDate, lang, 'U', embargo );
_, commas = name:gsub (',', ''); -- count the number of commas
good2, todays_date = pcall( lang.formatDate, lang, 'U' );
_, semicolons = name:gsub (';', ''); -- count the number of semicolons
-- nbsps probably should be its own separate count rather than merged in
if good1 and good2 then -- if embargo date and today's date are good dates
-- some way with semicolons because Lua patterns do not support the
if tonumber( embargo_date ) >= tonumber( todays_date ) then -- is embargo date is in the future?
-- grouping operator that regex does, which means there is no way to add
return embargo; -- still embargoed
-- more entities to escape except by adding more counts with the new
else
-- entities
add_maint_cat ('embargo')
_, nbsps = name:gsub ('&nbsp;',''); -- count nbsps
return ''; -- unset because embargo has expired
end
-- There is exactly 1 semicolon per &nbsp; entity, so subtract nbsps
-- from semicolons to 'escape' them. If additional entities are added,
-- they also can be subtracted.
if limit < commas or 0 < (semicolons - nbsps) then
utilities.set_message ('maint_mult_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- add a maint message
end
end
end
end
return ''; -- |embargo= not set return empty string
end
end


--[[--------------------------< P M C >------------------------------------------------------------------------


Format a PMC, do simple error checking, and check for embargoed articles.
--[=[-------------------------< I S _ G E N E R I C >----------------------------------------------------------


The embargo parameter takes a date for a value. If the embargo date is in the future the PMC identifier will not
Compares values assigned to various parameters according to the string provided as <item> in the function call.
be linked to the article.  If the embargo date is today or in the past, or if it is empty or omitted, then the
<item> can have on of two values:
PMC identifier is linked to the article through the link at cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].prefix.
'generic_names' – for name-holding parameters: |last=, |first=, |editor-last=, etc
'generic_titles' – for |title=


PMC embargo date testing is done in function is_embargoed () which is called earlier because when the citation
There are two types of generic tests.  The 'accept' tests look for a pattern that should not be rejected by the
has |pmc=<value> but does not have a |url= then |title= is linked with the PMC linkFunction is_embargoed ()
'reject' test.  For example,
returns the embargo date if the PMC article is still embargoed, otherwise it returns an empty string.
|author=[[John Smith (author)|Smith, John]]
would be rejected by the 'author' reject test.  But piped wikilinks with 'author' disambiguation should not be
rejected so the 'accept' test prevents that from happeningAccept tests are always performed before reject
tests.


PMCs are sequential numbers beginning at 1 and counting upThis code checks the PMC to see that it contains only digits and is less
Each of the 'accept' and 'reject' sequence tables hold tables for en.wiki (['en']) and local.wiki (['local'])
than test_limit; the value in local variable test_limit will need to be updated periodically as more PMCs are issued.
that each can hold a test sequence table  The sequence table holds, at index [1], a test pattern, and, at index
[2], a boolean control valueThe control value tells string.find() or mw.ustring.find() to do plain-text search (true)
or a pattern search (false).  The intent of all this complexity is to make these searches as fast as possible so
that we don't run out of processing time on very large articles.


]]
Returns
true when a reject test finds the pattern or string
false when an accept test finds the pattern or string
nil else
 
]=]


local function pmc(id, embargo)
local function is_generic (item, value, wiki)
local test_limit = 5000000; -- update this value as PMCs approach
local test_val;
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'];
local str_lower = { -- use string.lower() for en.wiki (['en']) and use mw.ustring.lower() or local.wiki (['local'])
local err_cat = ''; -- presume that PMC is valid
['en'] = string.lower,
['local'] = mw.ustring.lower,
local text;
}
local str_find = { -- use string.find() for en.wiki (['en']) and use mw.ustring.find() or local.wiki (['local'])
['en'] = string.find,
['local'] = mw.ustring.find,
}


if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if PMC has anything but digits
local function test (val, test_t, wiki) -- local function to do the testing; <wiki> selects lower() and find() functions
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_pmc' ); -- set an error message
val = test_t[2] and str_lower[wiki](value) or val; -- when <test_t[2]> set to 'true', plaintext search using lowercase value
else -- PMC is only digits
return str_find[wiki] (val, test_t[1], 1, test_t[2]); -- return nil when not found or matched
local id_num = tonumber(id); -- convert id to a number for range testing
if 1 > id_num or test_limit < id_num then -- if PMC is outside test limit boundaries
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_pmc' ); -- set an error message
end
end
end
if is_set (embargo) then -- is PMC is still embargoed?
local test_types_t = {'accept', 'reject'}; -- test accept patterns first, then reject patterns
text="[[" .. handler.link .. "|" .. handler.label .. "]]:" .. handler.separator .. id .. err_cat; -- still embargoed so no external link
local wikis_t = {'en', 'local'}; -- do tests for each of these keys; en.wiki first, local.wiki second
else
text = external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, -- no embargo date or embargo has expired, ok to link to article
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
end
return text;
end


-- Formats a DOI and checks for DOI errors.
for _, test_type in ipairs (test_types_t) do -- for each test type
 
for _, generic_value in pairs (cfg.special_case_translation[item][test_type]) do -- spin through the list of generic value fragments to accept or reject
-- DOI names contain two parts: prefix and suffix separated by a forward slash.
for _, wiki in ipairs (wikis_t) do
-- Prefix: directory indicator '10.' followed by a registrant code
if generic_value[wiki] then
--  Suffix: character string of any length chosen by the registrant
if test (value, generic_value[wiki], wiki) then -- go do the test
 
return ('reject' == test_type); -- param value rejected, return true; false else
-- This function checks a DOI name for: prefix/suffix.  If the doi name contains spaces or endashes,
end
-- or, if it ends with a period or a comma, this function will emit a bad_doi error message.
end
 
end
-- DOI names are case-insensitive and can incorporate any printable Unicode characters so the test for spaces, endash,
-- and terminal punctuation may not be technically correct but it appears, that in practice these characters are rarely if ever used in doi names.
 
local function doi(id, inactive)
local cat = ""
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['DOI'];
local text;
if is_set(inactive) then
local inactive_year = inactive:match("%d%d%d%d") or ''; -- try to get the year portion from the inactive date
text = "[[" .. handler.link .. "|" .. handler.label .. "]]:" .. id;
if is_set(inactive_year) then
table.insert( z.error_categories, "Pages with DOIs inactive since " .. inactive_year );
else
table.insert( z.error_categories, "Pages with inactive DOIs" ); -- when inactive doesn't contain a recognizable year
end
end
inactive = " (" .. cfg.messages['inactive'] .. " " .. inactive .. ")"
else
text = external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode})
inactive = ""
end
if nil == id:match("^10%.[^%s–]-/[^%s–]-[^%.,]$") then -- doi must begin with '10.', must contain a fwd slash, must not contain spaces or endashes, and must not end with period or comma
cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_doi' );
end
end
return text .. inactive .. cat
end
end




--[[--------------------------< O P E N L I B R A R Y >--------------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ I S _ G E N E R I C >------------------------------------------------


Formats an OpenLibrary link, and checks for associated errors.
calls is_generic() to determine if <name> is a 'generic name' listed in cfg.generic_names; <name_alias> is the
parameter name used in error messaging


]]
]]
local function openlibrary(id)
local code = id:match("^%d+([AMW])$"); -- only digits followed by 'A', 'M', or 'W'
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['OL'];


if ( code == "A" ) then
local function name_is_generic (name, name_alias)
return external_link_id({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
if not added_generic_name_errs  and is_generic ('generic_names', name) then
prefix=handler.prefix .. 'authors/OL',
utilities.set_message ('err_generic_name', name_alias); -- set an error message
id=id, separator=handler.separator, encode = handler.encode})
added_generic_name_errs = true;
elseif ( code == "M" ) then
return external_link_id({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
prefix=handler.prefix .. 'books/OL',
id=id, separator=handler.separator, encode = handler.encode})
elseif ( code == "W" ) then
return external_link_id({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
prefix=handler.prefix .. 'works/OL',
id=id, separator=handler.separator, encode = handler.encode})
else
return external_link_id({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
prefix=handler.prefix .. 'OL',
id=id, separator=handler.separator, encode = handler.encode}) .. ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_ol' );
end
end
end
end




--[[--------------------------< M E S S A G E _ I D >----------------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ C H E C K S >--------------------------------------------------------


Validate and format a usenet message id.  Simple error checking, looks for 'id-left@id-right' not enclosed in
This function calls various name checking functions used to validate the content of the various name-holding parameters.
'<' and/or '>' angle brackets.


]]
]]


local function message_id (id)
local function name_checks (last, first, list_name, last_alias, first_alias)
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['USENETID'];
local accept_name;


text = external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
if utilities.is_set (last) then
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode})
last, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (last); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <last>
if not id:match('^.+@.+$') or not id:match('^[^<].*[^>]$')then -- doesn't have '@' or has one or first or last character is '< or '>'
text = text .. ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_message_id' ) -- add an error message if the message id is invalid
end
return text
end


--[[--------------------------< S E T _ T I T L E T Y P E >----------------------------------------------------
if not accept_name then -- <last> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup
name_has_mult_names (last, list_name); -- check for multiple names in the parameter
name_is_numeric (last, last_alias, list_name); -- check for names that have no letters or are a mix of digits and other characters
name_is_generic (last, last_alias); -- check for names found in the generic names list
end
end


This function sets default title types (equivalent to the citation including |type=<default value>) for those templates that have defaults.
if utilities.is_set (first) then
Also handles the special case where it is desirable to omit the title type from the rendered citation (|type=none).
first, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (first); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <first>


]]
if not accept_name then -- <first> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup
 
name_has_mult_names (first, list_name, 0); -- check for multiple names in the parameter; 0 is number of allowed commas in a given name
local function set_titletype (cite_class, title_type)
name_is_numeric (first, first_alias, list_name); -- check for names that have no letters or are a mix of digits and other characters
if is_set(title_type) then
name_is_generic (first, first_alias); -- check for names found in the generic names list
if "none" == title_type then
end
title_type = ""; -- if |type=none then type parameter not displayed
local wl_type, D = utilities.is_wikilink (first);
end
if 0 ~= wl_type then
return title_type; -- if |type= has been set to any other value use that value
first = D;
utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', first_alias);
end
end
end


return cfg.title_types [cite_class] or ''; -- set template's default title type; else empty string for concatenation
return last, first; -- done
end
end


--[[--------------------------< C L E A N _ I S B N >----------------------------------------------------------


Removes irrelevant text and dashes from ISBN number
--[[----------------------< E X T R A C T _ N A M E S >-------------------------
Similar to that used for Special:BookSources


]]
Gets name list from the input arguments
 
local function clean_isbn( isbn_str )
return isbn_str:gsub( "[^-0-9X]", "" );
end
 
--[[--------------------------< E S C A P E _ L U A _ M A G I C _ C H A R S >----------------------------------


Returns a string where all of lua's magic characters have been escaped.  This is important because functions like
Searches through args in sequential order to find |lastn= and |firstn= parameters
string.gsub() treat their pattern and replace strings as patterns, not literal strings.
(or their aliases), and their matching link and mask parameters. Stops searching
]]
when both |lastn= and |firstn= are not found in args after two sequential attempts:
local function escape_lua_magic_chars (argument)
found |last1=, |last2=, and |last3= but doesn't find |last4= and |last5= then the
argument = argument:gsub("%%", "%%%%"); -- replace % with %%
search is done.
argument = argument:gsub("([%^%$%(%)%.%[%]%*%+%-%?])", "%%%1"); -- replace all other lua magic pattern characters
return argument;
end


--[[--------------------------< S T R I P _ A P O S T R O P H E _ M A R K U P >--------------------------------
This function emits an error message when there is a |firstn= without a matching
|lastn=.  When there are 'holes' in the list of last names, |last1= and |last3=
are present but |last2= is missing, an error message is emitted. |lastn= is not
required to have a matching |firstn=.


Strip wiki italic and bold markup from argument so that it doesn't contaminate COinS metadata.
When an author or editor parameter contains some form of 'et al.', the 'et al.'
This function strips common patterns of apostrophe markupWe presume that editors who have taken the time to
is stripped from the parameter and a flag (etal) returned that will cause list_people()
markup a title have, as a result, provided valid markup. When they don't, some single apostrophes are left behind.
to add the static 'et al.' text from Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration. This keeps
'et al.' out of the template's metadata.  When this occurs, an error is emitted.


]]
]]


local function strip_apostrophe_markup (argument)
local function extract_names(args, list_name)
if not is_set (argument) then return argument; end
local names = {}; -- table of names
local last; -- individual name components
local first;
local link;
local mask;
local i = 1; -- loop counter/indexer
local n = 1; -- output table indexer
local count = 0; -- used to count the number of times we haven't found a |last= (or alias for authors, |editor-last or alias for editors)
local etal = false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. in an author parameter


local last_alias, first_alias, link_alias; -- selected parameter aliases used in error messaging
while true do
while true do
if argument:match ("%'%'%'%'%'") then -- bold italic (5)
last, last_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ); -- search through args for name components beginning at 1
argument=argument:gsub("%'%'%'%'%'", ""); -- remove all instances of it
first, first_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i );
elseif argument:match ("%'%'%'%'") then -- italic start and end without content (4)
link, link_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i );
argument=argument:gsub("%'%'%'%'", "");
mask = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i );
elseif argument:match ("%'%'%'") then -- bold (3)
argument=argument:gsub("%'%'%'", "");
if last then -- error check |lastn= alias for unknown interwiki link prefix; done here because this is where we have the parameter name
elseif argument:match ("%'%'") then -- italic (2)
local project, language = interwiki_prefixen_get (last, true); -- true because we expect interwiki links in |lastn= to be wikilinked
argument=argument:gsub("%'%'", "");
if nil == project and nil == language then -- when both are nil
else
utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', last_alias); -- not known, emit an error message -- TODO: err_bad_interwiki?
break;
last = utilities.remove_wiki_link (last); -- remove wikilink markup; show display value only
end
end
if link then -- error check |linkn= alias for unknown interwiki link prefix
local project, language = interwiki_prefixen_get (link, false); -- false because wiki links in |author-linkn= is an error
if nil == project and nil == language then -- when both are nil
utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', link_alias); -- not known, emit an error message -- TODO: err_bad_interwiki?
link = nil; -- unset so we don't link
link_alias = nil;
end
end
end
end
return argument; -- done
last, etal = name_has_etal (last, etal, false, last_alias); -- find and remove variations on et al.
end
first, etal = name_has_etal (first, etal, false, first_alias); -- find and remove variations on et al.
last, first = name_checks (last, first, list_name, last_alias, first_alias); -- multiple names, extraneous annotation, etc. checks


--[[--------------------------< M A K E _ C O I N S _ T I T L E >----------------------------------------------
if first and not last then -- if there is a firstn without a matching lastn
 
local alias = first_alias:find ('given', 1, true) and 'given' or 'first'; -- get first or given form of the alias
Makes a title for COinS from Title and / or ScriptTitle (or any other name-script pairs)
utilities.set_message ('err_first_missing_last', {
 
first_alias, -- param name of alias missing its mate
Apostrophe markup (bold, italics) is stripped from each value so that the COinS metadata isn't correupted with strings
first_alias:gsub (alias, {['first'] = 'last', ['given'] = 'surname'}), -- make param name appropriate to the alias form
of %27%27...
}); -- add this error message
]]
elseif not first and not last then -- if both firstn and lastn aren't found, are we done?
count = count + 1; -- number of times we haven't found last and first
if 2 <= count then -- two missing names and we give up
break; -- normal exit or there is a two-name hole in the list; can't tell which
end
else -- we have last with or without a first
local result;
link = link_title_ok (link, link_alias, last, last_alias); -- check for improper wiki-markup
 
if first then
link = link_title_ok (link, link_alias, first, first_alias); -- check for improper wiki-markup
end


local function make_coins_title (title, script)
names[n] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate = false}; -- add this name to our names list (corporate for |vauthors= only)
if is_set (title) then
n = n + 1; -- point to next location in the names table
title = strip_apostrophe_markup (title); -- strip any apostrophe markup
if 1 == count then -- if the previous name was missing
else
utilities.set_message ('err_missing_name', {list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower(), i - 1}); -- add this error message
title=''; -- if not set, make sure title is an empty string
end
count = 0; -- reset the counter, we're looking for two consecutive missing names
end
i = i + 1; -- point to next args location
end
end
if is_set (script) then
script = script:gsub ('^%l%l%s*:%s*', ''); -- remove language prefix if present (script value may now be empty string)
return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names and the etal flag
script = strip_apostrophe_markup (script); -- strip any apostrophe markup
else
script=''; -- if not set, make sure script is an empty string
end
if is_set (title) and is_set (script) then
script = ' ' .. script; -- add a space before we concatenate
end
return title .. script; -- return the concatenation
end
end


--[[--------------------------< G E T _ C O I N S _ P A G E S >------------------------------------------------


Extract page numbers from external wikilinks in any of the |page=, |pages=, or |at= parameters for use in COinS.
--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ T A G _ G E T >------------------------------------------------------


]]
attempt to decode |language=<lang_param> and return language name and matching tag; nil else.


local function get_coins_pages (pages)
This function looks for:
local pattern;
<lang_param> as a tag in cfg.lang_tag_remap{}
if not is_set (pages) then return pages; end -- if no page numbers then we're done
<lang_param> as a name in cfg.lang_name_remap{}
while true do
<lang_param> as a name in cfg.mw_languages_by_name_t
pattern = pages:match("%[(%w*:?//[^ ]+%s+)[%w%d].*%]"); -- pattern is the opening bracket, the url and following space(s): "[url "
<lang_param> as a tag in cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t
if nil == pattern then break; end -- no more urls
when those fail, presume that <lang_param> is an IETF-like tag that MediaWiki does not recognize.  Strip all
pattern = escape_lua_magic_chars (pattern); -- pattern is not a literal string; escape lua's magic pattern characters
script, region, variant, whatever subtags from <lang_param> to leave just a two or three character language tag
pages = pages:gsub(pattern, ""); -- remove as many instances of pattern as possible
and look for the new <lang_param> in cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t{}
end
pages = pages:gsub("[%[%]]", ""); -- remove the brackets
pages = pages:gsub("–", "-" ); -- replace endashes with hyphens
pages = pages:gsub("&%w+;", "-" ); -- and replace html entities (&ndash; etc.) with hyphens; do we need to replace numerical entities like &#32; and the like?
return pages;
end


-- Gets the display text for a wikilink like [[A|B]] or [[B]] gives B
on success, returns name (in properly capitalized form) and matching tag (in lowercase); on failure returns nil
local function remove_wiki_link( str )
return (str:gsub( "%[%[([^%[%]]*)%]%]", function(l)
return l:gsub( "^[^|]*|(.*)$", "%1" ):gsub("^%s*(.-)%s*$", "%1");
end));
end


-- Converts a hyphen to a dash
]]
local function hyphen_to_dash( str )
if not is_set(str) or str:match( "[%[%]{}<>]" ) ~= nil then
return str;
end
return str:gsub( '-', '–' );
end


--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ J O I N >------------------------------------------------------------
local function name_tag_get (lang_param)
local lang_param_lc = mw.ustring.lower (lang_param); -- use lowercase as an index into the various tables
local name;
local tag;


Joins a sequence of strings together while checking for duplicate separation characters.
name = cfg.lang_tag_remap[lang_param_lc]; -- assume <lang_param_lc> is a tag; attempt to get remapped language name
if name then -- when <name>, <lang_param> is a tag for a remapped language name
if cfg.lang_name_remap[name:lower()][2] ~= lang_param_lc then
utilities.set_message ('maint_unknown_lang'); -- add maint category if not already added
return name, cfg.lang_name_remap[name:lower()][2]; -- so return name and tag from lang_name_remap[name]; special case to xlate sr-ec and sr-el to sr-cyrl and sr-latn
end
return name, lang_param_lc; -- so return <name> from remap and <lang_param_lc>
end


]]
tag = lang_param_lc:match ('^(%a%a%a?)%-.*'); -- still assuming that <lang_param_lc> is a tag; strip script, region, variant subtags
name = cfg.lang_tag_remap[tag]; -- attempt to get remapped language name with language subtag only
if name then -- when <name>, <tag> is a tag for a remapped language name
return name, tag; -- so return <name> from remap and <tag>
end


local function safe_join( tbl, duplicate_char )
if cfg.lang_name_remap[lang_param_lc] then -- not a remapped tag, assume <lang_param_lc> is a name; attempt to get remapped language tag
--[[
return cfg.lang_name_remap[lang_param_lc][1], cfg.lang_name_remap[lang_param_lc][2]; -- for this <lang_param_lc>, return a (possibly) new name and appropriate tag
Note: we use string functions here, rather than ustring functions.
end
 
name = cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t[lang_param_lc]; -- assume that <lang_param_lc> is a tag; attempt to get its matching language name
if name then
return name, lang_param_lc; -- <lang_param_lc> is a tag so return it and <name>
end
This has considerably faster performance and should work correctly as
tag = cfg.mw_languages_by_name_t[lang_param_lc]; -- assume that <lang_param_lc> is a language name; attempt to get its matching tag
long as the duplicate_char is strict ASCII.  The strings
in tbl may be ASCII or UTF8.
]]
local str = ''; -- the output string
if tag then
local comp = ''; -- what does 'comp' mean?
return cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t[tag], tag; -- <lang_param_lc> is a name so return the name from the table and <tag>
local end_chr = '';
end
local trim;
 
for _, value in ipairs( tbl ) do
tag = lang_param_lc:match ('^(%a%a%a?)%-.*'); -- is <lang_param_lc> an IETF-like tag that MediaWiki doesn't recognize? <tag> gets the language subtag; nil else
if value == nil then value = ''; end
 
if tag then
if str == '' then -- if output string is empty
name = cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t[tag]; -- attempt to get a language name using the shortened <tag>
str = value; -- assign value to it (first time through the loop)
if name then
elseif value ~= '' then
return name, tag; -- <lang_param_lc> is an unrecognized IETF-like tag so return <name> and language subtag
if value:sub(1,1) == '<' then -- Special case of values enclosed in spans and other markup.
end
comp = value:gsub( "%b<>", "" ); -- remove html markup (<span>string</span> -> string)
end
else
end
comp = value;
 
end
 
-- typically duplicate_char is sepc
--[[-------------------< L A N G U A G E _ P A R A M E T E R >------------------
if comp:sub(1,1) == duplicate_char then -- is first charactier same as duplicate_char? why test first character?
 
--   Because individual string segments often (always?) begin with terminal punct for th
Gets language name from a provided two- or three-character ISO 639 code.  If a code
--   preceding segment: 'First element' .. 'sepc next element' .. etc?
is recognized by MediaWiki, use the returned name; if not, then use the value that
trim = false;
was provided with the language parameter.
end_chr = str:sub(-1,-1); -- get the last character of the output string
 
-- str = str .. "<HERE(enchr=" .. end_chr.. ")" -- debug stuff?
When |language= contains a recognized language (either code or name), the page is
if end_chr == duplicate_char then -- if same as separator
assigned to the category for that code: Category:Norwegian-language sources (no).
str = str:sub(1,-2); -- remove it
For valid three-character code languages, the page is assigned to the single category
elseif end_chr == "'" then -- if it might be wikimarkup
for '639-2' codes: Category:CS1 ISO 639-2 language sources.
if str:sub(-3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "''" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc''
 
str = str:sub(1, -4) .. "''"; -- remove them and add back ''
Languages that are the same as the local wiki are not categorized.  MediaWiki does
elseif str:sub(-5,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]''" then -- if last five chars of str are sepc]]''
not recognize three-character equivalents of two-character codes: code 'ar' is
trim = true; -- why? why do this and next differently from previous?
recognized but code 'ara' is not.
elseif str:sub(-4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]''" then -- if last four chars of str are sepc]''
 
trim = true; -- same question
This function supports multiple languages in the form |language=nb, French, th
end
where the language names or codes are separated from each other by commas with
elseif end_chr == "]" then -- if it might be wikimarkup
optional space characters.
if str:sub(-3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc]] wikilink
 
trim = true;
]]
elseif str:sub(-2,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]" then -- if last two chars of str are sepc] external link
trim = true;
elseif str:sub(-4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "'']" then -- normal case when |url=something & |title=Title.
trim = true;
end
elseif end_chr == " " then -- if last char of output string is a space
if str:sub(-2,-1) == duplicate_char .. " " then -- if last two chars of str are <sepc><space>
str = str:sub(1,-3); -- remove them both
end
end


if trim then
local function language_parameter (lang)
if value ~= comp then -- value does not equal comp when value contains html markup
local tag; -- some form of IETF-like language tag; language subtag with optional region, sript, vatiant, etc subtags
local dup2 = duplicate_char;
local lang_subtag; -- ve populates |language= with mostly unecessary region subtags the MediaWiki does not recognize; this is the base language subtag
if dup2:match( "%A" ) then dup2 = "%" .. dup2; end -- if duplicate_char not a letter then escape it
local name; -- the language name
local language_list = {}; -- table of language names to be rendered
value = value:gsub( "(%b<>)" .. dup2, "%1", 1 ) -- remove duplicate_char if it follows html markup
local names_t = {}; -- table made from the value assigned to |language=
else
value = value:sub( 2, -1 ); -- remove duplicate_char when it is first character
end
end
end
str = str .. value; --add it to the output string
end
end
return str;
end 


--[[--------------------------< I S _ G O O D _ V A N C _ N A M E >--------------------------------------------
local this_wiki_name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName (cfg.this_wiki_code, cfg.this_wiki_code); -- get this wiki's language name


For Vancouver Style, author/editor names are supposed to be rendered in Latin (read ASCII) characters.  When a name
names_t = mw.text.split (lang, '%s*,%s*'); -- names should be a comma separated list
uses characters that contain diacritical marks, those characters are to converted to the corresponding Latin character.
When a name is written using a non-Latin alphabet or logogram, that name is to be transliterated into Latin characters.
These things are not currently possible in this module so are left to the editor to do.


This test allows |first= and |last= names to contain any of the letters defined in the four Unicode Latin character sets
for _, lang in ipairs (names_t) do -- reuse lang here because we don't yet know if lang is a language name or a language tag
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0000.pdf C0 Controls and Basic Latin] 0041–005A, 0061–007A
name, tag = name_tag_get (lang); -- attempt to get name/tag pair for <lang>; <name> has proper capitalization; <tag> is lowercase
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0080.pdf C1 Controls and Latin-1 Supplement] 00C0–00D6, 00D8–00F6, 00F8–00FF
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0100.pdf Latin Extended-A] 0100–017F
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0180.pdf Latin Extended-B] 0180–01BF, 01C4–024F


|lastn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, and apostrophes. (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
if utilities.is_set (tag) then
|firstn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, apostrophes, and periods
lang_subtag = tag:gsub ('^(%a%a%a?)%-.*', '%1'); -- for categorization, strip any IETF-like tags from language tag


At the time of this writing, I had to write the 'if nil == mw.ustring.find ...' test ouside of the code editor and paste it here
if cfg.this_wiki_code ~= lang_subtag then -- when the language is not the same as this wiki's language
because the code editor gets confused between character insertion point and cursor position.
if 2 == lang_subtag:len() then -- and is a two-character tag
 
utilities.add_prop_cat ('foreign-lang-source', {name, tag}, lang_subtag); -- categorize it; tag appended to allow for multiple language categorization
]]
else -- or is a recognized language (but has a three-character tag)
 
utilities.add_prop_cat ('foreign-lang-source-2', {lang_subtag}, lang_subtag); -- categorize it differently TODO: support multiple three-character tag categories per cs1|2 template?
local function is_good_vanc_name (last, first)
end
if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za--ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%']*$") or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za--ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%'%.]*$") then
elseif cfg.local_lang_cat_enable then -- when the language and this wiki's language are the same and categorization is enabled
add_vanc_error ();
utilities.add_prop_cat ('local-lang-source', {name, lang_subtag}); -- categorize it
return false; -- not a string of latin characters; Vancouver required Romanization
end
end;
else
return true;
name = lang; -- return whatever <lang> has so that we show something
utilities.set_message ('maint_unknown_lang'); -- add maint category if not already added
end
table.insert (language_list, name);
name = ''; -- so we can reuse it
end
name = utilities.make_sep_list (#language_list, language_list);
if (1 == #language_list) and (lang_subtag == cfg.this_wiki_code) then -- when only one language, find lang name in this wiki lang name; for |language=en-us, 'English' in 'American English'
return ''; -- if one language and that language is this wiki's return an empty string (no annotation)
end
return (" " .. wrap_msg ('language', name)); -- otherwise wrap with '(in ...)'
--[[ TODO: should only return blank or name rather than full list
so we can clean up the bunched parenthetical elements Language, Type, Format
]]
end
end


--[[--------------------------< R E D U C E _ T O _ I N I T I A L S >------------------------------------------
Attempts to convert names to initials in support of |name-list-format=vanc. 
Names in |firstn= may be separated by spaces or hyphens, or for initials, a period. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35062/.


Vancouver style requires family rank designations (Jr, II, III, etc) to be rendered as Jr, 2nd, 3rd, etc.  This form is not
--[[-----------------------< S E T _ C S _ S T Y L E >--------------------------
currently supported by this code so correctly formed names like Smith JL 2nd are converted to Smith J2. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35085/.


This function uses ustring functions because firstname initials may be any of the unicode Latin characters accepted by is_good_vanc_name ().
Gets the default CS style configuration for the given mode.
Returns default separator and either postscript as passed in or the default.
In CS1, the default postscript and separator are '.'.
In CS2, the default postscript is the empty string and the default separator is ','.


]]
]]


local function reduce_to_initials(first)
local function set_cs_style (postscript, mode)
if mw.ustring.match(first, "^%u%u$") then return first end; -- when first contains just two upper-case letters, nothing to do
if utilities.is_set(postscript) then
local initials = {}
-- emit a maintenance message if user postscript is the default cs1 postscript
local i = 0; -- counter for number of initials
-- we catch the opposite case for cs2 in set_style
for word in mw.ustring.gmatch(first, "[^%s%.%-]+") do -- names separated by spaces, hyphens, or periods
if mode == 'cs1' and postscript == cfg.presentation['ps_' .. mode] then
table.insert(initials, mw.ustring.sub(word,1,1)) -- Vancouver format does not include full stops.
utilities.set_message ('maint_postscript');
i = i + 1; -- bump the counter
end
if 2 <= i then break; end -- only two initials allowed in Vancouver system; if 2, quit
else
postscript = cfg.presentation['ps_' .. mode];
end
end
return table.concat(initials) -- Vancouver format does not include spaces.
return cfg.presentation['sep_' .. mode], postscript;
end
end


--[[--------------------------< L I S T  _ P E O P L E >-------------------------------------------------------


Formats a list of people (e.g. authors / editors)
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ S T Y L E >-----------------------------
 
Sets the separator and postscript styles. Checks the |mode= first and the
#invoke CitationClass second. Removes the postscript if postscript == none.


]]
]]


local function list_people(control, people, etal, list_name) -- TODO: why is list_name here?  not used in this function
local function set_style (mode, postscript, cite_class)
local sep;
local sep;
local namesep;
if 'cs2' == mode then
local format = control.format
sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs2');
local maximum = control.maximum
elseif 'cs1' == mode then
local lastauthoramp = control.lastauthoramp;
sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs1');
local text = {}
elseif 'citation' == cite_class then
sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs2');
else
sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs1');
end


if 'vanc' == format then -- Vancouver-like author/editor name styling?
if cfg.keywords_xlate[postscript:lower()] == 'none' then
sep = ','; -- name-list separator between authors is a comma
-- emit a maintenance message if user postscript is the default cs2 postscript
namesep = ' '; -- last/first separator is a space
-- we catch the opposite case for cs1 in set_cs_style
else
if 'cs2' == mode or ('cs1' ~= mode and 'citation' == cite_class) then -- {{citation |title=Title |mode=cs1 |postscript=none}} should not emit maint message
sep = ';' -- name-list separator between authors is a semicolon
utilities.set_message ('maint_postscript');
namesep = ', ' -- last/first separator is <comma><space>
end
postscript = '';
end
end
if sep:sub(-1,-1) ~= " " then sep = sep .. " " end
return sep, postscript
if is_set (maximum) and maximum < 1 then return "", 0; end -- returned 0 is for EditorCount; not used for authors
end
 
for i,person in ipairs(people) do
 
if is_set(person.last) then
--[=[-------------------------< I S _ P D F >-----------------------------------
local mask = person.mask
 
local one
Determines if a URL has the file extension that is one of the PDF file extensions
local sep_one = sep;
used by [[MediaWiki:Common.css]] when applying the PDF icon to external links.
if is_set (maximum) and i > maximum then
 
etal = true;
returns true if file extension is one of the recognized extensions, else false
break;
 
elseif (mask ~= nil) then
]=]
local n = tonumber(mask)
if (n ~= nil) then
one = string.rep("&mdash;",n)
else
one = mask;
sep_one = " ";
end
else
one = person.last
local first = person.first
if is_set(first) then
if ( "vanc" == format ) then -- if vancouver format
one = one:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove periods from surnames (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
if not person.corporate and is_good_vanc_name (one, first) then -- and name is all Latin characters; corporate authors not tested
first = reduce_to_initials(first) -- attempt to convert first name(s) to initials
end
end
one = one .. namesep .. first
end
if is_set(person.link) and person.link ~= control.page_name then
one = "[[" .. person.link .. "|" .. one .. "]]" -- link author/editor if this page is not the author's/editor's page
end
end
table.insert( text, one )
table.insert( text, sep_one )
end
end


local count = #text / 2; -- (number of names + number of separators) divided by 2
local function is_pdf (url)
if count > 0 then
return url:match ('%.pdf$') or url:match ('%.PDF$') or
if count > 1 and is_set(lastauthoramp) and not etal then
url:match ('%.pdf[%?#]') or url:match ('%.PDF[%?#]') or
text[#text-2] = " & "; -- replace last separator with ampersand text
url:match ('%.PDF&#035') or url:match ('%.pdf&#035');
end
text[#text] = nil; -- erase the last separator
end
local result = table.concat(text) -- construct list
if etal and is_set (result) then -- etal may be set by |display-authors=etal but we might not have a last-first list
result = result .. sep .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- we've go a last-first list and etal so add et al.
end
return result, count
end
end


--[[--------------------------< A N C H O R _ I D >------------------------------------------------------------


Generates a CITEREF anchor ID if we have at least one name or a date.  Otherwise returns an empty string.
--[[--------------------------< S T Y L E _ F O R M A T >-----------------------


namelist is one of the contributor-, author-, or editor-name lists chosen in that orderyear is Year or anchor_year.
Applies CSS style to |format=, |chapter-format=, etc.  Also emits an error message
if the format parameter does not have a matching URL parameterIf the format parameter
is not set and the URL contains a file extension that is recognized as a PDF document
by MediaWiki's commons.css, this code will set the format parameter to (PDF) with
the appropriate styling.


]]
]]
local function anchor_id (namelist, year)
 
local names={}; -- a table for the one to four names and year
local function style_format (format, url, fmt_param, url_param)
for i,v in ipairs (namelist) do -- loop through the list and take up to the first four last names
if utilities.is_set (format) then
names[i] = v.last
format = utilities.wrap_style ('format', format); -- add leading space, parentheses, resize
if i == 4 then break end -- if four then done
if not utilities.is_set (url) then
end
utilities.set_message ('err_format_missing_url', {fmt_param, url_param}); -- add an error message
table.insert (names, year); -- add the year at the end
end
local id = table.concat(names); -- concatenate names and year for CITEREF id
elseif is_pdf (url) then -- format is not set so if URL is a PDF file then
if is_set (id) then -- if concatenation is not an empty string
format = utilities.wrap_style ('format', 'PDF'); -- set format to PDF
return "CITEREF" .. id; -- add the CITEREF portion
else
else
return ''; -- return an empty string; no reason to include CITEREF id in this citation
format = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
end
end
return format;
end
end




--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E T A L >----------------------------------------------------
--[[---------------------< G E T _ D I S P L A Y _ N A M E S >------------------


Evaluates the content of author and editor name parameters for variations on the theme of et al.  If found,
Returns a number that defines the number of names displayed for author and editor
the et al. is removed, a flag is set to true and the function returns the modified name and the flag.
name lists and a Boolean flag to indicate when et al. should be appended to the name list.


This function never sets the flag to false but returns it's previous state because it may have been set by
When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is a number greater than or equal to zero,
previous passes through this function or by the parameters |display-authors=etal or |display-editors=etal
return the number and the previous state of the 'etal' flag (false by default
but may have been set to true if the name list contains some variant of the text 'et al.').


]]
When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is the keyword 'etal', return a number
that is one greater than the number of authors in the list and set the 'etal' flag true.
This will cause the list_people() to display all of the names in the name list followed by 'et al.'


local function name_has_etal (name, etal, nocat)
In all other cases, returns nil and the previous state of the 'etal' flag.
 
inputs:
max: A['DisplayAuthors'] or A['DisplayEditors'], etc; a number or some flavor of etal
count: #a or #e
list_name: 'authors' or 'editors'
etal: author_etal or editor_etal
 
This function sets an error message when |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of names but
not when <max> comes from {{cs1 config}} global settings.  When using global settings, <param> is set to the
keyword 'cs1 config' which is used to supress the normal error.  Error is suppressed because it is to be expected
that some citations in an article will have the same or fewer names that the limit specified in {{cs1 config}}.
 
]]


if is_set (name) then -- name can be nil in which case just return
local function get_display_names (max, count, list_name, etal, param)
local etal_pattern = "[;,]? *[\"']*%f[%a][Ee][Tt] *[Aa][Ll][%.\"']*$" -- variations on the 'et al' theme
if utilities.is_set (max) then
local others_pattern = "[;,]? *%f[%a]and [Oo]thers"; -- and alternate to et al.
if 'etal' == max:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", '') then -- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings
max = count + 1; -- number of authors + 1 so display all author name plus et al.
if name:match (etal_pattern) then -- variants on et al.
etal = true; -- overrides value set by extract_names()
name = name:gsub (etal_pattern, ''); -- if found, remove
elseif max:match ('^%d+$') then -- if is a string of numbers
etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-authors=etal)
max = tonumber (max); -- make it a number
if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors=
if (max >= count) and ('cs1 config' ~= param) then -- error when local |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of names; not an error when using global setting
add_maint_cat ('etal'); -- and add a category if not already added
utilities.set_message ('err_disp_name', {param, max}); -- add error message
end
max = nil;
elseif name:match (others_pattern) then -- if not 'et al.', then 'and others'?
name = name:gsub (others_pattern, ''); -- if found, remove
etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-authors=etal)
if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors=
add_maint_cat ('etal'); -- and add a category if not already added
end
end
else -- not a valid keyword or number
utilities.set_message ('err_disp_name', {param, max}); -- add error message
max = nil; -- unset; as if |display-xxxxors= had not been set
end
end
end
end
return name, etal; --
return max, etal;
end
end


--[[--------------------------< E X T R A C T _ N A M E S >----------------------------------------------------
Gets name list from the input arguments


Searches through args in sequential order to find |lastn= and |firstn= parameters (or their aliases), and their matching link and mask parameters.
--[[----------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ P A G E _ C H E C K >---------------
Stops searching when both |lastn= and |firstn= are not found in args after two sequential attempts: found |last1=, |last2=, and |last3= but doesn't
find |last4= and |last5= then the search is done.


This function emits an error message when there is a |firstn= without a matching |lastn=.  When there are 'holes' in the list of last names, |last1= and |last3=
Adds error if |page=, |pages=, |quote-page=, |quote-pages= has what appears to be
are present but |last2= is missing, an error message is emitted. |lastn= is not required to have a matching |firstn=.
some form of p. or pp. abbreviation in the first characters of the parameter content.


When an author or editor parameter contains some form of 'et al.', the 'et al.' is stripped from the parameter and a flag (etal) returned
check page for extraneous p, p., pp, pp., pg, pg. at start of parameter value:
that will cause list_people() to add the static 'et al.' text from Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration. This keeps 'et al.' out of the
good pattern: '^P[^%.P%l]' matches when page begins PX or P# but not Px
template's metadata.  When this occurs, the page is added to a maintenance category.
      where x and X are letters and # is a digit
bad pattern:  '^[Pp][PpGg]' matches when page begins pp, pP, Pp, PP, pg, pG, Pg, PG


]]
]]


local function extract_names(args, list_name)
local function extra_text_in_page_check (val, name)
local names = {}; -- table of names
if not val:match (cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.good_ppattern) then
local last; -- individual name components
for _, pattern in ipairs (cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.bad_ppatterns) do -- spin through the selected sequence table of patterns
local first;
if val:match (pattern) then -- when a match, error so
local link;
utilities.set_message ('err_extra_text_pages', name); -- add error message
local mask;
return; -- and done
local i = 1; -- loop counter/indexer
end
local n = 1; -- output table indexer
end
local count = 0; -- used to count the number of times we haven't found a |last= (or alias for authors, |editor-last or alias for editors)
end
local etal=false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. in an author parameter
end
 
 
--[[--------------------------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ V O L _ I S S _ C H E C K >------------------------


local err_msg_list_name = list_name:match ("(%w+)List") .. 's list'; -- modify AuthorList or EditorList for use in error messages if necessary
Adds error if |volume= or |issue= has what appears to be some form of redundant 'type' indicator.  Applies to
while true do
both; this function looks for issue text in both |issue= and |volume= and looks for volume-like text in |voluem=
last = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', i ); -- search through args for name components beginning at 1
and |issue=.
first = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
link = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
mask = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i );


last, etal = name_has_etal (last, etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al.
For |volume=:
first, etal = name_has_etal (first, etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al.
'V.', or 'Vol.' (with or without the dot) abbreviations or 'Volume' in the first characters of the parameter
content (all case insensitive). 'V' and 'v' (without the dot) are presumed to be roman numerals so
are allowed.


if first and not last then -- if there is a firstn without a matching lastn
For |issue=:
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'first_missing_last', {err_msg_list_name, i}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
'No.', 'I.', 'Iss.' (with or without the dot) abbreviations, or 'Issue' in the first characters of the
elseif not first and not last then -- if both firstn and lastn aren't found, are we done?
parameter content (all case insensitive); numero styling: 'n°' with degree sign U+00B0, and № precomposed
count = count + 1; -- number of times we haven't found last and first
numero sign U+2116.
if 2 <= count then -- two missing names and we give up
break; -- normal exit or there is a two-name hole in the list; can't tell which
Single character values ('v', 'i', 'n') allowed when not followed by separator character ('.', ':', '=', or
end
whitespace character) – param values are trimmed of whitespace by MediaWiki before delivered to the module.
else -- we have last with or without a first
if is_set (link) and false == link_param_ok (link) then -- do this test here in case link is missing last
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_paramlink', list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower() .. '-link' .. i )}); -- url or wikilink in author link;
end
names[n] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate=false}; -- add this name to our names list (corporate for |vauthors= only)
n = n + 1; -- point to next location in the names table
if 1 == count then -- if the previous name was missing
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'missing_name', {err_msg_list_name, i-1}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
end
count = 0; -- reset the counter, we're looking for two consecutive missing names
end
i = i + 1; -- point to next args location
end
return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names
<val> is |volume= or |issue= parameter value
end
<name> is |volume= or |issue= parameter name for error message
<selector> is 'v' for |volume=, 'i' for |issue=


--[[--------------------------< B U I L D _ I D _ L I S T >--------------------------------------------------------
sets error message on failure; returns nothing


Populates ID table from arguments using configuration settings. Loops through cfg.id_handlers and searches args for
]]
any of the parameters listed in each cfg.id_handlers['...'].parameters.  If found, adds the parameter and value to
the identifier list.  Emits redundant error message is more than one alias exists in args


]]
local function extra_text_in_vol_iss_check (val, name, selector)
if not utilities.is_set (val) then
return;
end
local handler = 'v' == selector and 'err_extra_text_volume' or 'err_extra_text_issue';
val = val:lower(); -- force parameter value to lower case


local function extract_ids( args )
for _, pattern in ipairs (cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.vi_patterns_t) do -- spin through the sequence table of patterns
local id_list = {}; -- list of identifiers found in args
if val:match (pattern) then -- when a match, error so
for k, v in pairs( cfg.id_handlers ) do -- k is uc identifier name as index to cfg.id_handlers; e.g. cfg.id_handlers['ISBN'], v is a table
utilities.set_message (handler, name); -- add error message
v = select_one( args, v.parameters, 'redundant_parameters' ); -- v.parameters is a table of aliases for k; here we pick one from args if present
return; -- and done
if is_set(v) then id_list[k] = v; end -- if found in args, add identifier to our list
end
end
end
return id_list;
end
end


--[[--------------------------< B U I L D _ I D _ L I S T >--------------------------------------------------------


Takes a table of IDs created by extract_ids() and turns it into a table of formatted ID outputs.
--[=[-------------------------< G E T _ V _ N A M E _ T A B L E >----------------------------------------------


inputs:
split apart a |vauthors= or |veditors= parameter.  This function allows for corporate names, wrapped in doubled
id_list – table of identifiers built by extract_ids()
parentheses to also have commas; in the old version of the code, the doubled parentheses were included in the
options – table of various template parameter values used to modify some manually handled identifiers
rendered citation and in the metadata.  Individual author names may be wikilinked


]]
|vauthors=Jones AB, [[E. B. White|White EB]], ((Black, Brown, and Co.))


local function build_id_list( id_list, options )
]=]
local new_list, handler = {};


function fallback(k) return { __index = function(t,i) return cfg.id_handlers[k][i] end } end;
local function get_v_name_table (vparam, output_table, output_link_table)
local _, accept = utilities.has_accept_as_written (vparam);
if accept then
utilities.add_prop_cat ('vanc-accept'); -- add properties category
end
local name_table = mw.text.split(vparam, "%s*,%s*"); -- names are separated by commas
local wl_type, label, link; -- wl_type not used here; just a placeholder
local i = 1;
for k, v in pairs( id_list ) do -- k is uc identifier name as index to cfg.id_handlers; e.g. cfg.id_handlers['ISBN'], v is a table
while name_table[i] do
-- fallback to read-only cfg
if name_table[i]:match ('^%(%(.*[^%)][^%)]$') then -- first segment of corporate with one or more commas; this segment has the opening doubled parentheses
handler = setmetatable( { ['id'] = v }, fallback(k) );
local name = name_table[i];
i = i + 1; -- bump indexer to next segment
if handler.mode == 'external' then
while name_table[i] do
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, external_link_id( handler ) } );
name = name .. ', ' .. name_table[i]; -- concatenate with previous segments
elseif handler.mode == 'internal' then
if name_table[i]:match ('^.*%)%)$') then -- if this table member has the closing doubled parentheses
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, internal_link_id( handler ) } );
break; -- and done reassembling so
elseif handler.mode ~= 'manual' then
end
error( cfg.messages['unknown_ID_mode'] );
i = i + 1; -- bump indexer
elseif k == 'DOI' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, doi( v, options.DoiBroken ) } );
elseif k == 'ARXIV' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, arxiv( v, options.Class ) } );
elseif k == 'ASIN' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, amazon( v, options.ASINTLD ) } );
elseif k == 'LCCN' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, lccn( v ) } );
elseif k == 'OL' or k == 'OLA' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, openlibrary( v ) } );
elseif k == 'PMC' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, pmc( v, options.Embargo ) } );
elseif k == 'PMID' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, pmid( v ) } );
elseif k == 'ISMN' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, ismn( v ) } );
elseif k == 'ISSN' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, issn( v ) } );
elseif k == 'ISBN' then
local ISBN = internal_link_id( handler );
if not check_isbn( v ) and not is_set(options.IgnoreISBN) then
ISBN = ISBN .. set_error( 'bad_isbn', {}, false, " ", "" );
end
end
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, ISBN } );
table.insert (output_table, name); -- and add corporate name to the output table
elseif k == 'USENETID' then
table.insert (output_link_table, ''); -- no wikilink
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, message_id( v ) } );
else
else
error( cfg.messages['unknown_manual_ID'] );
wl_type, label, link = utilities.is_wikilink (name_table[i]); -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]]
table.insert (output_table, label); -- add this name
if 1 == wl_type then
table.insert (output_link_table, label); -- simple wikilink [[D]]
else
table.insert (output_link_table, link); -- no wikilink or [[L|D]]; add this link if there is one, else empty string
end
end
end
end
i = i + 1;
end
function comp( a, b ) -- used in following table.sort()
return output_table;
return a[1] < b[1];
end
end
table.sort( new_list, comp );
for k, v in ipairs( new_list ) do
new_list[k] = v[2];
end
return new_list;
end
 


--[[--------------------------< C O I N S _ C L E A N U P >----------------------------------------------------


Cleanup parameter values for the metadata by removing or replacing invisible characters and certain html entities.
--[[--------------------------< P A R S E _ V A U T H O R S _ V E D I T O R S >--------------------------------


2015-12-10: there is a bug in mw.text.unstripNoWiki (). It replaced math stripmarkers with the appropriate content
This function extracts author / editor names from |vauthors= or |veditors= and finds matching |xxxxor-maskn= and
when it shouldn't.  See https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T121085 and Wikipedia_talk:Lua#stripmarkers_and_mw.text.unstripNoWiki.28.29
|xxxxor-linkn= in args. It then returns a table of assembled names just as extract_names() does.


TODO: move the replacement patterns and replacement values into a table in /Configuration similar to the invisible
Author / editor names in |vauthors= or |veditors= must be in Vancouver system style. Corporate or institutional names
characters table?
may sometimes be required and because such names will often fail the is_good_vanc_name() and other format compliance
]]
tests, are wrapped in doubled parentheses ((corporate name)) to suppress the format tests.


local function coins_cleanup (value)
Supports generational suffixes Jr, 2nd, 3rd, 4th–6th.
value = mw.text.unstripNoWiki (value); -- replace nowiki stripmarkers with their content
value = value:gsub ('<span class="nowrap" style="padding%-left:0%.1em;">&#39;s</span>', "'s"); -- replace {{'s}} template with simple apostrophe-s
value = value:gsub ('&zwj;\226\128\138\039\226\128\139', "'"); -- replace {{'}} with simple apostrophe
value = value:gsub ('\226\128\138\039\226\128\139', "'"); -- replace {{'}} with simple apostrophe (as of 2015-12-11)
value = value:gsub ('&nbsp;', ' '); -- replace &nbsp; entity with plain space
value = value:gsub ('\226\128\138', ' '); -- replace hair space with plain space
value = value:gsub ('&zwj;', ''); -- remove &zwj; entities
value = value:gsub ('[\226\128\141\226\128\139]', '') -- remove zero-width joiner, zero-width space
value = value:gsub ('[\194\173\009\010\013]', ' '); -- replace soft hyphen, horizontal tab, line feed, carriage return with plain space
return value;
end


This function sets the Vancouver error when a required comma is missing and when there is a space between an author's initials.


--[[--------------------------< C O I N S >--------------------------------------------------------------------
]]


COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) allows automated tools to parse the citation information.
local function parse_vauthors_veditors (args, vparam, list_name)
local names = {}; -- table of names assembled from |vauthors=, |author-maskn=, |author-linkn=
local v_name_table = {};
local v_link_table = {}; -- when name is wikilinked, targets go in this table
local etal = false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. vauthors parameter
local last, first, link, mask, suffix;
local corporate = false;


]]
vparam, etal = name_has_etal (vparam, etal, true); -- find and remove variations on et al. do not categorize (do it here because et al. might have a period)
v_name_table = get_v_name_table (vparam, v_name_table, v_link_table); -- names are separated by commas


local function COinS(data, class)
for i, v_name in ipairs(v_name_table) do
if 'table' ~= type(data) or nil == next(data) then
first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor
return '';
local accept_name;
end
v_name, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (v_name); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <v_name>


for k, v in pairs (data) do -- spin through all of the metadata parameter values
if accept_name then
if 'ID_list' ~= k and 'Authors' ~= k then -- except the ID_list and Author tables (author nowiki stripmarker done when Author table processed)
last = v_name;
data[k] = coins_cleanup (v);
corporate = true; -- flag used in list_people()
end
elseif string.find(v_name, "%s") then
end
if v_name:find('[;%.]') then -- look for commonly occurring punctuation characters;
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.punctuation, i);
end
local lastfirstTable = {}
lastfirstTable = mw.text.split(v_name, "%s+")
first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- removes and returns value of last element in table which should be initials or generational suffix


local ctx_ver = "Z39.88-2004";
if not mw.ustring.match (first, '^%u+$') then -- mw.ustring here so that later we will catch non-Latin characters
suffix = first; -- not initials so assume that whatever we got is a generational suffix
-- treat table strictly as an array with only set values.
first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- get what should be the initials from the table
local OCinSoutput = setmetatable( {}, {
end
__newindex = function(self, key, value)
last = table.concat(lastfirstTable, ' ') -- returns a string that is the concatenation of all other names that are not initials and generational suffix
if is_set(value) then
if not utilities.is_set (last) then
rawset( self, #self+1, table.concat{ key, '=', mw.uri.encode( remove_wiki_link( value ) ) } );
first = ''; -- unset
last = v_name; -- last empty because something wrong with first
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.name, i);
end
end
end
if mw.ustring.match (last, '%a+%s+%u+%s+%a+') then
});
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl['missing comma'], i); -- matches last II last; the case when a comma is missing
if in_array (class, {'arxiv', 'journal', 'news'}) or (in_array (class, {'conference', 'interview', 'map', 'press release', 'web'}) and is_set(data.Periodical)) or
('citation' == class and is_set(data.Periodical) and not is_set (data.Encyclopedia)) then
OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:journal"; -- journal metadata identifier
if 'arxiv' == class then -- set genre according to the type of citation template we are rendering
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "preprint"; -- cite arxiv
elseif 'conference' == class then
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "conference"; -- cite conference (when Periodical set)
elseif 'web' == class then
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "unknown"; -- cite web (when Periodical set)
else
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "article"; -- journal and other 'periodical' articles
end
end
OCinSoutput["rft.jtitle"] = data.Periodical; -- journal only
if mw.ustring.match (v_name, ' %u %u$') then -- this test is in the wrong place TODO: move or replace with a more appropriate test
if is_set (data.Map) then
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.initials, i); -- matches a space between two initials
OCinSoutput["rft.atitle"] = data.Map; -- for a map in a periodical
else
OCinSoutput["rft.atitle"] = data.Title; -- all other 'periodical' article titles
end
end
-- these used onlu for periodicals
else
OCinSoutput["rft.ssn"] = data.Season; -- keywords: winter, spring, summer, fall
last = v_name; -- last name or single corporate name?  Doesn't support multiword corporate names? do we need this?
OCinSoutput["rft.chron"] = data.Chron; -- free-form date components
OCinSoutput["rft.volume"] = data.Volume; -- does not apply to books
OCinSoutput["rft.issue"] = data.Issue;
OCinSoutput["rft.pages"] = data.Pages; -- also used in book metadata
 
elseif 'thesis' ~= class then -- all others except cite thesis are treated as 'book' metadata; genre distinguishes
OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:book"; -- book metadata identifier
if 'report' == class or 'techreport' == class then -- cite report and cite techreport
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "report";
elseif 'conference' == class then -- cite conference when Periodical not set
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "conference";
elseif in_array (class, {'book', 'citation', 'encyclopaedia', 'interview', 'map'}) then
if is_set (data.Chapter) then
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "bookitem";
OCinSoutput["rft.atitle"] = data.Chapter; -- book chapter, encyclopedia article, interview in a book, or map title
else
if 'map' == class or 'interview' == class then
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = 'unknown'; -- standalone map or interview
else
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = 'book'; -- book and encyclopedia
end
end
else --{'audio-visual', 'AV-media-notes', 'DVD-notes', 'episode', 'interview', 'mailinglist', 'map', 'newsgroup', 'podcast', 'press release', 'serial', 'sign', 'speech', 'web'}
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "unknown";
end
end
OCinSoutput["rft.btitle"] = data.Title; -- book only
OCinSoutput["rft.place"] = data.PublicationPlace; -- book only
OCinSoutput["rft.series"] = data.Series; -- book only
OCinSoutput["rft.pages"] = data.Pages; -- book, journal
OCinSoutput["rft.edition"] = data.Edition; -- book only
OCinSoutput["rft.pub"] = data.PublisherName; -- book and dissertation
else -- cite thesis
if utilities.is_set (first) then
OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:dissertation"; -- dissertation metadata identifier
if not mw.ustring.match (first, "^%u?%u$") then -- first shall contain one or two upper-case letters, nothing else
OCinSoutput["rft.title"] = data.Title; -- dissertation (also patent but that is not yet supported)
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.initials, i); -- too many initials; mixed case initials (which may be ok Romanization); hyphenated initials
OCinSoutput["rft.degree"] = data.Degree; -- dissertation only
end
OCinSoutput['rft.inst'] = data.PublisherName; -- book and dissertation
is_good_vanc_name (last, first, suffix, i); -- check first and last before restoring the suffix which may have a non-Latin digit
end
if utilities.is_set (suffix) then
-- and now common parameters (as much as possible)
first = first .. ' ' .. suffix; -- if there was a suffix concatenate with the initials
OCinSoutput["rft.date"] = data.Date; -- book, journal, dissertation
suffix = ''; -- unset so we don't add this suffix to all subsequent names
end
for k, v in pairs( data.ID_list ) do -- what to do about these? For now assume that they are common to all?
if k == 'ISBN' then v = clean_isbn( v ) end
local id = cfg.id_handlers[k].COinS;
if string.sub( id or "", 1, 4 ) == 'info' then -- for ids that are in the info:registry
OCinSoutput["rft_id"] = table.concat{ id, "/", v };
elseif string.sub (id or "", 1, 3 ) == 'rft' then -- for isbn, issn, eissn, etc that have defined COinS keywords
OCinSoutput[ id ] = v;
elseif id then -- when cfg.id_handlers[k].COinS is not nil
OCinSoutput["rft_id"] = table.concat{ cfg.id_handlers[k].prefix, v }; -- others; provide a url
end
end
 
--[[
for k, v in pairs( data.ID_list ) do -- what to do about these? For now assume that they are common to all?
local id, value = cfg.id_handlers[k].COinS;
if k == 'ISBN' then value = clean_isbn( v ); else value = v; end
if string.sub( id or "", 1, 4 ) == 'info' then
OCinSoutput["rft_id"] = table.concat{ id, "/", v };
else
else
OCinSoutput[ id ] = value;
if not corporate then
end
is_good_vanc_name (last, '', nil, i);
end
]]
local last, first;
for k, v in ipairs( data.Authors ) do
last, first = coins_cleanup (v.last), coins_cleanup (v.first or ''); -- replace any nowiki strip markers, non-printing or invisible characers
if k == 1 then -- for the first author name only
if is_set(last)  and is_set(first) then -- set these COinS values if |first= and |last= specify the first author name
OCinSoutput["rft.aulast"] = last; -- book, journal, dissertation
OCinSoutput["rft.aufirst"] = first; -- book, journal, dissertation
elseif is_set(last) then
OCinSoutput["rft.au"] = last; -- book, journal, dissertation -- otherwise use this form for the first name
end
else -- for all other authors
if is_set(last) and is_set(first) then
OCinSoutput["rft.au"] = table.concat{ last, ", ", first }; -- book, journal, dissertation
elseif is_set(last) then
OCinSoutput["rft.au"] = last; -- book, journal, dissertation
end
end
end
end
link = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ) or v_link_table[i];
mask = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i );
names[i] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate = corporate}; -- add this assembled name to our names list
end
end
 
return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names
OCinSoutput.rft_id = data.URL;
OCinSoutput.rfr_id = table.concat{ "info:sid/", mw.site.server:match( "[^/]*$" ), ":", data.RawPage };
OCinSoutput = setmetatable( OCinSoutput, nil );
-- sort with version string always first, and combine.
table.sort( OCinSoutput );
table.insert( OCinSoutput, 1, "ctx_ver=" .. ctx_ver );  -- such as "Z39.88-2004"
return table.concat(OCinSoutput, "&");
end
end




--[[--------------------------< G E T _ I S O 6 3 9 _ C O D E >------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< S E L E C T _ A U T H O R _ E D I T O R _ S O U R C E >------------------------


Validates language names provided in |language= parameter if not an ISO639-1 code.  Handles the special case that is Norwegian where
Select one of |authors=, |authorn= / |lastn / firstn=, or |vauthors= as the source of the author name list or
ISO639-1 code 'no' is mapped to language name 'Norwegian Bokmål' by Extention:CLDR.
select one of |editorn= / editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= or |veditors= as the source of the editor name list.


Returns the language name and associated ISO639-1 codeBecause case of the source may be incorrect or different from the case that Wikimedia
Only one of these appropriate three will be usedThe hierarchy is: |authorn= (and aliases) highest and |authors= lowest;
uses, the name comparisons are done in lower case and when a match is found, the Wikimedia version (assumed to be correct) is returned along
|editorn= (and aliases) highest and |veditors= lowest (support for |editors= withdrawn)
with the code.  When there is no match, we return the original language name string.


mw.language.fetchLanguageNames() will return a list of languages that aren't part of ISO639-1. Names that aren't ISO639-1 but that are included
When looking for |authorn= / |editorn= parameters, test |xxxxor1= and |xxxxor2= (and all of their aliases); stops after the second
in the list will be found if that name is provided in the |language= parameterFor example, if |language=Samaritan Aramaic, that name will be
test which mimicks the test used in extract_names() when looking for a hole in the author name list.  There may be a better
found with the associated code 'sam', not an ISO639-1 code.  When names are found and the associated code is not two characters, this function
way to do this, I just haven't discovered what that way is.
returns only the Wikimedia language name.


Adapted from code taken from Module:Check ISO 639-1.
Emits an error message when more than one xxxxor name source is provided.
 
In this function, vxxxxors = vauthors or veditors; xxxxors = authors as appropriate.


]]
]]


local function get_iso639_code (lang)
local function select_author_editor_source (vxxxxors, xxxxors, args, list_name)
if 'norwegian' == lang:lower() then -- special case related to Wikimedia remap of code 'no' at Extension:CLDR
local lastfirst = false;
return 'Norwegian', 'no'; -- Make sure rendered version is properly capitalized
if utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 1 ) or -- do this twice in case we have a |first1= without a |last1=; this ...
utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 1 ) or -- ... also catches the case where |first= is used with |vauthors=
utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 2 ) or
utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 2 ) then
lastfirst = true;
end
end
 
local languages = mw.language.fetchLanguageNames('en', 'all') -- get a list of language names known to Wikimedia
if (utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) and true == lastfirst) or -- these are the three error conditions
-- ('all' is required for North Ndebele, South Ndebele, and Ojibwa)
(utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) and utilities.is_set (xxxxors)) or
local langlc = mw.ustring.lower(lang); -- lower case version for comparisons
(true == lastfirst and utilities.is_set (xxxxors)) then
local err_name;
for code, name in pairs(languages) do -- scan the list to see if we can find our language
if 'AuthorList' == list_name then -- figure out which name should be used in error message
if langlc == mw.ustring.lower(name) then
err_name = 'author';
if 2 ~= code:len() then -- ISO639-1 codes only
else
return name; -- so return the name but not the code
err_name = 'editor';
end
end
return name, code; -- found it, return name to ensure proper capitalization and the ISO639-1 code
utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', err_name .. '-name-list parameters'); -- add error message
end
end
end
return lang; -- not valid language; return language in original case and nil for ISO639-1 code
 
if true == lastfirst then return 1 end; -- return a number indicating which author name source to use
if utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) then return 2 end;
if utilities.is_set (xxxxors) then return 3 end;
return 1; -- no authors so return 1; this allows missing author name test to run in case there is a first without last
end
end


--[[--------------------------< L A N G U A G E _ P A R A M E T E R >------------------------------------------


Get language name from ISO639-1 code value provided.  If a code is valid use the returned name; if not, then use the value that was provided with the language parameter.
--[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ P A R A M E T E R _ V A L U E >------------------------------


There is an exception. There are three ISO639-1 codes for Norewegian language variantsThere are two official variants: Norwegian Bokmål (code 'nb') and
This function is used to validate a parameter's assigned value for those parameters that have only a limited number
Norwegian Nynorsk (code 'nn').  The third, code 'no',  is defined by ISO639-1 as 'Norwegian' though in Norway this is pretty much meaningless.  However, it appears
of allowable values (yes, y, true, live, dead, etc.)When the parameter value has not been assigned a value (missing
that on enwiki, editors are for the most part unaware of the nb and nn variants (compare page counts for these variants at Category:Articles with non-English-language external links.
or empty in the source template) the function returns the value specified by ret_valIf the parameter value is one
of the list of allowed values returns the translated value; else, emits an error message and returns the value
specified by ret_val.


Because Norwegian Bokmål is the most common language variant, Media wiki has been modified to return Norwegian Bokmål for ISO639-1 code 'no'. Here we undo that and
TODO: explain <invert>
return 'Norwegian' when editors use |language=no.  We presume that editors don't know about the variants or can't descriminate between them.


See Help talk:Citation Style_1#An ISO 639-1 language name test
]]


When |language= contains a valid ISO639-1 code, the page is assigned to the category for that code: Category:Norwegian-language sources (no) if
local function is_valid_parameter_value (value, name, possible, ret_val, invert)
the page is a mainspace page and the ISO639-1 code is not 'en'.  Similarly, if the  parameter is |language=Norwegian, it will be categorized in the same way.
if not utilities.is_set (value) then
return ret_val; -- an empty parameter is ok
end


This function supports multiple languages in the form |language=nb, French, th where the language names or codes are separated from each other by commas.
if (not invert and utilities.in_array (value, possible)) then -- normal; <value> is in <possible> table
return cfg.keywords_xlate[value]; -- return translation of parameter keyword
elseif invert and not utilities.in_array (value, possible) then -- invert; <value> is not in <possible> table
return value; -- return <value> as it is
else
utilities.set_message ('err_invalid_param_val', {name, value}); -- not an allowed value so add error message
return ret_val;
end
end


]]


local function language_parameter (lang)
--[[--------------------------< T E R M I N A T E _ N A M E _ L I S T >----------------------------------------
local code; -- the ISO639-1 two character code
local name; -- the language name
local language_list = {}; -- table of language names to be rendered
local names_table = {}; -- table made from the value assigned to |language=


names_table = mw.text.split (lang, '%s*,%s*'); -- names should be a comma separated list
This function terminates a name list (author, contributor, editor) with a separator character (sepc) and a space
when the last character is not a sepc character or when the last three characters are not sepc followed by two
closing square brackets (close of a wikilink).  When either of these is true, the name_list is terminated with a
single space character.


for _, lang in ipairs (names_table) do -- reuse lang
]]


if lang:match ('^%a%a%-') then -- strip ietf language tags from code
local function terminate_name_list (name_list, sepc)
lang = lang:match ('(%a%a)%-') -- keep only 639-1 code portion to lang; TODO: do something with 3166 alpha 2 country code?
if (string.sub (name_list, -3, -1) == sepc .. '. ') then -- if already properly terminated
end
return name_list; -- just return the name list
if 2 == lang:len() then -- ISO639-1 language code are 2 characters (fetchLanguageName also supports 3 character codes)
elseif (string.sub (name_list, -1, -1) == sepc) or (string.sub (name_list, -3, -1) == sepc .. ']]') then -- if last name in list ends with sepc char
name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang:lower(), "en" ); -- get ISO 639-1 language name if Language is a proper code
return name_list .. " "; -- don't add another
end
else
return name_list .. sepc .. ' '; -- otherwise terminate the name list
if is_set (name) then -- if Language specified a valid ISO639-1 code
code = lang:lower(); -- save it
else
name, code = get_iso639_code (lang); -- attempt to get code from name (assign name here so that we are sure of proper capitalization)
end
if is_set (code) then
if 'no' == code then name = 'Norwegian' end; -- override wikimedia when code is 'no'
if 'en' ~= code then -- English not the language
add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source', {name, code})
end
else
add_maint_cat ('unknown_lang'); -- add maint category if not already added
end
table.insert (language_list, name);
name = ''; -- so we can reuse it
end
code = #language_list -- reuse code as number of languages in the list
if 2 >= code then
name = table.concat (language_list, ' and ') -- insert '<space>and<space>' between two language names
elseif 2 < code then
language_list[code] = 'and ' .. language_list[code]; -- prepend last name with 'and<space>'
name = table.concat (language_list, ', ') -- and concatenate with '<comma><space>' separators
end
if 'English' == name then
return ''; -- if one language and that language is English return an empty string (no annotation)
end
end
return (" " .. wrap_msg ('language', name)); -- otherwise wrap with '(in ...)'
end
end


--[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 1 _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------


Set style settings for CS1 citation templates. Returns separator and postscript settings
--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ V O L U M E _ I S S U E >-----------------------------------------
 
returns the concatenation of the formatted volume and issue (or journal article number) parameters as a single
string; or formatted volume or formatted issue, or an empty string if neither are set.


]]
]]
 
local function set_cs1_style (ps)
local function format_volume_issue (volume, issue, article, cite_class, origin, sepc, lower)
if not is_set (ps) then -- unless explicitely set to something
if not utilities.is_set (volume) and not utilities.is_set (issue) and not utilities.is_set (article) then
ps = '.'; -- terminate the rendered citation with a period
return '';
end
end
return '.', ps; -- separator is a full stop
end


--[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 2 _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------
-- same condition as in format_pages_sheets()
local is_journal = 'journal' == cite_class or (utilities.in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map', 'interview'}) and 'journal' == origin);


Set style settings for CS2 citation templates. Returns separator, postscript, ref settings
local is_numeric_vol = volume and (volume:match ('^[MDCLXVI]+$') or volume:match ('^%d+$')); -- is only uppercase roman numerals or only digits?
local is_long_vol = volume and (4 < mw.ustring.len(volume)); -- is |volume= value longer than 4 characters?
if volume and (not is_numeric_vol and is_long_vol) then -- when not all digits or Roman numerals, is |volume= longer than 4 characters?
utilities.add_prop_cat ('long-vol'); -- yes, add properties cat
end


]]
if is_journal then -- journal-style formatting
local vol = '';


local function set_cs2_style (ps, ref)
if utilities.is_set (volume) then
if not is_set (ps) then -- if |postscript= has not been set, set cs2 default
if is_numeric_vol then -- |volume= value all digits or all uppercase Roman numerals?
ps = ''; -- make sure it isn't nil
vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, volume}); -- render in bold face
elseif is_long_vol then -- not all digits or Roman numerals; longer than 4 characters?
vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-vol'], {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume)}); -- not bold
else -- four or fewer characters
vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume)}); -- bold
end
end
vol = vol .. (utilities.is_set (issue) and utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-issue'], issue) or '')
vol = vol .. (utilities.is_set (article) and utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-article-num'], article) or '')
return vol;
end
end
if not is_set (ref) then -- if |ref= is not set
ref = "harv"; -- set default |ref=harv
if 'podcast' == cite_class and utilities.is_set (issue) then
return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower);
end
end
return ',', ps, ref; -- separator is a comma
end
if 'conference' == cite_class and utilities.is_set (article) then -- |article-number= supported only in journal and conference cites
 
if utilities.is_set (volume) and utilities.is_set (article) then -- both volume and article number
--[[--------------------------< G E T _ S E T T I N G S _ F R O M _ C I T E _ C L A S S >----------------------
return wrap_msg ('vol-art', {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume), article}, lower);
 
elseif utilities.is_set (article) then -- article number alone; when volume alone, handled below
When |mode= is not set or when its value is invalid, use config.CitationClass and parameter values to establish
return wrap_msg ('art', {sepc, article}, lower);
rendered style.
end
 
]]
 
local function get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class)
local sep;
if (cite_class == "citation") then -- for citation templates (CS2)
sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref);
else -- not a citation template so CS1
sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps);
end
end


return sep, ps, ref -- return them all
-- all other types of citation
end
if utilities.is_set (volume) and utilities.is_set (issue) then
 
return wrap_msg ('vol-no', {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume), issue}, lower);
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ S T Y L E >------------------------------------------------------------
elseif utilities.is_set (volume) then
 
return wrap_msg ('vol', {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume)}, lower);
Establish basic style settings to be used when rendering the citation. Uses |mode= if set and valid or uses
else
config.CitationClass from the template's #invoke: to establish style.
return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower);
 
]]
 
local function set_style (mode, ps, ref, cite_class)
local sep;
if 'cs2' == mode then -- if this template is to be rendered in CS2 (citation) style
sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref);
elseif 'cs1' == mode then -- if this template is to be rendered in CS1 (cite xxx) style
sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps);
else -- anything but cs1 or cs2
sep, ps, ref = get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class); -- get settings based on the template's CitationClass
end
if 'none' == ps:lower() then -- if assigned value is 'none' then
ps = ''; -- set to empty string
end
end
return sep, ps, ref
end
end


--[=[-------------------------< I S _ P D F >------------------------------------------------------------------


Determines if a url has the file extension that is one of the pdf file extensions used by [[MediaWiki:Common.css]] when
--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ P A G E S _ S H E E T S >-----------------------------------------
applying the pdf icon to external links.


returns true if file extension is one of the recognized extension, else false
adds static text to one of |page(s)= or |sheet(s)= values and returns it with all of the others set to empty strings.
The return order is:
page, pages, sheet, sheets


]=]
Singular has priority over plural when both are provided.
 
local function is_pdf (url)
return url:match ('%.pdf[%?#]?') or url:match ('%.PDF[%?#]?');
end
 
--[[--------------------------< S T Y L E _ F O R M A T >------------------------------------------------------
 
Applies css style to |format=, |chapter-format=, etc.  Also emits an error message if the format parameter does
not have a matching url parameter.  If the format parameter is not set and the url contains a file extension that
is recognized as a pdf document by MediaWiki's commons.css, this code will set the format parameter to (PDF) with
the appropriate styling.


]]
]]


local function style_format (format, url, fmt_param, url_param)
local function format_pages_sheets (page, pages, sheet, sheets, cite_class, origin, sepc, nopp, lower)
if is_set (format) then
if 'map' == cite_class then -- only cite map supports sheet(s) as in-source locators
format = wrap_style ('format', format); -- add leading space, parenthases, resize
if utilities.is_set (sheet) then
if not is_set (url) then
if 'journal' == origin then
format = format .. set_error( 'format_missing_url', {fmt_param, url_param} ); -- add an error message
return '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheet', sheet, lower), '';
end
else
elseif is_pdf (url) then -- format is not set so if url is a pdf file then
return '', '', wrap_msg ('sheet', {sepc, sheet}, lower), '';
format = wrap_style ('format', 'PDF'); -- set format to pdf
end
else
elseif utilities.is_set (sheets) then
format = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
if 'journal' == origin then
return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheets', sheets, lower);
else
return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('sheets', {sepc, sheets}, lower);
end
end
end
 
local is_journal = 'journal' == cite_class or (utilities.in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map', 'interview'}) and 'journal' == origin);
if utilities.is_set (page) then
if is_journal then
return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], page), '', '', '';
elseif not nopp then
return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';
else
return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';
end
elseif utilities.is_set (pages) then
if is_journal then
return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], pages), '', '', '';
elseif tonumber(pages) ~= nil and not nopp then -- if pages is only digits, assume a single page number
return '', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
elseif not nopp then
return '', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
else
return '', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
end
end
end
return format;
return '', '', '', ''; -- return empty strings
end
end


--[[--------------------------< G E T _ D I S P L A Y _ A U T H O R S _ E D I T O R S >------------------------


Returns a number that may or may not limit the length of the author or editor name lists.
--[[--------------------------< I N S O U R C E _ L O C _ G E T >----------------------------------------------
 
returns one of the in-source locators: page, pages, or at.  


When the value assigned to |display-authors= is a number greater than or equal to zero, return the number and
If any of these are interwiki links to Wikisource, returns the label portion of the interwiki-link as plain text
the previous state of the 'etal' flag (false by default but may have been set to true if the name list contains
for use in COinS.  This COinS thing is done because here we convert an interwiki-link to an external link and
some variant of the text 'et al.').
add an icon span around that; get_coins_pages() doesn't know about the span. TODO: should it? 


When the value assigned to |display-authors= is the keyword 'etal', return a number that is one greater than the
TODO: add support for sheet and sheets?; streamline;
number of authors in the list and set the 'etal' flag true.  This will cause the list_people() to display all of
the names in the name list followed by 'et al.'


In all other cases, returns nil and the previous state of the 'etal' flag.
TODO: make it so that this function returns only one of the three as the single in-source (the return value assigned
to a new name)?


]]
]]


local function get_display_authors_editors (max, count, list_name, etal)
local function insource_loc_get (page, page_orig, pages, pages_orig, at)
if is_set (max) then
local ws_url, ws_label, coins_pages, L; -- for Wikisource interwiki-links; TODO: this corrupts page metadata (span remains in place after cleanup; fix there?)
if 'etal' == max:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", '') then -- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings
 
max = count + 1; -- number of authors + 1 so display all author name plus et al.
if utilities.is_set (page) then
etal = true; -- overrides value set by extract_names()
if utilities.is_set (pages) or utilities.is_set (at) then
elseif max:match ('^%d+$') then -- if is a string of numbers
pages = ''; -- unset the others
max = tonumber (max); -- make it a number
at = '';
if max >= count and 'authors' == list_name then -- AUTHORS ONLY -- if |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of authors/editors
end
add_maint_cat ('disp_auth_ed', list_name);
extra_text_in_page_check (page, page_orig); -- emit error message when |page= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc.
end
 
else -- not a valid keyword or number
ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (page); -- make ws URL from |page= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {'display-' .. list_name, max}, true ) } ); -- add error message
if ws_url then
max = nil; -- unset
page = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in page'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this?
page = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, page});
coins_pages = ws_label;
end
elseif utilities.is_set (pages) then
if utilities.is_set (at) then
at = ''; -- unset
end
extra_text_in_page_check (pages, pages_orig); -- emit error message when |page= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc.
 
ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (pages); -- make ws URL from |pages= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label
if ws_url then
pages = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in pages'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this?
pages = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, pages});
coins_pages = ws_label;
end
elseif utilities.is_set (at) then
ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (at); -- make ws URL from |at= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label
if ws_url then
at = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in at'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this?
at = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, at});
coins_pages = ws_label;
end
end
elseif 'authors' == list_name then -- AUTHORS ONLY need to clear implicit et al category
max = count + 1; -- number of authors + 1
end
end
return max, etal;
return page, pages, at, coins_pages;
end
end


--[[--------------------------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ P A G E _ C H E C K >------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< I S _ U N I Q U E _ A R C H I V E _ U R L >------------------------------------
 
Adds page to Category:CS1 maint: extra text if |page= or |pages= has what appears to be some form of p. or pp.
abbreviation in the first characters of the parameter content.


check Page and Pages for extraneous p, p., pp, and pp. at start of parameter value:
add error message when |archive-url= value is same as |url= or chapter-url= (or alias...) value
good pattern: '^P[^%.P%l]' matches when |page(s)= begins PX or P# but not Px where x and X are letters and # is a dgiit
bad pattern: '^[Pp][Pp]' matches matches when |page(s)= begins pp or pP or Pp or PP


]]
]]


local function extra_text_in_page_check (page)
local function is_unique_archive_url (archive, url, c_url, source, date)
-- local good_pattern = '^P[^%.P%l]';
if utilities.is_set (archive) then
local good_pattern = '^P[^%.Pp]'; -- ok to begin with uppercase P: P7 (pg 7 of section P) but not p123 (page 123) TODO: add Gg for PG or Pg?
if archive == url or archive == c_url then
-- local bad_pattern = '^[Pp][Pp]';
utilities.set_message ('err_bad_url', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', source)}); -- add error message
local bad_pattern = '^[Pp]?[Pp]%.?[ %d]';
return '', ''; -- unset |archive-url= and |archive-date= because same as |url= or |chapter-url=
end
end


if not page:match (good_pattern) and (page:match (bad_pattern) or  page:match ('^[Pp]ages?')) then
return archive, date;
add_maint_cat ('extra_text');
end
-- if Page:match ('^[Pp]?[Pp]%.?[ %d]') or  Page:match ('^[Pp]ages?[ %d]') or
-- Pages:match ('^[Pp]?[Pp]%.?[ %d]') or  Pages:match ('^[Pp]ages?[ %d]') then
-- add_maint_cat ('extra_text');
-- end
end
end




--[[--------------------------< P A R S E _ V A U T H O R S _ V E D I T O R S >--------------------------------
--[=[-------------------------< A R C H I V E _ U R L _ C H E C K >--------------------------------------------
 
Check archive.org URLs to make sure they at least look like they are pointing at valid archives and not to the
save snapshot URL or to calendar pages.  When the archive URL is 'https://web.archive.org/save/' (or http://...)
archive.org saves a snapshot of the target page in the URL.  That is something that Wikipedia should not allow
unwitting readers to do.


This function extracts author / editor names from |vauthors= or |veditors= and finds matching |xxxxor-maskn= and
When the archive.org URL does not have a complete timestamp, archive.org chooses a snapshot according to its own
|xxxxor-linkn= in argsIt then returns a table of assembled names just as extract_names() does.
algorithm or provides a calendar 'search' result[[WP:ELNO]] discourages links to search results.


Author / editor names in |vauthors= or |veditors= must be in Vancouver system style. Corporate or institutional names
This function looks at the value assigned to |archive-url= and returns empty strings for |archive-url= and
may sometimes be required and because such names will often fail the is_good_vanc_name() and other format compliance
|archive-date= and an error message when:
tests, are wrapped in doubled paranethese ((corporate name)) to suppress the format tests.
|archive-url= holds an archive.org save command URL
|archive-url= is an archive.org URL that does not have a complete timestamp (YYYYMMDDhhmmss 14 digits) in the
correct place
otherwise returns |archive-url= and |archive-date=


This function sets the vancouver error when a reqired comma is missing and when there is a space between an author's initials.
There are two mostly compatible archive.org URLs:
//web.archive.org/<timestamp>... -- the old form
//web.archive.org/web/<timestamp>... -- the new form


]]
The old form does not support or map to the new form when it contains a display flag.  There are four identified flags
('id_', 'js_', 'cs_', 'im_') but since archive.org ignores others following the same form (two letters and an underscore)
we don't check for these specific flags but we do check the form.


local function parse_vauthors_veditors (args, vparam, list_name)
This function supports a preview mode.  When the article is rendered in preview mode, this function may return a modified
local names = {}; -- table of names assembled from |vauthors=, |author-maskn=, |author-linkn=
archive URL:
local v_name_table = {};
for save command errors, return undated wildcard (/*/)
local etal = false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. vauthors parameter
for timestamp errors when the timestamp has a wildcard, return the URL unmodified
local last, first, link, mask;
for timestamp errors when the timestamp does not have a wildcard, return with timestamp limited to six digits plus wildcard (/yyyymm*/)
local corporate = false;


vparam, etal = name_has_etal (vparam, etal, true); -- find and remove variations on et al. do not categorize (do it here because et al. might have a period)
A secondary function is to return an archive-url timestamp from those urls that have them (archive.org and
if vparam:find ('%[%[') or vparam:find ('%]%]') then -- no wikilinking vauthors names
archive.today).  The timestamp is used by validation.archive_date_check() to see if the value in |archive-date=
add_vanc_error ();
matches the timestamp in the archive url.
end
v_name_table = mw.text.split(vparam, "%s*,%s*") -- names are separated by commas


for i, v_name in ipairs(v_name_table) do
]=]
if v_name:match ('^%(%(.+%)%)$') then -- corporate authors are wrapped in doubled parenthese to supress vanc formatting and error detection
 
first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor
local function archive_url_check (url, date)
last = v_name:match ('^%(%((.+)%)%)$')
local err_msg = ''; -- start with the error message empty
corporate = true;
local path, timestamp, flag; -- portions of the archive.org URL
elseif string.find(v_name, "%s") then
    lastfirstTable = {}
timestamp = url:match ('//archive.today/(%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d)/') or -- get timestamp from archive.today urls
    lastfirstTable = mw.text.split(v_name, "%s")
url:match ('//archive.today/(%d%d%d%d%.%d%d%.%d%d%-%d%d%d%d%d%d)/'); -- this timestamp needs cleanup
    first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- removes and returns value of last element in table which should be author intials
if timestamp then -- if this was an archive.today url ...
    last  = table.concat(lastfirstTable, " ") -- returns a string that is the concatenation of all other names that are not initials
return url, date, timestamp:gsub ('[%.%-]', ''); -- return ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate, and timestamp (dots and dashes removed) from |archive-url=, and done
    if mw.ustring.match (last, '%a+%s+%u+%s+%a+') or mw.ustring.match (v_name, ' %u %u$') then
end
add_vanc_error (); -- matches last II last; the case when a comma is missing or a space between two intiials
-- here for archive.org urls
if (not url:match('//web%.archive%.org/')) and (not url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/')) then -- also deprecated liveweb Wayback machine URL
return url, date; -- not an archive.org archive, return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate
end
 
if url:match('//web%.archive%.org/save/') then -- if a save command URL, we don't want to allow saving of the target page
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.save;
url = url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org)/save/', '%1/*/', 1); -- for preview mode: modify ArchiveURL
elseif url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/') then
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.liveweb;
else
path, timestamp, flag = url:match('//web%.archive%.org/([^%d]*)(%d+)([^/]*)/'); -- split out some of the URL parts for evaluation
if not path then -- malformed in some way; pattern did not match
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.timestamp;
elseif 14 ~= timestamp:len() then -- path and flag optional, must have 14-digit timestamp here
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.timestamp;
if '*' ~= flag then
local replacement = timestamp:match ('^%d%d%d%d%d%d') or timestamp:match ('^%d%d%d%d'); -- get the first 6 (YYYYMM) or first 4 digits (YYYY)
if replacement then -- nil if there aren't at least 4 digits (year)
replacement = replacement .. string.rep ('0', 14 - replacement:len()); -- year or yearmo (4 or 6 digits) zero-fill to make 14-digit timestamp
url=url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org/[^%d]*)%d[^/]*', '%1' .. replacement .. '*', 1) -- for preview, modify ts to 14 digits plus splat for calendar display
end
end
end
elseif utilities.is_set (path) and 'web/' ~= path then -- older archive URLs do not have the extra 'web/' path element
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.path;
elseif utilities.is_set (flag) and not utilities.is_set (path) then -- flag not allowed with the old form URL (without the 'web/' path element)
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.flag;
elseif utilities.is_set (flag) and not flag:match ('%a%a_') then -- flag if present must be two alpha characters and underscore (requires 'web/' path element)
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.flag;
else
else
first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor
return url, date, timestamp; -- return ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate, and timestamp from |archive-url=
last = v_name; -- last name or single corporate name?  Doesn't support multiword corporate names? do we need this?
end
end
if is_set (first) and not mw.ustring.match (first, "^%u?%u$") then -- first shall contain one or two upper-case letters, nothing else
add_vanc_error ();
end
-- this from extract_names ()
link = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
mask = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
names[i] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate=corporate}; -- add this assembled name to our names list
end
end
return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names
-- if here, something not right so
utilities.set_message ('err_archive_url', {err_msg}); -- add error message and
 
if is_preview_mode then
return url, date, timestamp; -- preview mode so return ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate, and timestamp from |archive-url=
else
return '', ''; -- return empty strings for ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate
end
end
end


--[[--------------------------< S E L E C T _ A U T H O R _ E D I T O R _ S O U R C E >------------------------


Select one of |authors=, |authorn= / |lastn / firstn=, or |vauthors= as the source of the author name list or
--[[--------------------------< P L A C E _ C H E C K >--------------------------------------------------------
select one of |editors=, |editorn= / editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= or |veditors= as the source of the editor name list.
 
check |place=, |publication-place=, |location= to see if these params include digits.  This function added because
many editors misuse location to specify the in-source location (|page(s)= and |at= are supposed to do that)
 
returns the original parameter value without modification; added maint cat when parameter value contains digits
 
]]


Only one of these appropriate three will be used. The hierarchy is: |authorn= (and aliases) highest and |authors= lowest and
local function place_check (param_val)
similarly, |editorn= (and aliases) highest and |editors= lowest
if not utilities.is_set (param_val) then -- parameter empty or omitted
return param_val; -- return that empty state
end
if mw.ustring.find (param_val, '%d') then -- not empty, are there digits in the parameter value
utilities.set_message ('maint_location'); -- yep, add maint cat
end
return param_val; -- and done
end


When looking for |authorn= / |editorn= parameters, test |xxxxor1= and |xxxxor2= (and all of their aliases); stops after the second
test which mimicks the test used in extract_names() when looking for a hole in the author name list.  There may be a better
way to do this, I just haven't discovered what that way is.


Emits an error message when more than one xxxxor name source is provided.
--[[--------------------------< I S _ A R C H I V E D _ C O P Y >----------------------------------------------


In this function, vxxxxors = vauthors or veditors; xxxxors = authors or editors as appropriate.
compares |title= to 'Archived copy' (placeholder added by bots that can't find proper title); if matches, return true; nil else


]]
]]


local function select_author_editor_source (vxxxxors, xxxxors, args, list_name)
local function is_archived_copy (title)
local lastfirst = false;
title = mw.ustring.lower(title); -- switch title to lower case
if select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 1 ) or -- do this twice incase we have a first 1 without a last1
if title:find (cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy.en) then -- if title is 'Archived copy'
select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 2 ) then
return true;
lastfirst=true;
elseif cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy['local'] then
if mw.ustring.find (title, cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy['local']) then -- mw.ustring() because might not be Latin script
return true;
end
end
end
end


if (is_set (vxxxxors) and true == lastfirst) or -- these are the three error conditions
(is_set (vxxxxors) and is_set (xxxxors)) or
(true == lastfirst and is_set (xxxxors)) then
local err_name;
if 'AuthorList' == list_name then -- figure out which name should be used in error message
err_name = 'author';
else
err_name = 'editor';
end
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters',
{err_name .. '-name-list parameters'}, true ) } ); -- add error message
end


if true == lastfirst then return 1 end; -- return a number indicating which author name source to use
--[[--------------------------< D I S P L A Y _ N A M E S _ S E L E C T >--------------------------------------
if is_set (vxxxxors) then return 2 end;
if is_set (xxxxors) then return 3 end;
return 1; -- no authors so return 1; this allows missing author name test to run in case there is a first without last
end


for any of the |display-authors=, |display-editors=, etc parameters, select either the local or global setting.
When both are present, look at <local_display_names> value.  When the value is some sort of 'et al.'string,
special handling is required.


--[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ P A R A M E T E R _ V A L U E >------------------------------
When {{cs1 config}} has |display-<namelist>= AND this template has |display-<namelist>=etal AND:
the number of names specified by <number_of_names> is:
greater than the number specified in the global |display-<namelist>= parameter (<global_display_names>)
use global |display-<namelist>= parameter value
set overridden maint category
less than or equal to the number specified in the global |display-<namelist>=  parameter
use local |display-<namelist>= parameter value


This function is used to validate a parameter's assigned value for those parameters that have only a limited number
The purpose of this function is to prevent categorizing a template that has fewer names than the global setting
of allowable values (yes, y, true, no, etc).  When the parameter value has not been assigned a value (missing or empty
to keep the etal annotation specified by <local_display_names>.
in the source template) the function refurns true.  If the parameter value is one of the list of allowed values returns
true; else, emits an error message and returns false.


]]
]]


local function is_valid_parameter_value (value, name, possible)
local function display_names_select (global_display_names, local_display_names, param_name, number_of_names, test)
if not is_set (value) then
if global_display_names and utilities.is_set (local_display_names) then -- when both
return true; -- an empty parameter is ok
if 'etal' == local_display_names:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", '') then -- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings
elseif in_array(value:lower(), possible) then
number_of_names = tonumber (number_of_names); -- convert these to numbers for comparison
return true;
local global_display_names_num = tonumber (global_display_names); -- <global_display_names> not set when parameter value is not digits
 
if number_of_names > global_display_names_num then -- template has more names than global config allows to be displayed?
utilities.set_message ('maint_overridden_setting'); -- set a maint message because global is overriding local |display-<namelist>=etal
return global_display_names, 'cs1 config'; -- return global with spoof parameter name (for get_display_names())
else
return local_display_names, param_name; -- return local because fewer names so let <local_display_names> control
end
end
-- here when <global_display_names> and <local_display_names> both numbers; <global_display_names> controls
utilities.set_message ('maint_overridden_setting'); -- set a maint message
return global_display_names, 'cs1 config'; -- return global with spoof parameter name (for get_display_names())
end
-- here when only one of <global_display_names> or <local_display_names> set
if global_display_names then
return global_display_names, 'cs1 config'; -- return global with spoof parameter name (for get_display_names())
else
else
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {name, value}, true ) } ); -- not an allowed value so add error message
return local_display_names, param_name; -- return local
return false
end
end
end
end




--[[--------------------------< T E R M I N A T E _ N A M E _ L I S T >----------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< M O D E _ S E T >--------------------------------------------------------------


This function terminates a name list (author, contributor, editor) with a separator character (sepc) and a space
fetch global mode setting from {{cs1 config}} (if present) or from |mode= (if present); global setting overrides
when the last character is not a sepc character or when the last three characters are not sepc followed by two
local |mode= parameter value.  When both are present, emit maintenance message
closing square brackets (close of a wikilink).  When either of these is true, the name_list is terminated with a
single space character.


]]
]]


local function terminate_name_list (name_list, sepc)
local function mode_set (Mode, Mode_origin)
if (string.sub (name_list,-1,-1) == sepc) or (string.sub (name_list,-3,-1) == sepc .. ']]') then -- if last name in list ends with sepc char
local mode;
return name_list .. " "; -- don't add another
if cfg.global_cs1_config_t['Mode'] then -- global setting in {{cs1 config}}; nil when empty or assigned value invalid
mode = is_valid_parameter_value (cfg.global_cs1_config_t['Mode'], 'cs1 config: mode', cfg.keywords_lists['mode'], ''); -- error messaging 'param' here is a hoax
else
else
return name_list .. sepc .. ' '; -- otherwise terninate the name list
mode = is_valid_parameter_value (Mode, Mode_origin, cfg.keywords_lists['mode'], '');
end
 
if cfg.global_cs1_config_t['Mode'] and utilities.is_set (Mode) then -- when template has |mode=<something> which global setting has overridden
utilities.set_message ('maint_overridden_setting'); -- set a maint message
end
end
return mode;
end
end




--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ V O L U M E _ I S S U E >----------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< Q U O T E _ M A K E >----------------------------------------------------------
 
create quotation from |quote=, |trans-quote=, and/or script-quote= with or without |quote-page= or |quote-pages=


returns the concatenation of the formatted volume and issue parameters as a single string; or formatted volume
when any of those three quote parameters are set, this function unsets <PostScript>.  When none of those parameters
or formatted issue, or an empty string if neither are set.
are set, |quote-page= and |quote-pages= are unset to nil so that they are not included in the template's metadata


]]
]]
local function quote_make (quote, trans_quote, script_quote, quote_page, quote_pages, nopp, sepc, postscript)
if utilities.is_set (quote) or utilities.is_set (trans_quote) or utilities.is_set (script_quote) then
if utilities.is_set (quote) then
if quote:sub(1, 1) == '"' and quote:sub(-1, -1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of quote are quote marks
quote = quote:sub(2, -2); -- strip them off
end
end
quote = kern_quotes (quote); -- kern if needed
quote = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-text', quote ); -- wrap in <q>...</q> tags
local function format_volume_issue (volume, issue, cite_class, origin, sepc, lower)
if utilities.is_set (script_quote) then
if not is_set (volume) and not is_set (issue) then
quote = script_concatenate (quote, script_quote, 'script-quote'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after quote is wrapped
return '';
end
end
 
if utilities.is_set (trans_quote) then
if 'magazine' == cite_class or (in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map'}) and 'magazine' == origin) then
if trans_quote:sub(1, 1) == '"' and trans_quote:sub(-1, -1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of |trans-quote are quote marks
if is_set (volume) and is_set (issue) then
trans_quote = trans_quote:sub(2, -2); -- strip them off
return wrap_msg ('vol-no', {sepc, volume, issue}, lower);
end
elseif is_set (volume) then
quote = quote .. " " .. utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', trans_quote );
return wrap_msg ('vol', {sepc, volume}, lower);
end
 
if utilities.is_set (quote_page) or utilities.is_set (quote_pages) then -- add page prefix
local quote_prefix = '';
if utilities.is_set (quote_page) then
extra_text_in_page_check (quote_page, 'quote-page'); -- add to maint cat if |quote-page= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc.
if not nopp then
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, quote_page}), '', '', '';
else
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, quote_page}), '', '', '';
end
elseif utilities.is_set (quote_pages) then
extra_text_in_page_check (quote_pages, 'quote-pages'); -- add to maint cat if |quote-pages= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc.
if tonumber(quote_pages) ~= nil and not nopp then -- if only digits, assume single page
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, quote_pages}), '', '';
elseif not nopp then
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, quote_pages}), '', '';
else
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, quote_pages}), '', '';
end
end
                       
quote = quote_prefix .. ": " .. quote;
else
else
return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower);
quote = sepc .. " " .. quote;
end
end
end
 
postscript = ""; -- cs1|2 does not supply terminal punctuation when |quote= is set
local vol = '';
elseif utilities.is_set (quote_page) or utilities.is_set (quote_pages) then
quote_page = nil; -- unset; these require |quote=; TODO: error message?
if is_set (volume) then
quote_pages = nil;
if (4 < mw.ustring.len(volume)) then
vol = substitute (cfg.messages['j-vol'], {sepc, volume});
else
vol = wrap_style ('vol-bold', hyphen_to_dash(volume));
end
end
end
if is_set (issue) then
 
return vol .. substitute (cfg.messages['j-issue'], issue);
return quote, quote_page, quote_pages, postscript;
end
return vol;
end
end




--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ P A G E S _ S H E E T S >-----------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ P U B L I S H E R _ N A M E >--------------------------------------


adds static text to one of |page(s)= or |sheet(s)= values and returns it with all of the others set to empty strings.
look for variations of '<text>: <text>' that might be '<location>: <publisher>' in |publisher= parameter value.
The return order is:
when found, emit a maintenance message; return nil else
page, pages, sheet, sheets


Singular has priority over plural when both are provided.
<publisher> is the value assigned to |publisher= or |institution=


]]
]]


local function format_pages_sheets (page, pages, sheet, sheets, cite_class, origin, sepc, nopp, lower)
local function check_publisher_name (publisher)
if 'map' == cite_class then -- only cite map supports sheet(s) as in-source locators
local patterns_t = {
if is_set (sheet) then
'^[%w%s]+%s*:%s*[%w%s]+$', -- plain text <location>: <publisher>
if 'journal' == origin then
'^%[+[%w%s:|]+%]+%s*:%s*[%w%s]+$', -- partially wikilinked [[<location>]]: <publisher>
return '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheet', sheet, lower), '';
'^[%w%s]+%s*:%s*%[+[%w%s:|]+%]+$', -- partially wikilinked <location>: [[<publisher>]]
else
'^%[+[%w%s:|]+%]+%s*:%s*%[+[%w%s:|]+%]+$', -- wikilinked [[<location>]]: [[<publisher>]]
return '', '', wrap_msg ('sheet', {sepc, sheet}, lower), '';
}
end
elseif is_set (sheets) then
for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns_t) do -- spin through the patterns_t sequence
if 'journal' == origin then
if mw.ustring.match (publisher, pattern) then -- does this pattern match?
return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheets', sheets, lower);
utilities.set_message ('maint_publisher_location'); -- set a maint message
else
return; -- and done
return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('sheets', {sepc, sheets}, lower);
end
end
end
end
end
end
 


local is_journal = 'journal' == cite_class or (in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map'}) and 'journal' == origin);
--[[--------------------------< I S _ P A G E _ A R T _ N U M >------------------------------------------------


if is_set (page) then
compare the trailing (rightmost) characters of the |doi= value against the whole value assigned to |page(s)=.
if is_journal then
return substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], page), '', '', '';
elseif not nopp then
return substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';
else
return substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';
end
elseif is_set(pages) then
if is_journal then
return substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], pages), '', '', '';
elseif tonumber(pages) ~= nil and not nopp then -- if pages is only digits, assume a single page number
return '', substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
elseif not nopp then
return '', substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
else
return '', substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
end
end
return '', '', '', ''; -- return empty strings
end


--[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N 0 >------------------------------------------------------------
return boolean true when:
|page(s)= has exactly 8 digits and a dot between the fourth and fifth digits matches the trailing 9 characters
of the |doi= value: |page=12345678 → |page=1234.5678 matches |doi=10.xxxx/yyyy1234.5678
|page(s)= is 5 or more characters and matches |doi= values's trailing characters
|page(s)= begins with a lowercase 'e' and |page(s)= without the 'e' matches |doi= values's trailing
characters: |page=e12345 → |page=12345 matches |doi=10.xxxx/yyyy12345
|page(s)= begins with a uppercase 'CD' followed by (typically) six digits matches |doi= values that ends with
'CDxxxxxx.pubx' (where 'x' is any single digit)


This is the main function doing the majority of the citation formatting.
return nil when |page(s)= values:
are ranges separated by underscore, hyphen, emdash, endash, figure dash, or minus character
are comma- or semicolon-separated lists of pages
have external urls (has text 'http')
are digit-only values less than 10000
do not match |doi= values's trailing characters


]]
]]


local function citation0( config, args)
local function is_page_art_num (page, doi)
--[[  
if not (utilities.is_set (page) and utilities.is_set (doi)) then -- both required
Load Input Parameters
return; -- abandon; nothing to do
end
 
if page:match ('[,;_−–—‒%-]') then -- when |page(s)= might be a page range or a separated list of pages
return; -- abandon
end
 
page = page:lower(); -- because doi names are case insensitive
doi = doi:lower(); -- force these to lowercase for testing
if page:match ('http') then -- when |page(s)= appears to hold a url
return; -- abandon
end
 
if tonumber (page) then -- is |page(s)= digits only
if 10000 > tonumber (page) then -- when |page(s)= less than 10000
return; -- abandon
end
if doi:match (page .. '$') then -- digits only page number match the last digits in |doi=?
return true;
end
 
if 8 == page:len() then -- special case when |page(s)= is exactly 8 digits
local dot_page = page:gsub ('(%d%d%d%d)(%d%d%d%d)', '%1.%2'); -- make a |page=xxxx.yyyy version commonly used in |doi=
if doi:match (dot_page .. '$') then -- 8-digit dotted page number match the last characters in |doi=?
return true;
end
end
else -- here when |page(s)= is alpha-numeric
if 4 < page:len() then -- when |page(s)= is five or more characters
if doi:match (page .. '$') then -- alpha-numeric page match the last characters in |doi=?
return true;
end
local epage = page:match ('^e([%w]+)$'); -- if first character of |page= is 'e', remove it
if epage and doi:match (epage .. '$') then -- page number match the last characters in |doi=?
return true;
end
local cdpage = page:match ('^cd%d+$'); -- if first characters of |page= are 'CD' and last characters are digits (typically 6 digits)
if cdpage and doi:match (cdpage .. '%.pub%d$') then -- page number matches doi 'CDxxxxxx.pubx' where 'x' is a digit
return true;
end
end
end
end
 
 
--[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N 0 >------------------------------------------------------------
 
This is the main function doing the majority of the citation formatting.
 
]]
 
local function citation0( config, args )
--[[  
Load Input Parameters
The argument_wrapper facilitates the mapping of multiple aliases to single internal variable.
The argument_wrapper facilitates the mapping of multiple aliases to single internal variable.
]]
]]
local A = argument_wrapper( args );
local A = argument_wrapper ( args );
local i  
local i  


-- Pick out the relevant fields from the arguments.  Different citation templates
-- Pick out the relevant fields from the arguments.  Different citation templates
-- define different field names for the same underlying things.
-- define different field names for the same underlying things.
local author_etal;
local author_etal;
local a = {}; -- authors list from |lastn= / |firstn= pairs or |vauthors=
local a = {}; -- authors list from |lastn= / |firstn= pairs or |vauthors=
local Authors;
local Authors;
local NameListFormat = A['NameListFormat'];
local NameListStyle;
if cfg.global_cs1_config_t['NameListStyle'] then -- global setting in {{cs1 config}} overrides local |name-list-style= parameter value; nil when empty or assigned value invalid
NameListStyle = is_valid_parameter_value (cfg.global_cs1_config_t['NameListStyle'], 'cs1 config: name-list-style', cfg.keywords_lists['name-list-style'], ''); -- error messaging 'param' here is a hoax
else
NameListStyle = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NameListStyle'], A:ORIGIN('NameListStyle'), cfg.keywords_lists['name-list-style'], '');
end
 
if cfg.global_cs1_config_t['NameListStyle'] and utilities.is_set (A['NameListStyle']) then -- when template has |name-list-style=<something> which global setting has overridden
utilities.set_message ('maint_overridden_setting'); -- set a maint message
end
 
local Collaboration = A['Collaboration'];


do -- to limit scope of selected
do -- to limit scope of selected
Line 2,704: Line 2,838:
a, author_etal = extract_names (args, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |authorn= / |lastn= / |firstn=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
a, author_etal = extract_names (args, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |authorn= / |lastn= / |firstn=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
elseif 2 == selected then
elseif 2 == selected then
NameListFormat = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-format= might be
NameListStyle = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-style= might be
a, author_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.vauthors, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |vauthors=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
a, author_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, A['Vauthors'], 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |vauthors=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
elseif 3 == selected then
elseif 3 == selected then
Authors = A['Authors']; -- use content of |authors=
Authors = A['Authors']; -- use content of |people= or |credits=; |authors= is deprecated; TODO: constrain |people= and |credits= to cite av media, episode, serial?
end
if utilities.is_set (Collaboration) then
author_etal = true; -- so that |display-authors=etal not required
end
end
end
end
local Coauthors = A['Coauthors'];
local Others = A['Others'];


local editor_etal;
local editor_etal;
local e = {}; -- editors list from |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= pairs or |veditors=
local e = {}; -- editors list from |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= pairs or |veditors=
local Editors;


do -- to limit scope of selected
do -- to limit scope of selected
local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Veditors'], A['Editors'], args, 'EditorList');
local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Veditors'], nil, args, 'EditorList'); -- support for |editors= withdrawn
if 1 == selected then
if 1 == selected then
e, editor_etal = extract_names (args, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |editorn= / |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
e, editor_etal = extract_names (args, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |editorn= / |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
elseif 2 == selected then
elseif 2 == selected then
NameListFormat = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-format= might be
NameListStyle = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-style= might be
e, editor_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.veditors, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |veditors=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
e, editor_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.veditors, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |veditors=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
elseif 3 == selected then
Editors = A['Editors']; -- use content of |editors=
end
end
end
end
 
local t = {}; -- translators list from |translator-lastn= / translator-firstn= pairs
local Chapter = A['Chapter']; -- done here so that we have access to |contribution= from |chapter= aliases
local Translators; -- assembled translators name list
local Chapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter');
t = extract_names (args, 'TranslatorList'); -- fetch translator list from |translatorn= / |translator-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=
local Contribution; -- because contribution is required for contributor(s)
if 'contribution' == Chapter_origin then
Contribution = Chapter; -- get the name of the contribution
end
local c = {}; -- contributors list from |contributor-lastn= / contributor-firstn= pairs
local c = {}; -- contributors list from |contributor-lastn= / contributor-firstn= pairs
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"book", "citation"}) and not utilities.is_set (A['Periodical']) then -- |contributor= and |contribution= only supported in book cites
local Contributors; -- assembled contributors name list
local Contribution = A['Contribution'];
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"book","citation"}) and not is_set(A['Periodical']) then -- |contributor= and |contribution= only supported in book cites
c = extract_names (args, 'ContributorList'); -- fetch contributor list from |contributorn= / |contributor-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=
c = extract_names (args, 'ContributorList'); -- fetch contributor list from |contributorn= / |contributor-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=
if 0 < #c then
if 0 < #c then
if not is_set (Contribution) then -- |contributor= requires |contribution=
if not utilities.is_set (Contribution) then -- |contributor= requires |contribution=
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_missing_required_param', 'contribution')}); -- add missing contribution error message
utilities.set_message ('err_contributor_missing_required_param', 'contribution'); -- add missing contribution error message
c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
end
end
if 0 == #a then -- |contributor= requires |author=
if 0 == #a then -- |contributor= requires |author=
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_missing_required_param', 'author')}); -- add missing author error message
utilities.set_message ('err_contributor_missing_required_param', 'author'); -- add missing author error message
c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
end
end
end
end
else -- if not a book cite
else -- if not a book cite
if select_one (args, cfg.aliases['ContributorList-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', 1 ) then -- are there contributor name list parameters?
if utilities.select_one (args, cfg.aliases['ContributorList-Last'], 'err_redundant_parameters', 1 ) then -- are there contributor name list parameters?
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_ignored')}); -- add contributor ignored error message
utilities.set_message ('err_contributor_ignored'); -- add contributor ignored error message
end
end
Contribution = nil; -- unset
Contribution = nil; -- unset
end
end


if not is_valid_parameter_value (NameListFormat, 'name-list-format', cfg.keywords['name-list-format']) then -- only accepted value for this parameter is 'vanc'
NameListFormat = ''; -- anything else, set to empty string
end
local Year = A['Year'];
local PublicationDate = A['PublicationDate'];
local OrigYear = A['OrigYear'];
local Date = A['Date'];
local LayDate = A['LayDate'];
------------------------------------------------- Get title data
local Title = A['Title'];
local Title = A['Title'];
local ScriptTitle = A['ScriptTitle'];
local BookTitle = A['BookTitle'];
local Conference = A['Conference'];
local TransTitle = A['TransTitle'];
local TitleNote = A['TitleNote'];
local TitleLink = A['TitleLink'];
local TitleLink = A['TitleLink'];
if is_set (TitleLink) and false == link_param_ok (TitleLink) then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_paramlink', A:ORIGIN('TitleLink'))}); -- url or wikilink in |title-link=;
end


local Chapter = A['Chapter'];
local auto_select = ''; -- default is auto
local ScriptChapter = A['ScriptChapter'];
local accept_link;
local ChapterLink -- = A['ChapterLink']; -- deprecated as a parameter but still used internally by cite episode
TitleLink, accept_link = utilities.has_accept_as_written (TitleLink, true); -- test for accept-this-as-written markup
local TransChapter = A['TransChapter'];
if (not accept_link) and utilities.in_array (TitleLink, {'none', 'pmc', 'doi'}) then -- check for special keywords
local TitleType = A['TitleType'];
auto_select = TitleLink; -- remember selection for later
local Degree = A['Degree'];
TitleLink = ''; -- treat as if |title-link= would have been empty
local Docket = A['Docket'];
end
local ArchiveFormat = A['ArchiveFormat'];
 
local ArchiveURL = A['ArchiveURL'];
TitleLink = link_title_ok (TitleLink, A:ORIGIN ('TitleLink'), Title, 'title'); -- check for wiki-markup in |title-link= or wiki-markup in |title= when |title-link= is set
local URL = A['URL']
local URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL'); -- get name of parameter that holds URL
local ChapterURL = A['ChapterURL'];
local ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ChapterURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ChapterURL
local ConferenceFormat = A['ConferenceFormat'];
local ConferenceURL = A['ConferenceURL'];
local ConferenceURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ConferenceURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ConferenceURL
local Periodical = A['Periodical'];
local Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('Periodical'); -- get the name of the periodical parameter
 
local Series = A['Series'];
local Volume;
local Issue;
local Page;
local Pages;
local At;


if in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_volume) and not ('conference' == config.CitationClass and not is_set (Periodical)) then
local Section = ''; -- {{cite map}} only; preset to empty string for concatenation if not used
Volume = A['Volume'];
if 'map' == config.CitationClass and 'section' == Chapter_origin then
end
Section = A['Chapter']; -- get |section= from |chapter= alias list; |chapter= and the other aliases not supported in {{cite map}}
if in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_issue) and not (in_array (config.CitationClass, {'conference', 'map'}) and not is_set (Periodical))then
Chapter = ''; -- unset for now; will be reset later from |map= if present
Issue = A['Issue'];
end
local Position = '';
if not in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_not_using_page) then
Page = A['Page'];
Pages = hyphen_to_dash( A['Pages'] );
At = A['At'];
end
end


local Edition = A['Edition'];
local Periodical = A['Periodical'];
local PublicationPlace = A['PublicationPlace']
local Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('Periodical');
local Place = A['Place'];
local ScriptPeriodical = A['ScriptPeriodical'];
local ScriptPeriodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptPeriodical');
local TransPeriodical =  A['TransPeriodical'];
local TransPeriodical_origin =  A:ORIGIN ('TransPeriodical');
local PublisherName = A['PublisherName'];
if (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'book', 'encyclopaedia'}) and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) or utilities.is_set (TransPeriodical))) then
local RegistrationRequired = A['RegistrationRequired'];
local param;
if not is_valid_parameter_value (RegistrationRequired, 'registration', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- get a parameter name from one of these periodical related meta-parameters
RegistrationRequired=nil;
Periodical = ''; -- unset because not valid {{cite book}} or {{cite encyclopedia}} parameters
param = Periodical_origin -- get parameter name for error messaging
elseif utilities.is_set (TransPeriodical) then
TransPeriodical = ''; -- unset because not valid {{cite book}} or {{cite encyclopedia}} parameters
param = TransPeriodical_origin; -- get parameter name for error messaging
elseif utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) then
ScriptPeriodical = ''; -- unset because not valid {{cite book}} or {{cite encyclopedia}} parameters
param = ScriptPeriodical_origin; -- get parameter name for error messaging
end
end
local SubscriptionRequired = A['SubscriptionRequired'];
 
if not is_valid_parameter_value (SubscriptionRequired, 'subscription', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
if utilities.is_set (param) then -- if we found one
SubscriptionRequired=nil;
utilities.set_message ('err_periodical_ignored', {param}); -- emit an error message
end
end
end


local Via = A['Via'];
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then
local AccessDate = A['AccessDate'];
local i;
local ArchiveDate = A['ArchiveDate'];
Periodical, i = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (Periodical); -- strip apostrophe markup so that metadata isn't contaminated
local Agency = A['Agency'];
if i then -- non-zero when markup was stripped so emit an error message
local DeadURL = A['DeadURL']
utilities.set_message ('err_apostrophe_markup', {Periodical_origin});
if not is_valid_parameter_value (DeadURL, 'dead-url', cfg.keywords ['deadurl']) then -- set in config.defaults to 'yes'
DeadURL = ''; -- anything else, set to empty string
end
end
end


local Language = A['Language'];
if 'mailinglist' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for {{cite mailing list}}
local Format = A['Format'];
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.is_set (A ['MailingList']) then -- both set emit an error TODO: make a function for this and similar?
local ChapterFormat = A['ChapterFormat'];
utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', Periodical_origin) .. cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair'] .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'mailinglist')});
local DoiBroken = A['DoiBroken'];
end
local ID = A['ID'];
local ASINTLD = A['ASINTLD'];
local IgnoreISBN = A['IgnoreISBN'];
if not is_valid_parameter_value (IgnoreISBN, 'ignore-isbn-error', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
IgnoreISBN = nil; -- anything else, set to empty string
end
local Embargo = A['Embargo'];
local Class = A['Class']; -- arxiv class identifier


local ID_list = extract_ids( args );
Periodical = A ['MailingList']; -- error or no, set Periodical to |mailinglist= value because this template is {{cite mailing list}}
Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('MailingList');
end


local Quote = A['Quote'];
-- web and news not tested for now because of
-- Wikipedia:Administrators%27_noticeboard#Is_there_a_semi-automated_tool_that_could_fix_these_annoying_"Cite_Web"_errors?
if not (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) then -- 'periodical' templates require periodical parameter
-- local p = {['journal'] = 'journal', ['magazine'] = 'magazine', ['news'] = 'newspaper', ['web'] = 'website'}; -- for error message
local p = {['journal'] = 'journal', ['magazine'] = 'magazine'}; -- for error message
if p[config.CitationClass]  then
utilities.set_message ('err_missing_periodical', {config.CitationClass, p[config.CitationClass]});
end
end
local Volume;
if 'citation' == config.CitationClass then
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then
if not utilities.in_array (Periodical_origin, cfg.citation_no_volume_t) then -- {{citation}} does not render |volume= when these parameters are used
Volume = A['Volume']; -- but does for all other 'periodicals'
end
elseif utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) then
if 'script-website' ~= ScriptPeriodical_origin then -- {{citation}} does not render volume for |script-website=
Volume = A['Volume']; -- but does for all other 'periodicals'
end
else
Volume = A['Volume']; -- and does for non-'periodical' cites
end
elseif utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_volume) then -- render |volume= for cs1 according to the configuration settings
Volume = A['Volume'];
end
extra_text_in_vol_iss_check (Volume, A:ORIGIN ('Volume'), 'v');


local LayFormat = A['LayFormat'];
local Issue;
local LayURL = A['LayURL'];
if 'citation' == config.CitationClass then
local LaySource = A['LaySource'];
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.in_array (Periodical_origin, cfg.citation_issue_t) then -- {{citation}} may render |issue= when these parameters are used
local Transcript = A['Transcript'];
Issue = utilities.hyphen_to_dash (A['Issue']);
local TranscriptFormat = A['TranscriptFormat'];
local TranscriptURL = A['TranscriptURL']
local TranscriptURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('TranscriptURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds TranscriptURL
 
local LastAuthorAmp = A['LastAuthorAmp'];
if not is_valid_parameter_value (LastAuthorAmp, 'last-author-amp', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
LastAuthorAmp = nil; -- set to empty string
end
end
local no_tracking_cats = A['NoTracking'];
elseif utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_issue) then -- conference & map books do not support issue; {{citation}} listed here because included in settings table
if not is_valid_parameter_value (no_tracking_cats, 'no-tracking', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
if not (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'conference', 'map', 'citation'}) and not (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical))) then
no_tracking_cats = nil; -- set to empty string
Issue = utilities.hyphen_to_dash (A['Issue']);
end
end
end
local ArticleNumber;


--these are used by cite interview
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'conference'}) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Periodical) and 'journal' == Periodical_origin) then
local Callsign = A['Callsign'];
ArticleNumber = A['ArticleNumber'];
local City = A['City'];
end
local Program = A['Program'];
 
--local variables that are not cs1 parameters
local use_lowercase; -- controls capitalization of certain static text
local this_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle(); -- also used for COinS and for language
local anchor_year; -- used in the CITEREF identifier
local COinS_date = {}; -- holds date info extracted from |date= for the COinS metadata by Module:Date verification


-- set default parameter values defined by |mode= parameter.  If |mode= is empty or omitted, use CitationClass to set these values
extra_text_in_vol_iss_check (Issue, A:ORIGIN ('Issue'), 'i');
local Mode = A['Mode'];
if not is_valid_parameter_value (Mode, 'mode', cfg.keywords['mode']) then
Mode = '';
end
local sepc; -- separator between citation elements for CS1 a period, for CS2, a comma
local PostScript;
local Ref;
sepc, PostScript, Ref = set_style (Mode:lower(), A['PostScript'], A['Ref'], config.CitationClass);
use_lowercase = ( sepc == ',' ); -- used to control capitalization for certain static text


--check this page to see if it is in one of the namespaces that cs1 is not supposed to add to the error categories
local Page;
if not is_set (no_tracking_cats) then -- ignore if we are already not going to categorize this page
local Pages;
if in_array (this_page.nsText, cfg.uncategorized_namespaces) then
local At;
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats
local QuotePage;
end
local QuotePages;
for _,v in ipairs (cfg.uncategorized_subpages) do -- cycle through page name patterns
if not utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_not_using_page) then -- TODO: rewrite to emit ignored parameter error message?
if this_page.text:match (v) then -- test page name against each pattern
Page = A['Page'];
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats
Pages = utilities.hyphen_to_dash (A['Pages']);
break; -- bail out if one is found
At = A['At'];
end
QuotePage = A['QuotePage'];
QuotePages = utilities.hyphen_to_dash (A['QuotePages']);
end
 
local NoPP = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NoPP'], A:ORIGIN('NoPP'), cfg.keywords_lists['yes_true_y'], nil);
 
local Mode = mode_set (A['Mode'], A:ORIGIN('Mode'));
 
-- separator character and postscript
local sepc, PostScript = set_style (Mode:lower(), A['PostScript'], config.CitationClass);
local Quote;
Quote, QuotePage, QuotePages, PostScript = quote_make (A['Quote'], A['TransQuote'], A['ScriptQuote'], QuotePage, QuotePages, NoPP, sepc, PostScript);
 
local Edition = A['Edition'];
local PublicationPlace = place_check (A['PublicationPlace'], A:ORIGIN('PublicationPlace'));
local Place = place_check (A['Place'], A:ORIGIN('Place'));
local PublisherName = A['PublisherName'];
local PublisherName_origin = A:ORIGIN('PublisherName');
if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) and (cfg.keywords_xlate['none'] ~= PublisherName) then
local i = 0;
PublisherName, i = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (PublisherName); -- strip apostrophe markup so that metadata isn't contaminated; publisher is never italicized
if i and (0 < i) then -- non-zero when markup was stripped so emit an error message
utilities.set_message ('err_apostrophe_markup', {PublisherName_origin});
end
end
end
end
if ('document' == config.CitationClass) and not utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then
utilities.set_message ('err_missing_publisher', {config.CitationClass, 'publisher'});
end
local Newsgroup = A['Newsgroup']; -- TODO: strip apostrophe markup?
local Newsgroup_origin = A:ORIGIN('Newsgroup');


-- check for extra |page=, |pages= or |at= parameters. (also sheet and sheets while we're at it)
if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass then
select_one( args, {'page', 'p', 'pp', 'pages', 'at', 'sheet', 'sheets'}, 'redundant_parameters' ); -- this is a dummy call simply to get the error message and category
if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) and (cfg.keywords_xlate['none'] ~= PublisherName) then -- general use parameter |publisher= not allowed in cite newsgroup
utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {PublisherName_origin});
end


local NoPP = A['NoPP']
PublisherName = nil; -- ensure that this parameter is unset for the time being; will be used again after COinS
if is_set (NoPP) and is_valid_parameter_value (NoPP, 'nopp', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
NoPP = true;
else
NoPP = nil; -- unset, used as a flag later
end
end


if is_set(Page) then
if 'book' == config.CitationClass or 'encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and not utilities.is_set (Periodical)) then
if is_set(Pages) or is_set(At) then
local accept;
Pages = ''; -- unset the others
PublisherName, accept = utilities.has_accept_as_written (PublisherName); -- check for and remove accept-as-written markup from |publisher= wrapped
At = '';
if not accept then -- when no accept-as-written markup
check_publisher_name (PublisherName); -- emit maint message when |publisher= might be prefixed with publisher's location
end
end
extra_text_in_page_check (Page); -- add this page to maint cat if |page= value begins with what looks like p. or pp.
end
elseif is_set(Pages) then
if is_set(At) then
At = ''; -- unset
end
extra_text_in_page_check (Pages); -- add this page to maint cat if |pages= value begins with what looks like p. or pp.
end


-- both |publication-place= and |place= (|location=) allowed if different
local URL = A['URL']; -- TODO: better way to do this for URL, ChapterURL, and MapURL?
if not is_set(PublicationPlace) and is_set(Place) then
local UrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['UrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('UrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil);
PublicationPlace = Place; -- promote |place= (|location=) to |publication-place
if not utilities.is_set (URL) and utilities.is_set (UrlAccess) then
UrlAccess = nil;
utilities.set_message ('err_param_access_requires_param', 'url');
end
end
if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ''; end -- don't need both if they are the same
local ChapterURL = A['ChapterURL'];
local ChapterUrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['ChapterUrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('ChapterUrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil);
--[[
if not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) and utilities.is_set (ChapterUrlAccess) then
Parameter remapping for cite encyclopedia:
ChapterUrlAccess = nil;
When the citation has these parameters:
utilities.set_message ('err_param_access_requires_param', {A:ORIGIN('ChapterUrlAccess'):gsub ('%-access', '')});
|encyclopedia and |title then map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title
end
|encyclopedia and |article then map |encyclopedia to |title
|encyclopedia then map |encyclopedia to |title


|trans_title maps to |trans_chapter when |title is re-mapped
local MapUrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['MapUrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('MapUrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil);
|url maps to |chapterurl when |title is remapped
if not utilities.is_set (A['MapURL']) and utilities.is_set (MapUrlAccess) then
MapUrlAccess = nil;
utilities.set_message ('err_param_access_requires_param', {'map-url'});
end


All other combinations of |encyclopedia, |title, and |article are not modified
local this_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle(); -- also used for COinS and for language
local no_tracking_cats = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NoTracking'], A:ORIGIN('NoTracking'), cfg.keywords_lists['yes_true_y'], nil);


]]
-- check this page to see if it is in one of the namespaces that cs1 is not supposed to add to the error categories
 
if not utilities.is_set (no_tracking_cats) then -- ignore if we are already not going to categorize this page
local Encyclopedia = A['Encyclopedia'];
if cfg.uncategorized_namespaces[this_page.namespace] then -- is this page's namespace id one of the uncategorized namespace ids?
 
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats
if ( config.CitationClass == "encyclopaedia" ) or ( config.CitationClass == "citation" and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then -- test code for citation
end
if is_set(Periodical) then -- Periodical is set when |encyclopedia is set
for _, v in ipairs (cfg.uncategorized_subpages) do -- cycle through page name patterns
if is_set(Title) or is_set (ScriptTitle) then
if this_page.text:match (v) then -- test page name against each pattern
if not is_set(Chapter) then
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats
Chapter = Title; -- |encyclopedia and |title are set so map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title
break; -- bail out if one is found
ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
TransChapter = TransTitle;
ChapterURL = URL;
if not is_set (ChapterURL) and is_set (TitleLink) then
Chapter= '[[' .. TitleLink .. '|' .. Chapter .. ']]';
end
Title = Periodical;
ChapterFormat = Format;
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
TransTitle = '';
URL = '';
Format = '';
TitleLink = '';
ScriptTitle = '';
end
else -- |title not set
Title = Periodical; -- |encyclopedia set and |article set or not set so map |encyclopedia to |title
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
end
end
end
end
end
end
-- check for extra |page=, |pages= or |at= parameters. (also sheet and sheets while we're at it)
utilities.select_one (args, {'page', 'p', 'pp', 'pages', 'at', 'sheet', 'sheets'}, 'err_redundant_parameters'); -- this is a dummy call simply to get the error message and category


-- Special case for cite techreport.
local coins_pages;
if (config.CitationClass == "techreport") then -- special case for cite techreport
if is_set(A['Number']) then -- cite techreport uses 'number', which other citations alias to 'issue'
Page, Pages, At, coins_pages = insource_loc_get (Page, A:ORIGIN('Page'), Pages, A:ORIGIN('Pages'), At);
if not is_set(ID) then -- can we use ID for the "number"?
ID = A['Number']; -- yes, use it
else -- ID has a value so emit error message
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error('redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'id') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'number')}, true )});
end
end
end


-- special case for cite interview
if utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) and utilities.is_set (Place) then -- both |publication-place= and |place= (|location=) allowed if different
if (config.CitationClass == "interview") then
utilities.add_prop_cat ('location-test'); -- add property cat to evaluate how often PublicationPlace and Place are used together
if is_set(Program) then
if PublicationPlace == Place then
ID = ' ' .. Program;
Place = ''; -- unset; don't need both if they are the same
end
if is_set(Callsign) then
if is_set(ID) then
ID = ID .. sepc .. ' ' .. Callsign;
else
ID = ' ' .. Callsign;
end
end
if is_set(City) then
if is_set(ID) then
ID = ID .. sepc .. ' ' .. City;
else
ID = ' ' .. City;
end
end
end
elseif not utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) and utilities.is_set (Place) then -- when only |place= (|location=) is set ...
PublicationPlace = Place; -- promote |place= (|location=) to |publication-place
end


if is_set(Others) then
if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ''; end -- don't need both if they are the same
if is_set(TitleType) then
 
Others = ' ' .. TitleType .. ' with ' .. Others;
local URL_origin = A:ORIGIN('URL'); -- get name of parameter that holds URL
TitleType = '';
local ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ChapterURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ChapterURL
local ScriptChapter = A['ScriptChapter'];
local ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('ScriptChapter');
local Format = A['Format'];
local ChapterFormat = A['ChapterFormat'];
local TransChapter = A['TransChapter'];
local TransChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter');
local TransTitle = A['TransTitle'];
local ScriptTitle = A['ScriptTitle'];
--[[
Parameter remapping for cite encyclopedia:
When the citation has these parameters:
|encyclopedia= and |title= then map |title= to |article= and |encyclopedia= to |title= for rendering
|encyclopedia= and |article= then map |encyclopedia= to |title= for rendering
 
|trans-title= maps to |trans-chapter= when |title= is re-mapped
|url= maps to |chapter-url= when |title= is remapped
All other combinations of |encyclopedia=, |title=, and |article= are not modified
]]
 
local Encyclopedia = A['Encyclopedia']; -- used as a flag by this module and by ~/COinS
local ScriptEncyclopedia = A['ScriptEncyclopedia'];
local TransEncyclopedia = A['TransEncyclopedia'];
 
if utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) or utilities.is_set (ScriptEncyclopedia) then -- emit error message when Encyclopedia set but template is other than {{cite encyclopedia}} or {{citation}}
if 'encyclopaedia' ~= config.CitationClass and 'citation' ~= config.CitationClass then
if utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) then
utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {A:ORIGIN ('Encyclopedia')});
else
else
Others = ' ' .. 'Interview with ' .. Others;
utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {A:ORIGIN ('ScriptEncyclopedia')});
end
end
else
Encyclopedia = nil; -- unset these because not supported by this template
Others = '(Interview)';
ScriptEncyclopedia = nil;
TransEncyclopedia = nil;
end
end
elseif utilities.is_set (TransEncyclopedia) then
utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {'encyclopedia'});
end
end


-- special case for cite mailing list
if ('encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
if (config.CitationClass == "mailinglist") then
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) then -- when both parameters set emit an error message; {{citation}} only; Periodical not allowed in {{cite encyclopedia}}
Periodical = A ['MailingList'];
utilities.set_message ('err_periodical_ignored', {Periodical_origin});
elseif 'mailinglist' == A:ORIGIN('Periodical') then
end
Periodical = ''; -- unset because mailing list is only used for cite mailing list
end


-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite conference}}, before generation of COinS data.
if utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) or utilities.is_set (ScriptEncyclopedia) then
if 'conference' == config.CitationClass then
Periodical = Encyclopedia; -- error or no, set Periodical to Encyclopedia for rendering; {{citation}} could (not legitimately) have both; use Encyclopedia
if is_set(BookTitle) then
Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN ('Encyclopedia');
Chapter = Title;
ScriptPeriodical = ScriptEncyclopedia;
-- ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- |chapterlink= is deprecated
ScriptPeriodical_origin = A:ORIGIN ('ScriptEncyclopedia');
ChapterURL = URL;
ChapterURLorigin = URLorigin;
URLorigin = '';
ChapterFormat = Format;
TransChapter = TransTitle;
Title = BookTitle;
Format = '';
-- TitleLink = '';
TransTitle = '';
URL = '';
end
elseif 'speech' ~= config.CitationClass then
Conference = ''; -- not cite conference or cite speech so make sure this is empty string
end


-- cite map oddities
if utilities.is_set (Title) or utilities.is_set (ScriptTitle) then
local Cartography = "";
if not utilities.is_set (Chapter) then
local Scale = "";
Chapter = Title; -- |encyclopedia= and |title= are set so map |title= params to |article= params for rendering
local Sheet = A['Sheet'] or '';
ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
local Sheets = A['Sheets'] or '';
ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptTitle')
if config.CitationClass == "map" then
TransChapter = TransTitle;
Chapter = A['Map'];
ChapterURL = URL;
ChapterURL = A['MapURL'];
ChapterURL_origin = URL_origin;
TransChapter = A['TransMap'];
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('MapURL');
ChapterFormat = Format;
ChapterFormat = A['MapFormat'];
 
if not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) and utilities.is_set (TitleLink) then
Cartography = A['Cartography'];
Chapter = utilities.make_wikilink (TitleLink, Chapter);
if is_set( Cartography ) then
end
Cartography = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('cartography', Cartography, use_lowercase);
Title = Periodical; -- now map |encyclopedia= params to |title= params for rendering
end
ScriptTitle = ScriptPeriodical or '';
Scale = A['Scale'];
TransTitle = TransEncyclopedia or '';
if is_set( Scale ) then
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
Scale = sepc .. " " .. Scale;
ScriptPeriodical = '';
URL = '';
Format = '';
TitleLink = '';
end
elseif utilities.is_set (Chapter) or utilities.is_set (ScriptChapter) then -- |title= not set
Title = Periodical; -- |encyclopedia= set and |article= set so map |encyclopedia= to |title= for rendering
ScriptTitle = ScriptPeriodical or '';
TransTitle = TransEncyclopedia or '';
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
ScriptPeriodical = '';
end
end
end
end
end


-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite episode}} and {{cite serial}}, before generation of COinS data.
-- special case for cite techreport.
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass or 'serial' == config.CitationClass then
local ID = A['ID'];
local AirDate = A['AirDate'];
if (config.CitationClass == "techreport") then -- special case for cite techreport
local SeriesLink = A['SeriesLink'];
if utilities.is_set (A['Number']) then -- cite techreport uses 'number', which other citations alias to 'issue'
if is_set (SeriesLink) and false == link_param_ok (SeriesLink) then
if not utilities.is_set (ID) then -- can we use ID for the "number"?
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_paramlink', A:ORIGIN('SeriesLink'))});
ID = A['Number']; -- yes, use it
else -- ID has a value so emit error message
utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'id') .. cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair'] .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'number')});
end
end
local Network = A['Network'];
end
local Station = A['Station'];
end
local s, n = {}, {};
-- do common parameters first
if is_set(Network) then table.insert(n, Network); end
if is_set(Station) then table.insert(n, Station); end
ID = table.concat(n, sepc .. ' ');
if not is_set (Date) and is_set (AirDate) then -- promote airdate to date
Date = AirDate;
end


if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- handle the oddities that are strictly {{cite episode}}
-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite conference}}, before generation of COinS data.
local Season = A['Season'];
local ChapterLink -- = A['ChapterLink']; -- deprecated as a parameter but still used internally by cite episode
local SeriesNumber = A['SeriesNumber'];
local Conference = A['Conference'];
 
local BookTitle = A['BookTitle'];
if is_set (Season) and is_set (SeriesNumber) then -- these are mutually exclusive so if both are set
local TransTitle_origin = A:ORIGIN ('TransTitle');
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'season') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'seriesno')}, true ) } ); -- add error message
if 'conference' == config.CitationClass then
SeriesNumber = ''; -- unset; prefer |season= over |seriesno=
if utilities.is_set (BookTitle) then
end
Chapter = Title;
-- assemble a table of parts concatenated later into Series
Chapter_origin = 'title';
if is_set(Season) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('season', Season, use_lowercase)); end
-- ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- |chapter-link= is deprecated
if is_set(SeriesNumber) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('series', SeriesNumber, use_lowercase)); end
ChapterURL = URL;
if is_set(Issue) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('episode', Issue, use_lowercase)); end
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
Issue = ''; -- unset because this is not a unique parameter
ChapterURL_origin = URL_origin;
URL_origin = '';
Chapter = Title; -- promote title parameters to chapter
ChapterFormat = Format;
ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- alias episodelink
TransChapter = TransTitle;
TransChapter = TransTitle;
ChapterURL = URL;
TransChapter_origin = TransTitle_origin;
ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL');
Title = BookTitle;
Format = '';
Title = Series; -- promote series to title
-- TitleLink = '';
TitleLink = SeriesLink;
TransTitle = '';
Series = table.concat(s, sepc .. ' '); -- this is concatenation of season, seriesno, episode number
URL = '';
 
end
if is_set (ChapterLink) and not is_set (ChapterURL) then -- link but not URL
elseif 'speech' ~= config.CitationClass then
Chapter = '[[' .. ChapterLink .. '|' .. Chapter .. ']]'; -- ok to wikilink
Conference = ''; -- not cite conference or cite speech so make sure this is empty string
elseif is_set (ChapterLink) and is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if both are set, URL links episode;
Series = '[[' .. ChapterLink .. '|' .. Series .. ']]'; -- series links with ChapterLink (episodelink -> TitleLink -> ChapterLink) ugly
end
URL = ''; -- unset
TransTitle = '';
ScriptTitle = '';
else -- now oddities that are cite serial
Issue = ''; -- unset because this parameter no longer supported by the citation/core version of cite serial
Chapter = A['Episode']; -- TODO: make |episode= available to cite episode someday?
if is_set (Series) and is_set (SeriesLink) then
Series = '[[' .. SeriesLink .. '|' .. Series .. ']]';
end
Series = wrap_style ('italic-title', Series); -- series is italicized
end
end
end
-- end of {{cite episode}} stuff
 
local use_lowercase = ( sepc == ',' ); -- controls capitalization of certain static text
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, before generation of COinS data.
if 'arxiv' == config.CitationClass then
-- cite map oddities
if not is_set (ID_list['ARXIV']) then -- |arxiv= or |eprint= required for cite arxiv
local Cartography = "";
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'arxiv_missing', {}, true ) } ); -- add error message
local Scale = "";
elseif is_set (Series) then -- series is an alias of version
local Sheet = A['Sheet'] or '';
ID_list['ARXIV'] = ID_list['ARXIV'] .. Series; -- concatenate version onto the end of the arxiv identifier
local Sheets = A['Sheets'] or '';
Series = ''; -- unset
if config.CitationClass == "map" then
deprecated_parameter ('version'); -- deprecated parameter but only for cite arxiv
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then --TODO: make a function for this and similar?
utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'map') .. cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair'] .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', Chapter_origin)}); -- add error message
end
end
Chapter = A['Map'];
if first_set ({AccessDate, At, Chapter, Format, Page, Pages, Periodical, PublisherName, URL, -- a crude list of parameters that are not supported by cite arxiv
Chapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('Map');
ID_list['ASIN'], ID_list['BIBCODE'], ID_list['DOI'], ID_list['ISBN'], ID_list['ISSN'],
ChapterURL = A['MapURL'];
ID_list['JFM'], ID_list['JSTOR'], ID_list['LCCN'], ID_list['MR'], ID_list['OCLC'], ID_list['OL'],
ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('MapURL');
ID_list['OSTI'], ID_list['PMC'], ID_list['PMID'], ID_list['RFC'], ID_list['SSRN'], ID_list['USENETID'], ID_list['ZBL']},27) then
TransChapter = A['TransMap'];
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'arxiv_params_not_supported', {}, true ) } ); -- add error message
ScriptChapter = A['ScriptMap']
ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptMap')


AccessDate= ''; -- set these to empty string; not supported in cite arXiv
ChapterUrlAccess = MapUrlAccess;
PublisherName = ''; -- (if the article has been published, use cite journal, or other)
ChapterFormat = A['MapFormat'];
Chapter = '';
URL = '';
Format = '';
Page = ''; Pages = ''; At = '';
end
Periodical = 'arXiv'; -- set to arXiv for COinS; after that, must be set to empty string
end


-- handle type parameter for those CS1 citations that have default values
Cartography = A['Cartography'];
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"AV-media-notes", "DVD-notes", "mailinglist", "map", "podcast", "pressrelease", "report", "techreport", "thesis"}) then
if utilities.is_set ( Cartography ) then
TitleType = set_titletype (config.CitationClass, TitleType);
Cartography = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('cartography', Cartography, use_lowercase);
if is_set(Degree) and "Thesis" == TitleType then -- special case for cite thesis
end
TitleType = Degree .. " thesis";
Scale = A['Scale'];
if utilities.is_set ( Scale ) then
Scale = sepc .. " " .. Scale;
end
end
end
end


if is_set(TitleType) then -- if type parameter is specified
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite episode}} and {{cite serial}}, before generation of COinS data.
TitleType = substitute( cfg.messages['type'], TitleType); -- display it in parentheses
local Series = A['Series'];
end
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass or 'serial' == config.CitationClass then
 
local SeriesLink = A['SeriesLink'];
-- legacy: promote concatenation of |month=, and |year= to Date if Date not set; or, promote PublicationDate to Date if neither Date nor Year are set.
if not is_set (Date) then
Date = Year; -- promote Year to Date
Year = nil; -- make nil so Year as empty string isn't used for CITEREF
if not is_set (Date) and is_set(PublicationDate) then -- use PublicationDate when |date= and |year= are not set
Date = PublicationDate; -- promote PublicationDate to Date
PublicationDate = ''; -- unset, no longer needed
end
end


if PublicationDate == Date then PublicationDate = ''; end -- if PublicationDate is same as Date, don't display in rendered citation
SeriesLink = link_title_ok (SeriesLink, A:ORIGIN ('SeriesLink'), Series, 'series'); -- check for wiki-markup in |series-link= or wiki-markup in |series= when |series-link= is set


--[[
local Network = A['Network'];
Go test all of the date-holding parameters for valid MOS:DATE format and make sure that dates are real dates. This must be done before we do COinS because here is where
local Station = A['Station'];
we get the date used in the metadata.
local s, n = {}, {};
-- do common parameters first
if utilities.is_set (Network) then table.insert(n, Network); end
if utilities.is_set (Station) then table.insert(n, Station); end
ID = table.concat(n, sepc .. ' ');
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- handle the oddities that are strictly {{cite episode}}
local Season = A['Season'];
local SeriesNumber = A['SeriesNumber'];


Date validation supporting code is in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
if utilities.is_set (Season) and utilities.is_set (SeriesNumber) then -- these are mutually exclusive so if both are set TODO: make a function for this and similar?
]]
utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'season') .. cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair'] .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'seriesno')}); -- add error message
do -- create defined block to contain local variables error_message and mismatch
SeriesNumber = ''; -- unset; prefer |season= over |seriesno=
local error_message = '';
end
-- AirDate has been promoted to Date so not necessary to check it
-- assemble a table of parts concatenated later into Series
anchor_year, error_message = dates({['access-date']=AccessDate, ['archive-date']=ArchiveDate, ['date']=Date, ['doi-broken-date']=DoiBroken,
if utilities.is_set (Season) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('season', Season, use_lowercase)); end
['embargo']=Embargo, ['lay-date']=LayDate, ['publication-date']=PublicationDate, ['year']=Year}, COinS_date);
if utilities.is_set (SeriesNumber) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('seriesnum', SeriesNumber, use_lowercase)); end
if utilities.is_set (Issue) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('episode', Issue, use_lowercase)); end
Issue = ''; -- unset because this is not a unique parameter
Chapter = Title; -- promote title parameters to chapter
ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptTitle');
ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- alias |episode-link=
TransChapter = TransTitle;
ChapterURL = URL;
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
ChapterURL_origin = URL_origin;
ChapterFormat = Format;
 
Title = Series; -- promote series to title
TitleLink = SeriesLink;
Series = table.concat(s, sepc .. ' '); -- this is concatenation of season, seriesno, episode number


if is_set (Year) and is_set (Date) then -- both |date= and |year= not normally needed;
if utilities.is_set (ChapterLink) and not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- link but not URL
local mismatch = year_date_check (Year, Date)
Chapter = utilities.make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Chapter);
if 0 == mismatch then -- |year= does not match a year-value in |date=
elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterLink) and utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if both are set, URL links episode;
if is_set (error_message) then -- if there is already an error message
Series = utilities.make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Series);
error_message = error_message .. ', '; -- tack on this additional message
end
end
URL = ''; -- unset
error_message = error_message .. '&#124;year= / &#124;date= mismatch';
TransTitle = '';
elseif 1 == mismatch then -- |year= matches year-value in |date=
ScriptTitle = '';
add_maint_cat ('date_year');
Format = '';
else -- now oddities that are cite serial
Issue = ''; -- unset because this parameter no longer supported by the citation/core version of cite serial
Chapter = A['Episode']; -- TODO: make |episode= available to cite episode someday?
if utilities.is_set (Series) and utilities.is_set (SeriesLink) then
Series = utilities.make_wikilink (SeriesLink, Series);
end
end
end
Series = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', Series); -- series is italicized
end
end
-- end of {{cite episode}} stuff


if is_set(error_message) then
-- handle type parameter for those CS1 citations that have default values
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_date', {error_message}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
local TitleType = A['TitleType'];
local Degree = A['Degree'];
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'AV-media-notes', 'document', 'interview', 'mailinglist', 'map', 'podcast', 'pressrelease', 'report', 'speech', 'techreport', 'thesis'}) then
TitleType = set_titletype (config.CitationClass, TitleType);
if utilities.is_set (Degree) and "Thesis" == TitleType then -- special case for cite thesis
TitleType = Degree .. ' ' .. cfg.title_types ['thesis']:lower();
end
end
end -- end of do
end
 
-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite journal}} with |pmc= set and |url= not set.  Do this after date check but before COInS.
-- Here we unset Embargo if PMC not embargoed (|embargo= not set in the citation) or if the embargo time has expired. Otherwise, holds embargo date
Embargo = is_embargoed (Embargo); --


if config.CitationClass == "journal" and not is_set(URL) and is_set(ID_list['PMC']) then
if utilities.is_set (TitleType) then -- if type parameter is specified
if not is_set (Embargo) then -- if not embargoed or embargo has expired
TitleType = utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages['type'], TitleType); -- display it in parentheses
URL=cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].prefix .. ID_list['PMC']; -- set url to be the same as the PMC external link if not embargoed
-- TODO: Hack on TitleType to fix bunched parentheses problem
URLorigin = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].parameters[1]; -- set URLorigin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=
end
end
end


-- At this point fields may be nil if they weren't specified in the template use.  We can use that fact.
-- legacy: promote PublicationDate to Date if neither Date nor Year are set.
-- Test if citation has no title
local Date = A['Date'];
if not is_set(Title) and
local Date_origin; -- to hold the name of parameter promoted to Date; required for date error messaging
not is_set(TransTitle) and
local PublicationDate = A['PublicationDate'];
not is_set(ScriptTitle) then
local Year = A['Year'];
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode; TODO: is there a better way to do this?
 
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'citation_missing_title', {'series'}, true ) } );
if utilities.is_set (Year) then
else
validation.year_check (Year); -- returns nothing; emits maint message when |year= doesn't hold a 'year' value
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'citation_missing_title', {'title'}, true ) } );
end
end
end
if 'none' == Title and in_array (config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'citation'}) and is_set (Periodical) and 'journal' == A:ORIGIN('Periodical') then -- special case for journal cites
if not utilities.is_set (Date) then
Title = ''; -- set title to empty string
Date = Year; -- promote Year to Date
add_maint_cat ('untitled');
Year = nil; -- make nil so Year as empty string isn't used for CITEREF
if not utilities.is_set (Date) and utilities.is_set (PublicationDate) then -- use PublicationDate when |date= and |year= are not set
Date = PublicationDate; -- promote PublicationDate to Date
PublicationDate = ''; -- unset, no longer needed
Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('PublicationDate'); -- save the name of the promoted parameter
else
Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('Year'); -- save the name of the promoted parameter
end
else
Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('Date'); -- not a promotion; name required for error messaging
end
end


check_for_url ({ -- add error message when any of these parameters contains a URL
if PublicationDate == Date then PublicationDate = ''; end -- if PublicationDate is same as Date, don't display in rendered citation
['title']=Title,
[A:ORIGIN('Chapter')]=Chapter,
[A:ORIGIN('Periodical')]=Periodical,
[A:ORIGIN('PublisherName')] = PublisherName,
});


-- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) for automated parsing of citation information.
--[[
-- handle the oddity that is cite encyclopedia and {{citation |encyclopedia=something}}. Here we presume that
Go test all of the date-holding parameters for valid MOS:DATE format and make sure that dates are real dates. This must be done before we do COinS because here is where
-- when Periodical, Title, and Chapter are all set, then Periodical is the book (encyclopedia) title, Title
we get the date used in the metadata.
-- is the article title, and Chapter is a section within the article. So, we remap
local coins_chapter = Chapter; -- default assuming that remapping not required
Date validation supporting code is in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
local coins_title = Title; -- et tu
]]
if 'encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
 
if is_set (Chapter) and is_set (Title) and is_set (Periodical) then -- if all are used then
local DF = is_valid_parameter_value (A['DF'], A:ORIGIN('DF'), cfg.keywords_lists['df'], '');
coins_chapter = Title; -- remap
if not utilities.is_set (DF) then
coins_title = Periodical;
DF = cfg.global_df; -- local |df= if present overrides global df set by {{use xxx date}} template
end
end
local coins_author = a; -- default for coins rft.au
if 0 < #c then -- but if contributor list
coins_author = c; -- use that instead
end
end


-- this is the function call to COinS()
local ArchiveURL;
local OCinSoutput = COinS({
local ArchiveDate;
['Periodical'] = Periodical,
local ArchiveFormat = A['ArchiveFormat'];
['Encyclopedia'] = Encyclopedia,
local archive_url_timestamp; -- timestamp from wayback machine url
['Chapter'] = make_coins_title (coins_chapter, ScriptChapter), -- Chapter and ScriptChapter stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup
['Map'] = Map,
ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate, archive_url_timestamp = archive_url_check (A['ArchiveURL'], A['ArchiveDate'])
['Degree'] = Degree; -- cite thesis only
ArchiveFormat = style_format (ArchiveFormat, ArchiveURL, 'archive-format', 'archive-url');
['Title'] = make_coins_title (coins_title, ScriptTitle), -- Title and ScriptTitle stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup
['PublicationPlace'] = PublicationPlace,
ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate = is_unique_archive_url (ArchiveURL, URL, ChapterURL, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL'), ArchiveDate); -- add error message when URL or ChapterURL == ArchiveURL
['Date'] = COinS_date.rftdate, -- COinS_date has correctly formatted date if Date is valid;
 
['Season'] = COinS_date.rftssn,
local AccessDate = A['AccessDate'];
['Chron'] = COinS_date.rftchron or (not COinS_date.rftdate and Date) or '', -- chron but if not set and invalid date format use Date; keep this last bit?
local COinS_date = {}; -- holds date info extracted from |date= for the COinS metadata by Module:Date verification
['Series'] = Series,
local DoiBroken = A['DoiBroken'];
['Volume'] = Volume,
local Embargo = A['Embargo'];
['Issue'] = Issue,
local anchor_year; -- used in the CITEREF identifier
['Pages'] = get_coins_pages (first_set ({Sheet, Sheets, Page, Pages, At}, 5)), -- pages stripped of external links
do -- create defined block to contain local variables error_message, date_parameters_list, mismatch
['Edition'] = Edition,
local error_message = '';
['PublisherName'] = PublisherName,
-- AirDate has been promoted to Date so not necessary to check it
['URL'] = first_set ({ChapterURL, URL}, 2),
local date_parameters_list = {
['Authors'] = coins_author,
['access-date'] = {val = AccessDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('AccessDate')},
['ID_list'] = ID_list,
['archive-date'] = {val = ArchiveDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('ArchiveDate')},
['RawPage'] = this_page.prefixedText,
['date'] = {val = Date, name = Date_origin},
}, config.CitationClass);
['doi-broken-date'] = {val = DoiBroken, name = A:ORIGIN ('DoiBroken')},
['pmc-embargo-date'] = {val = Embargo, name = A:ORIGIN ('Embargo')},
['publication-date'] = {val = PublicationDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('PublicationDate')},
['year'] = {val = Year, name = A:ORIGIN ('Year')},
};


-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, AFTER generation of COinS data.
local error_list = {};
if 'arxiv' == config.CitationClass then -- we have set rft.jtitle in COinS to arXiv, now unset so it isn't displayed
anchor_year, Embargo = validation.dates(date_parameters_list, COinS_date, error_list);
Periodical = ''; -- periodical not allowed in cite arxiv; if article has been published, use cite journal
end


-- special case for cite newsgroup. Do this after COinS because we are modifying Publishername to include some static text
if utilities.is_set (Year) and utilities.is_set (Date) then -- both |date= and |year= not normally needed;
if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass then
validation.year_date_check (Year, A:ORIGIN ('Year'), Date, A:ORIGIN ('Date'), error_list);
if is_set (PublisherName) then
PublisherName = substitute (cfg.messages['newsgroup'], external_link( 'news:' .. PublisherName, PublisherName, A:ORIGIN('PublisherName') ));
end
end
end


if 0 == #error_list then -- error free dates only; 0 when error_list is empty
local modified = false; -- flag
if utilities.is_set (DF) then -- if we need to reformat dates
modified = validation.reformat_dates (date_parameters_list, DF); -- reformat to DF format, use long month names if appropriate
end


 
if true == validation.date_hyphen_to_dash (date_parameters_list) then -- convert hyphens to dashes where appropriate
-- Now perform various field substitutions.
modified = true;
-- We also add leading spaces and surrounding markup and punctuation to the
utilities.set_message ('maint_date_format'); -- hyphens were converted so add maint category
-- various parts of the citation, but only when they are non-nil.
end
local EditorCount; -- used only for choosing {ed.) or (eds.) annotation at end of editor name-list
do
-- for those wikis that can and want to have English date names translated to the local language; not supported at en.wiki
local last_first_list;
if cfg.date_name_auto_xlate_enable and validation.date_name_xlate (date_parameters_list, cfg.date_digit_auto_xlate_enable ) then
local maximum;
utilities.set_message ('maint_date_auto_xlated'); -- add maint cat
local control = {
modified = true;
format = NameListFormat, -- empty string or 'vanc'
maximum = nil, -- as if display-authors or display-editors not set
lastauthoramp = LastAuthorAmp,
page_name = this_page.text -- get current page name so that we don't wikilink to it via editorlinkn
};
 
do -- do editor name list first because coauthors can modify control table
maximum , editor_etal = get_display_authors_editors (A['DisplayEditors'], #e, 'editors', editor_etal);
-- Preserve old-style implicit et al.
if not is_set(maximum) and #e == 4 then
maximum = 3;
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error('implict_etal_editor', {}, true) } );
end
end


control.maximum = maximum;
if modified then -- if the date_parameters_list values were modified
AccessDate = date_parameters_list['access-date'].val; -- overwrite date holding parameters with modified values
last_first_list, EditorCount = list_people(control, e, editor_etal, 'editor');
ArchiveDate = date_parameters_list['archive-date'].val;
 
Date = date_parameters_list['date'].val;
if is_set (Editors) then
DoiBroken = date_parameters_list['doi-broken-date'].val;
if editor_etal then
PublicationDate = date_parameters_list['publication-date'].val;
Editors = Editors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to editors parameter beause |display-editors=etal
EditorCount = 2; -- with et al., |editors= is multiple names; spoof to display (eds.) annotation
else
EditorCount = 2; -- we don't know but assume |editors= is multiple names; spoof to display (eds.) annotation
end
else
Editors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string
end
end


if 1 == EditorCount and (true == editor_etal or 1 < #e) then -- only one editor displayed but includes etal then  
if archive_url_timestamp and utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then
EditorCount = 2; -- spoof to display (eds.) annotation
validation.archive_date_check (ArchiveDate, archive_url_timestamp, DF); -- does YYYYMMDD in archive_url_timestamp match date in ArchiveDate
end
end
else
utilities.set_message ('err_bad_date', {utilities.make_sep_list (#error_list, error_list)}); -- add this error message
end
end
do -- now do translators
end -- end of do
control.maximum = #t; -- number of translators
Translators = list_people(control, t, false, 'translator'); -- et al not currently supported
end
do -- now do contributors
control.maximum = #c; -- number of contributors
Contributors = list_people(control, c, false, 'contributor'); -- et al not currently supported
end
do -- now do authors
control.maximum , author_etal = get_display_authors_editors (A['DisplayAuthors'], #a, 'authors', author_etal);


if is_set(Coauthors) then -- if the coauthor field is also used, prevent ampersand and et al. formatting.
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'book', 'encyclopaedia'}) or -- {{cite book}}, {{cite encyclopedia}}; TODO: {{cite conference}} and others?
control.lastauthoramp = nil;
('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) or -- {{citation}} as an encylopedia citation
control.maximum = #a + 1;
('citation' == config.CitationClass and not utilities.is_set (Periodical)) then -- {{citation}} as a book citation
if utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) then
if not utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then
local date = COinS_date.rftdate and tonumber (COinS_date.rftdate:match ('%d%d%d%d')); -- get year portion of COinS date (because in Arabic numerals); convert string to number
if date and (1850 <= date) then -- location has no publisher; if date is 1850 or later
utilities.set_message ('maint_location_no_publisher'); -- add maint cat
end
else -- PublisherName has a value
if cfg.keywords_xlate['none'] == PublisherName then -- if that value is 'none' (only for book and encyclopedia citations)
PublisherName = ''; -- unset
end
end
end
end
end
last_first_list = list_people(control, a, author_etal, 'author');


if is_set (Authors) then
local ID_list = {}; -- sequence table of rendered identifiers
Authors, author_etal = name_has_etal (Authors, author_etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al.
local ID_list_coins = {}; -- table of identifiers and their values from args; key is same as cfg.id_handlers's key
if author_etal then
local Class = A['Class']; -- arxiv class identifier
Authors = Authors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to authors parameter
end
local ID_support = {
else
{A['ASINTLD'], 'ASIN', 'err_asintld_missing_asin', A:ORIGIN ('ASINTLD')},
Authors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string
{DoiBroken, 'DOI', 'err_doibroken_missing_doi', A:ORIGIN ('DoiBroken')},
{Embargo, 'PMC', 'err_embargo_missing_pmc', A:ORIGIN ('Embargo')},
}
 
ID_list, ID_list_coins = identifiers.identifier_lists_get (args, {
DoiBroken = DoiBroken, -- for |doi=
ASINTLD = A['ASINTLD'], -- for |asin=
Embargo = Embargo, -- for |pmc=
Class = Class, -- for |arxiv=
CitationClass = config.CitationClass, -- for |arxiv=
Year=anchor_year, -- for |isbn=
}, ID_support);
 
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, {{cite medrxiv}}, {{cite ssrn}}, before generation of COinS data.
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, whitelist.preprint_template_list_t) then -- |arxiv= or |eprint= required for cite arxiv; |biorxiv=, |citeseerx=, |medrxiv=, |ssrn= required for their templates
if not (args[cfg.id_handlers[config.CitationClass:upper()].parameters[1]] or -- can't use ID_list_coins k/v table here because invalid parameters omitted
args[cfg.id_handlers[config.CitationClass:upper()].parameters[2]]) then -- which causes unexpected parameter missing error message
utilities.set_message ('err_' .. config.CitationClass .. '_missing'); -- add error message
end
 
Periodical = ({['arxiv'] = 'arXiv', ['biorxiv'] = 'bioRxiv', ['citeseerx'] = 'CiteSeerX', ['medrxiv'] = 'medRxiv', ['ssrn'] = 'Social Science Research Network'})[config.CitationClass];
end
 
-- Link the title of the work if no |url= was provided, but we have a |pmc= or a |doi= with |doi-access=free
 
if config.CitationClass == "journal" and not utilities.is_set (URL) and not utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and not utilities.in_array (cfg.keywords_xlate[Title], {'off', 'none'}) then -- TODO: remove 'none' once existing citations have been switched to 'off', so 'none' can be used as token for "no title" instead
if 'none' ~= cfg.keywords_xlate[auto_select] then -- if auto-linking not disabled
if identifiers.auto_link_urls[auto_select] then -- manual selection
URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls[auto_select]; -- set URL to be the same as identifier's external link
URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers[auto_select:upper()].parameters[1]; -- set URL_origin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=
elseif identifiers.auto_link_urls['pmc'] then -- auto-select PMC
URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls['pmc']; -- set URL to be the same as the PMC external link if not embargoed
URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].parameters[1]; -- set URL_origin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=
elseif identifiers.auto_link_urls['doi'] then -- auto-select DOI
URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls['doi'];
URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers['DOI'].parameters[1];
end
end
 
if utilities.is_set (URL) then -- set when using an identifier-created URL
if utilities.is_set (AccessDate) then -- |access-date= requires |url=; identifier-created URL is not |url=
utilities.set_message ('err_accessdate_missing_url'); -- add an error message
AccessDate = ''; -- unset
end
end
end -- end of do


if not is_set(Authors) and is_set(Coauthors) then -- coauthors aren't displayed if one of authors=, authorn=, or lastn= isn't specified
if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) then -- |archive-url= requires |url=; identifier-created URL is not |url=
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error('coauthors_missing_author', {}, true) } ); -- emit error message
utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_url'); -- add an error message
ArchiveURL = ''; -- unset
end
end
end
end
end


-- apply |[xx-]format= styling; at the end, these parameters hold correctly styled format annotation,
-- At this point fields may be nil if they weren't specified in the template use.  We can use that fact.
-- an error message if the associated url is not set, or an empty string for concatenation
-- Test if citation has no title
ArchiveFormat = style_format (ArchiveFormat, ArchiveURL, 'archive-format', 'archive-url');
if not utilities.is_set (Title) and not utilities.is_set (TransTitle) and not utilities.is_set (ScriptTitle) then -- has special case for cite episode
ConferenceFormat = style_format (ConferenceFormat, ConferenceURL, 'conference-format', 'conference-url');
utilities.set_message ('err_citation_missing_title', {'episode' == config.CitationClass and 'series' or 'title'});
Format = style_format (Format, URL, 'format', 'url');
end
LayFormat = style_format (LayFormat, LayURL, 'lay-format', 'lay-url');
TranscriptFormat = style_format (TranscriptFormat, TranscriptURL, 'transcript-format', 'transcripturl');


-- special case for chapter format so no error message or cat when chapter not supported
if utilities.in_array (cfg.keywords_xlate[Title], {'off', 'none'}) and
if not (in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web','news','journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease','podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv'}) or
utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'citation'}) and
('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia))) then
(utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and
ChapterFormat = style_format (ChapterFormat, ChapterURL, 'chapter-format', 'chapter-url');
('journal' == Periodical_origin or 'script-journal' == ScriptPeriodical_origin) then -- special case for journal cites
Title = ''; -- set title to empty string
utilities.set_message ('maint_untitled'); -- add maint cat
end
end


if not is_set(URL) then --and
if 'journal' == config.CitationClass or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Periodical) and 'journal' == Periodical_origin) then
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"web","podcast", "mailinglist"}) then -- Test if cite web or cite podcast |url= is missing or empty
if is_page_art_num (((utilities.is_set (Page) and Page) or (utilities.is_set (Pages) and Pages)) or nil, ID_list_coins['DOI']) then -- does |page(s)= look like it holds an article number
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'cite_web_url', {}, true ) } );
utilities.set_message ('maint_page_art_num'); -- add maint cat
end
-- Test if accessdate is given without giving a URL
if is_set(AccessDate) and not is_set(ChapterURL)then -- ChapterURL may be set when the others are not set; TODO: move this to a separate test?
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } );
AccessDate = '';
end
end
end
end


local OriginalURL, OriginalURLorigin, OriginalFormat; -- TODO: swap chapter and title here so that archive applies to most specific if both are set?
-- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) for automated parsing of citation information.
DeadURL = DeadURL:lower(); -- used later when assembling archived text
-- handle the oddity that is cite encyclopedia and {{citation |encyclopedia=something}}. Here we presume that
if is_set( ArchiveURL ) then
-- when Periodical, Title, and Chapter are all set, then Periodical is the book (encyclopedia) title, Title
if is_set (URL) then
-- is the article title, and Chapter is a section within the article.  So, we remap
OriginalURL = URL; -- save copy of original source URL
OriginalURLorigin = URLorigin; -- name of url parameter for error messages
local coins_chapter = Chapter; -- default assuming that remapping not required
OriginalFormat = Format; -- and original |format=
local coins_title = Title; -- et tu
if 'no' ~= DeadURL then -- if URL set then archive-url applies to it
if 'encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
URL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's url
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) and utilities.is_set (Title) and utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- if all are used then
URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive url parameter for error messages
coins_chapter = Title; -- remap
Format = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format
coins_title = Periodical;
end
elseif is_set (ChapterURL) then -- URL not set so if chapter-url is set apply archive url to it
OriginalURL = ChapterURL; -- save copy of source chapter's url for archive text
OriginalURLorigin = ChapterURLorigin; -- name of chapter-url parameter for error messages
OriginalFormat = ChapterFormat; -- and original |format=
if 'no' ~= DeadURL then
ChapterURL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's url
ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive-url parameter for error messages
ChapterFormat = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format
end
end
end
end
local coins_author = a; -- default for coins rft.au
if 0 < #c then -- but if contributor list
coins_author = c; -- use that instead
end
-- this is the function call to COinS()
local OCinSoutput = metadata.COinS({
['Periodical'] = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (Periodical), -- no markup in the metadata
['Encyclopedia'] = Encyclopedia, -- just a flag; content ignored by ~/COinS
['Chapter'] = metadata.make_coins_title (coins_chapter, ScriptChapter), -- Chapter and ScriptChapter stripped of bold / italic / accept-as-written markup
['Degree'] = Degree; -- cite thesis only
['Title'] = metadata.make_coins_title (coins_title, ScriptTitle), -- Title and ScriptTitle stripped of bold / italic / accept-as-written markup
['PublicationPlace'] = PublicationPlace,
['Date'] = COinS_date.rftdate, -- COinS_date.* has correctly formatted date values if Date is valid;
['Season'] = COinS_date.rftssn,
['Quarter'] = COinS_date.rftquarter,
['Chron'] =  COinS_date.rftchron,
['Series'] = Series,
['Volume'] = Volume,
['Issue'] = Issue,
['ArticleNumber'] = ArticleNumber,
['Pages'] = coins_pages or metadata.get_coins_pages (first_set ({Sheet, Sheets, Page, Pages, At, QuotePage, QuotePages}, 7)), -- pages stripped of external links
['Edition'] = Edition,
['PublisherName'] = PublisherName or Newsgroup, -- any apostrophe markup already removed from PublisherName
['URL'] = first_set ({ChapterURL, URL}, 2),
['Authors'] = coins_author,
['ID_list'] = ID_list_coins,
['RawPage'] = this_page.prefixedText,
}, config.CitationClass);
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, {{cite medrxiv}}, and {{cite ssrn}} AFTER generation of COinS data.
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, whitelist.preprint_template_list_t) then -- we have set rft.jtitle in COinS to arXiv, bioRxiv, CiteSeerX, medRxiv, or ssrn now unset so it isn't displayed
Periodical = ''; -- periodical not allowed in these templates; if article has been published, use cite journal
end
end


if in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web','news','journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease','podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv'}) or -- if any of the 'periodical' cites except encyclopedia
-- special case for cite newsgroup.  Do this after COinS because we are modifying Publishername to include some static text
('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Newsgroup) then
local chap_param;
PublisherName = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['newsgroup'], external_link( 'news:' .. Newsgroup, Newsgroup, Newsgroup_origin, nil ));
if is_set (Chapter) then -- get a parameter name from one of these chapter related meta-parameters
end
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter')
 
elseif is_set (TransChapter) then
local Editors;
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter')
local EditorCount; -- used only for choosing {ed.) or (eds.) annotation at end of editor name-list
elseif is_set (ChapterURL) then
local Contributors; -- assembled contributors name list
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterURL')
local contributor_etal;
elseif is_set (ScriptChapter) then
local Translators; -- assembled translators name list
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ScriptChapter')
local translator_etal;
else is_set (ChapterFormat)
local t = {}; -- translators list from |translator-lastn= / translator-firstn= pairs
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterFormat')
t = extract_names (args, 'TranslatorList'); -- fetch translator list from |translatorn= / |translator-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=
end
local Interviewers;
local interviewers_list = {};
interviewers_list = extract_names (args, 'InterviewerList'); -- process preferred interviewers parameters
local interviewer_etal;
-- Now perform various field substitutions.
-- We also add leading spaces and surrounding markup and punctuation to the
-- various parts of the citation, but only when they are non-nil.
do
local last_first_list;
local control = {
format = NameListStyle, -- empty string, '&', 'amp', 'and', or 'vanc'
maximum = nil, -- as if display-authors or display-editors not set
mode = Mode
};
 
do -- do editor name list first because the now unsupported coauthors used to modify control table
local display_names, param = display_names_select (cfg.global_cs1_config_t['DisplayEditors'], A['DisplayEditors'], A:ORIGIN ('DisplayEditors'), #e);
control.maximum, editor_etal = get_display_names (display_names, #e, 'editors', editor_etal, param);
 
Editors, EditorCount = list_people (control, e, editor_etal);


if is_set (chap_param) then -- if we found one
if 1 == EditorCount and (true == editor_etal or 1 < #e) then -- only one editor displayed but includes etal then  
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'chapter_ignored', {chap_param}, true ) } ); -- add error message
EditorCount = 2; -- spoof to display (eds.) annotation
Chapter = ''; -- and set them to empty string to be safe with concatenation
TransChapter = '';
ChapterURL = '';
ScriptChapter = '';
ChapterFormat = '';
end
else -- otherwise, format chapter / article title
local no_quotes = false; -- default assume that we will be quoting the chapter parameter value
if is_set (Contribution) and 0 < #c then -- if this is a contribution with contributor(s)
if in_array (Contribution:lower(), cfg.keywords.contribution) then -- and a generic contribution title
no_quotes = true; -- then render it unquoted
end
end
end
end
do -- now do interviewers
local display_names, param = display_names_select (cfg.global_cs1_config_t['DisplayInterviewers'], A['DisplayInterviewers'], A:ORIGIN ('DisplayInterviewers'), #interviewers_list);
control.maximum, interviewer_etal = get_display_names (display_names, #interviewers_list, 'interviewers', interviewer_etal, param);


Chapter = format_chapter_title (ScriptChapter, Chapter, TransChapter, ChapterURL, ChapterURLorigin, no_quotes); -- Contribution is also in Chapter
Interviewers = list_people (control, interviewers_list, interviewer_etal);
if is_set (Chapter) then
end
if 'map' == config.CitationClass and is_set (TitleType) then
do -- now do translators
Chapter = Chapter .. ' ' .. TitleType;
local display_names, param = display_names_select (cfg.global_cs1_config_t['DisplayTranslators'], A['DisplayTranslators'], A:ORIGIN ('DisplayTranslators'), #t);
end
control.maximum, translator_etal = get_display_names (display_names, #t, 'translators', translator_etal, param);
Chapter = Chapter .. ChapterFormat .. sepc .. ' ';
 
elseif is_set (ChapterFormat) then -- |chapter= not set but |chapter-format= is so ...
Translators = list_people (control, t, translator_etal);
Chapter = ChapterFormat .. sepc .. ' '; -- ... ChapterFormat has error message, we want to see it
end
end
end
do -- now do contributors
local display_names, param = display_names_select (cfg.global_cs1_config_t['DisplayContributors'], A['DisplayContributors'], A:ORIGIN ('DisplayContributors'), #c);
control.maximum, contributor_etal = get_display_names (display_names, #c, 'contributors', contributor_etal, param);


-- Format main title.
Contributors = list_people (control, c, contributor_etal);
if is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(Title) then
end
Title = "[[" .. TitleLink .. "|" .. Title .. "]]"
do -- now do authors
end
local display_names, param = display_names_select (cfg.global_cs1_config_t['DisplayAuthors'], A['DisplayAuthors'], A:ORIGIN ('DisplayAuthors'), #a, author_etal);
control.maximum, author_etal = get_display_names (display_names, #a, 'authors', author_etal, param);


if in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web','news','journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease','podcast', 'newsgroup', 'mailinglist', 'arxiv'}) or
last_first_list = list_people (control, a, author_etal);
('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) or
('map' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical)) then -- special case for cite map when the map is in a periodical treat as an article
Title = kern_quotes (Title); -- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
Title = wrap_style ('quoted-title', Title);
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle );
elseif 'report' == config.CitationClass then -- no styling for cite report
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle ); -- for cite report, use this form for trans-title
else
Title = wrap_style ('italic-title', Title);
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
TransTitle = wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', TransTitle);
end


TransError = "";
if utilities.is_set (Authors) then
if is_set(TransTitle) then
Authors, author_etal = name_has_etal (Authors, author_etal, false, 'authors'); -- find and remove variations on et al.
if is_set(Title) then
if author_etal then
TransTitle = " " .. TransTitle;
Authors = Authors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to authors parameter
else
end
TransError = " " .. set_error( 'trans_missing_title', {'title'} );
else
end
Authors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string
end
end
end -- end of do
Title = Title .. TransTitle;
if is_set(Title) then
if utilities.is_set (Authors) and utilities.is_set (Collaboration) then
if not is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(URL) then  
Authors = Authors .. ' (' .. Collaboration .. ')'; -- add collaboration after et al.
Title = external_link( URL, Title, URLorigin ) .. TransError .. Format;
URL = "";
Format = "";
else
Title = Title .. TransError;
end
end
end


if is_set(Place) then
Place = " " .. wrap_msg ('written', Place, use_lowercase) .. sepc .. " ";
end
end


if is_set (Conference) then
local ConferenceFormat = A['ConferenceFormat'];
if is_set (ConferenceURL) then
local ConferenceURL = A['ConferenceURL'];
Conference = external_link( ConferenceURL, Conference, ConferenceURLorigin );
ConferenceFormat = style_format (ConferenceFormat, ConferenceURL, 'conference-format', 'conference-url');
end
Format = style_format (Format, URL, 'format', 'url');
Conference = sepc .. " " .. Conference .. ConferenceFormat;
 
elseif is_set(ConferenceURL) then
-- special case for chapter format so no error message or cat when chapter not supported
Conference = sepc .. " " .. external_link( ConferenceURL, nil, ConferenceURLorigin );
if not (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'medrxiv', 'ssrn'}) or
('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia))) then
ChapterFormat = style_format (ChapterFormat, ChapterURL, 'chapter-format', 'chapter-url');
end
 
if not utilities.is_set (URL) then
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"web", "podcast", "mailinglist"}) or -- |url= required for cite web, cite podcast, and cite mailinglist
('citation' == config.CitationClass and ('website' == Periodical_origin or 'script-website' == ScriptPeriodical_origin)) then -- and required for {{citation}} with |website= or |script-website=
utilities.set_message ('err_cite_web_url');
end
-- do we have |accessdate= without either |url= or |chapter-url=?
if utilities.is_set (AccessDate) and not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- ChapterURL may be set when URL is not set;
utilities.set_message ('err_accessdate_missing_url');
AccessDate = '';
end
end
end


if not is_set(Position) then
local UrlStatus = is_valid_parameter_value (A['UrlStatus'], A:ORIGIN('UrlStatus'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-status'], '');
local Minutes = A['Minutes'];
local OriginalURL
local Time = A['Time'];
local OriginalURL_origin
local OriginalFormat
local OriginalAccess;
UrlStatus = UrlStatus:lower(); -- used later when assembling archived text
if utilities.is_set ( ArchiveURL ) then
if utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if chapter-url= is set apply archive url to it
OriginalURL = ChapterURL; -- save copy of source chapter's url for archive text
OriginalURL_origin = ChapterURL_origin; -- name of |chapter-url= parameter for error messages
OriginalFormat = ChapterFormat; -- and original |chapter-format=


if is_set(Minutes) then
if 'live' ~= UrlStatus then
if is_set (Time) then
ChapterURL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's URL
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'minutes') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'time')}, true ) } );
ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of |archive-url= parameter for error messages
ChapterFormat = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format
ChapterUrlAccess = nil; -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived URLs
end
end
Position = " " .. Minutes .. " " .. cfg.messages['minutes'];
elseif utilities.is_set (URL) then
else
OriginalURL = URL; -- save copy of original source URL
if is_set(Time) then
OriginalURL_origin = URL_origin; -- name of URL parameter for error messages
local TimeCaption = A['TimeCaption']
OriginalFormat = Format; -- and original |format=
if not is_set(TimeCaption) then
OriginalAccess = UrlAccess;
TimeCaption = cfg.messages['event'];
 
if sepc ~= '.' then
if 'live' ~= UrlStatus then -- if URL set then |archive-url= applies to it
TimeCaption = TimeCaption:lower();
URL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's URL
end
URL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive URL parameter for error messages
end
Format = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format
Position = " " .. TimeCaption .. " " .. Time;
UrlAccess = nil; -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived URLs
end
end
end
end
else
elseif utilities.is_set (UrlStatus) then -- if |url-status= is set when |archive-url= is not set
Position = " " .. Position;
utilities.set_message ('maint_url_status'); -- add maint cat
At = '';
end
end


Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets = format_pages_sheets (Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, NoPP, use_lowercase);
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'medrxiv', 'ssrn'}) or -- if any of the 'periodical' cites except encyclopedia
('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
local chap_param;
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then -- get a parameter name from one of these chapter related meta-parameters
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter')
elseif utilities.is_set (TransChapter) then
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter')
elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterURL')
elseif utilities.is_set (ScriptChapter) then
chap_param = ScriptChapter_origin;
else utilities.is_set (ChapterFormat)
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterFormat')
end


At = is_set(At) and (sepc .. " " .. At) or "";
if utilities.is_set (chap_param) then -- if we found one
Position = is_set(Position) and (sepc .. " " .. Position) or "";
utilities.set_message ('err_chapter_ignored', {chap_param}); -- add error message
if config.CitationClass == 'map' then
Chapter = ''; -- and set them to empty string to be safe with concatenation
local Section = A['Section'];
TransChapter = '';
local Sections = A['Sections'];
ChapterURL = '';
local Inset = A['Inset'];
ScriptChapter = '';
ChapterFormat = '';
if is_set( Inset ) then
end
Inset = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('inset', Inset, use_lowercase);
else -- otherwise, format chapter / article title
end
local no_quotes = false; -- default assume that we will be quoting the chapter parameter value
if utilities.is_set (Contribution) and 0 < #c then -- if this is a contribution with contributor(s)
if utilities.in_array (Contribution:lower(), cfg.keywords_lists.contribution) then -- and a generic contribution title
no_quotes = true; -- then render it unquoted
end
end


if is_set( Sections ) then
Chapter = format_chapter_title (ScriptChapter, ScriptChapter_origin, Chapter, Chapter_origin, TransChapter, TransChapter_origin, ChapterURL, ChapterURL_origin, no_quotes, ChapterUrlAccess); -- Contribution is also in Chapter
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('sections', Sections, use_lowercase);
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then
elseif is_set( Section ) then
Chapter = Chapter .. ChapterFormat ;
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('section', Section, use_lowercase);
if 'map' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (TitleType) then
Chapter = Chapter .. ' ' .. TitleType; -- map annotation here; not after title
end
Chapter = Chapter .. sepc .. ' ';
elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterFormat) then -- |chapter= not set but |chapter-format= is so ...
Chapter = ChapterFormat .. sepc .. ' '; -- ... ChapterFormat has error message, we want to see it
end
end
At = At .. Inset .. Section;
end
if is_set (Language) then
Language = language_parameter (Language); -- format, categories, name from ISO639-1, etc
else
Language=""; -- language not specified so make sure this is an empty string;
end
end


Others = is_set(Others) and (sepc .. " " .. Others) or "";
-- Format main title
local plain_title = false;
if is_set (Translators) then
local accept_title;
Others = sepc .. ' Translated by ' .. Translators .. Others;  
Title, accept_title = utilities.has_accept_as_written (Title, true); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <Title>
if accept_title and ('' == Title) then -- only support forced empty for now "(())"
Title = cfg.messages['notitle']; -- replace by predefined "No title" message
-- TODO: utilities.set_message ( 'err_redundant_parameters', ...); -- issue proper error message instead of muting
ScriptTitle = ''; -- just mute for now
TransTitle = ''; -- just mute for now
plain_title = true; -- suppress text decoration for descriptive title
utilities.set_message ('maint_untitled'); -- add maint cat
end
end


TitleNote = is_set(TitleNote) and (sepc .. " " .. TitleNote) or "";
if not accept_title then -- <Title> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup
if is_set (Edition) then
if '...' == Title:sub (-3) then -- if ellipsis is the last three characters of |title=
if Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]d%.?$') or Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]dition$') then
Title = Title:gsub ('(%.%.%.)%.+$', '%1'); -- limit the number of dots to three
add_maint_cat ('extra_text', 'edition');
elseif not mw.ustring.find (Title, '%.%s*%a%.$') and -- end of title is not a 'dot-(optional space-)letter-dot' initialism ...
not mw.ustring.find (Title, '%s+%a%.$') then -- ...and not a 'space-letter-dot' initial (''Allium canadense'' L.)
Title = mw.ustring.gsub(Title, '%' .. sepc .. '$', ''); -- remove any trailing separator character; sepc and ms.ustring() here for languages that use multibyte separator characters
end
 
if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) and is_archived_copy (Title) then
utilities.set_message ('maint_archived_copy'); -- add maintenance category before we modify the content of Title
end
end
Edition = " " .. wrap_msg ('edition', Edition);
else
Edition = '';
end


Series = is_set(Series) and (sepc .. " " .. Series) or "";
if is_generic ('generic_titles', Title) then
OrigYear = is_set(OrigYear) and (" [" .. OrigYear .. "]") or "";
utilities.set_message ('err_generic_title'); -- set an error message
Agency = is_set(Agency) and (sepc .. " " .. Agency) or "";
end
 
Volume = format_volume_issue (Volume, Issue, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, use_lowercase);
 
------------------------------------ totally unrelated data
if is_set(Via) then
Via = " " .. wrap_msg ('via', Via);
end
end


--[[
if (not plain_title) and (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'document', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'mailinglist', 'interview', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'medrxiv', 'ssrn'}) or
Subscription implies paywall; Registration does not. If both are used in a citation, the subscription required link
('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) or
note is displayed. There are no error messages for this condition.
('map' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)))) then -- special case for cite map when the map is in a periodical treat as an article
 
Title = kern_quotes (Title); -- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from module provided quote marks
]]
Title = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-title', Title);
if is_set (SubscriptionRequired) then
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['subscription']; -- subscription required message
TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle );
elseif is_set (RegistrationRequired) then
elseif plain_title or ('report' == config.CitationClass) then -- no styling for cite report and descriptive titles (otherwise same as above)
SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['registration']; -- registration required message
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle ); -- for cite report, use this form for trans-title
else
else
SubscriptionRequired = ''; -- either or both might be set to something other than yes true y
Title = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', Title);
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', TransTitle);
end
end


if is_set(AccessDate) then
if utilities.is_set (TransTitle) then
local retrv_text = " " .. cfg.messages['retrieved']
if utilities.is_set (Title) then
TransTitle = " " .. TransTitle;
else
utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {'title'});
end
end


AccessDate = nowrap_date (AccessDate); -- wrap in nowrap span if date in appropriate format
if utilities.is_set (Title) then -- TODO: is this the right place to be making Wikisource URLs?
if (sepc ~= ".") then retrv_text = retrv_text:lower() end -- if 'citation', lower case
if utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and utilities.is_set (URL) then
AccessDate = substitute (retrv_text, AccessDate); -- add retrieved text
utilities.set_message ('err_wikilink_in_url'); -- set an error message because we can't have both
-- neither of these work; don't know why; it seems that substitute() isn't being called
TitleLink = ''; -- unset
AccessDate = substitute (cfg.presentation['accessdate'], {sepc, AccessDate}); -- allow editors to hide accessdates
end
end
if is_set(ID) then ID = sepc .." ".. ID; end
if not utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and utilities.is_set (URL) then
  if "thesis" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then
Title = external_link (URL, Title, URL_origin, UrlAccess) .. TransTitle .. Format;
ID = sepc .." Docket ".. Docket .. ID;
URL = ''; -- unset these because no longer needed
end
Format = "";
  if "report" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then -- for cite report when |docket= is set
elseif utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and not utilities.is_set (URL) then
ID = sepc .. ' ' .. Docket; -- overwrite ID even if |id= is set
local ws_url;
ws_url = wikisource_url_make (TitleLink); -- ignore ws_label return; not used here
if ws_url then
Title = external_link (ws_url, Title .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in title-link'); -- space char after Title to move icon away from italic text; TODO: a better way to do this?
Title = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], TitleLink, Title});
Title = Title .. TransTitle;
else
Title = utilities.make_wikilink (TitleLink, Title) .. TransTitle;
end
else
local ws_url, ws_label, L; -- Title has italic or quote markup by the time we get here which causes is_wikilink() to return 0 (not a wikilink)
ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (Title:gsub('^[\'"]*(.-)[\'"]*$', '%1')); -- make ws URL from |title= interwiki link (strip italic or quote markup); link portion L becomes tooltip label
if ws_url then
Title = Title:gsub ('%b[]', ws_label); -- replace interwiki link with ws_label to retain markup
Title = external_link (ws_url, Title .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in title'); -- space char after Title to move icon away from italic text; TODO: a better way to do this?
Title = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, Title});
Title = Title .. TransTitle;
else
Title = Title .. TransTitle;
end
end
else
Title = TransTitle;
end
end


ID_list = build_id_list( ID_list, {DoiBroken = DoiBroken, ASINTLD = ASINTLD, IgnoreISBN = IgnoreISBN, Embargo=Embargo, Class = Class} );
if utilities.is_set (Place) then
 
Place = " " .. wrap_msg ('written', Place, use_lowercase) .. sepc .. " ";
if is_set(URL) then
URL = " " .. external_link( URL, nil, URLorigin );
end
end


if is_set(Quote) then
local ConferenceURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ConferenceURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ConferenceURL
if Quote:sub(1,1) == '"' and Quote:sub(-1,-1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of quote are quote marks
if utilities.is_set (Conference) then
Quote = Quote:sub(2,-2); -- strip them off
if utilities.is_set (ConferenceURL) then
Conference = external_link( ConferenceURL, Conference, ConferenceURL_origin, nil );
end
end
Quote = sepc .." " .. wrap_style ('quoted-text', Quote ); -- wrap in <q>...</q> tags
Conference = sepc .. " " .. Conference .. ConferenceFormat;
PostScript = ""; -- cs1|2 does not supply terminal punctuation when |quote= is set
elseif utilities.is_set (ConferenceURL) then
Conference = sepc .. " " .. external_link( ConferenceURL, nil, ConferenceURL_origin, nil );
end
end
 
local Archived
local Position = '';
if is_set(ArchiveURL) then
if not utilities.is_set (Position) then
if not is_set(ArchiveDate) then
local Minutes = A['Minutes'];
ArchiveDate = set_error('archive_missing_date');
local Time = A['Time'];
end
 
if "no" == DeadURL then
if utilities.is_set (Minutes) then
local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived'];
if utilities.is_set (Time) then --TODO: make a function for this and similar?
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'minutes') .. cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair'] .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'time')});
Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( cfg.messages['archived-not-dead'],
{ external_link( ArchiveURL, arch_text, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') ) .. ArchiveFormat, ArchiveDate } );
if not is_set(OriginalURL) then
Archived = Archived .. " " .. set_error('archive_missing_url');  
end
end
elseif is_set(OriginalURL) then -- DeadURL is empty, 'yes', 'true', 'y', 'unfit', 'usurped'
Position = " " .. Minutes .. " " .. cfg.messages['minutes'];
local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-dead'];
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
if in_array (DeadURL, {'unfit', 'usurped'}) then
Archived = sepc .. " " .. 'Archived from the original on ' .. ArchiveDate; -- format already styled
else -- DeadURL is empty, 'yes', 'true', or 'y'
Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text,
{ external_link( OriginalURL, cfg.messages['original'], OriginalURLorigin ) .. OriginalFormat, ArchiveDate } ); -- format already styled
end
else
else
local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-missing'];
if utilities.is_set (Time) then
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
local TimeCaption = A['TimeCaption']
Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text,
if not utilities.is_set (TimeCaption) then
{ set_error('archive_missing_url'), ArchiveDate } );
TimeCaption = cfg.messages['event'];
if sepc ~= '.' then
TimeCaption = TimeCaption:lower();
end
end
Position = " " .. TimeCaption .. " " .. Time;
end
end
end
elseif is_set (ArchiveFormat) then
Archived = ArchiveFormat; -- if set and ArchiveURL not set ArchiveFormat has error message
else
else
Archived = ""
Position = " " .. Position;
end
At = '';
local Lay = '';
if is_set(LayURL) then
if is_set(LayDate) then LayDate = " (" .. LayDate .. ")" end
if is_set(LaySource) then
LaySource = " &ndash; ''" .. safe_for_italics(LaySource) .. "''";
else
LaySource = "";
end
if sepc == '.' then
Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary'], A:ORIGIN('LayURL') ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate
else
Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary']:lower(), A:ORIGIN('LayURL') ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate
end
elseif is_set (LayFormat) then -- Test if |lay-format= is given without giving a |lay-url=
Lay = sepc .. LayFormat; -- if set and LayURL not set, then LayFormat has error message
end
end


if is_set(Transcript) then
Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets = format_pages_sheets (Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, NoPP, use_lowercase);
if is_set(TranscriptURL) then
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, Transcript, TranscriptURLorigin );
end
Transcript = sepc .. ' ' .. Transcript .. TranscriptFormat;
elseif is_set(TranscriptURL) then
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, nil, TranscriptURLorigin );
end


local Publisher;
At = utilities.is_set (At) and (sepc .. " " .. At) or "";
if is_set(Periodical) and
Position = utilities.is_set (Position) and (sepc .. " " .. Position) or "";
not in_array(config.CitationClass, {"encyclopaedia","web","pressrelease","podcast"}) then
if config.CitationClass == 'map' then
if is_set(PublisherName) then
local Sections = A['Sections']; -- Section (singular) is an alias of Chapter so set earlier
if is_set(PublicationPlace) then
local Inset = A['Inset'];
Publisher = PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName;
else
if utilities.is_set ( Inset ) then
Publisher = PublisherName; 
Inset = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('inset', Inset, use_lowercase);
end
end
elseif is_set(PublicationPlace) then
 
Publisher= PublicationPlace;
if utilities.is_set ( Sections ) then
else
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('sections', Sections, use_lowercase);
Publisher = "";
elseif utilities.is_set ( Section ) then
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('section', Section, use_lowercase);
end
end
if is_set(PublicationDate) then
At = At .. Inset .. Section;
if is_set(Publisher) then
end
Publisher = Publisher .. ", " .. wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate);
 
else
local Others = A['Others'];
Publisher = PublicationDate;
if utilities.is_set (Others) and 0 == #a and 0 == #e then -- add maint cat when |others= has value and used without |author=, |editor=
end
if config.CitationClass == "AV-media-notes"
or config.CitationClass == "audio-visual" then -- special maint for AV/M which has a lot of 'false' positives right now
utilities.set_message ('maint_others_avm')
else
utilities.set_message ('maint_others');
end
end
if is_set(Publisher) then
end
Publisher = " (" .. Publisher .. ")";
Others = utilities.is_set (Others) and (sepc .. " " .. Others) or "";
if utilities.is_set (Translators) then
Others = safe_join ({sepc .. ' ', wrap_msg ('translated', Translators, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc);
end
if utilities.is_set (Interviewers) then
Others = safe_join ({sepc .. ' ', wrap_msg ('interview', Interviewers, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc);
end
local TitleNote = A['TitleNote'];
TitleNote = utilities.is_set (TitleNote) and (sepc .. " " .. TitleNote) or "";
if utilities.is_set (Edition) then
if Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]d%n?%.?$') or Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]dition$') then -- Ed, ed, Ed., ed., Edn, edn, Edn., edn.
utilities.set_message ('err_extra_text_edition'); -- add error message
end
end
Edition = " " .. wrap_msg ('edition', Edition);
else
else
if is_set(PublicationDate) then
Edition = '';
PublicationDate = " (" .. wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate) .. ")";
end
end
 
if is_set(PublisherName) then
Series = utilities.is_set (Series) and wrap_msg ('series', {sepc, Series}) or ""; -- not the same as SeriesNum
if is_set(PublicationPlace) then
local Agency = A['Agency'] or ''; -- |agency= is supported by {{cite magazine}}, {{cite news}}, {{cite press release}}, {{cite web}}, and certain {{citation}} templates
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;
if utilities.is_set (Agency) then -- this testing done here because {{citation}} supports 'news' citations
else
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'magazine', 'news', 'pressrelease', 'web'}) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.in_array (Periodical_origin, {"magazine", "newspaper", "work"})) then
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate; 
Agency = wrap_msg ('agency', {sepc, Agency}); -- format for rendering
end
else
elseif is_set(PublicationPlace) then  
Agency = ''; -- unset; not supported
Publisher= sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. PublicationDate;
utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {'agency'}); -- add error message
else  
Publisher = PublicationDate;
end
end
end
end
-- Several of the above rely upon detecting this as nil, so do it last.
Volume = format_volume_issue (Volume, Issue, ArticleNumber, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, use_lowercase);
if is_set(Periodical) then
if is_set(Title) or is_set(TitleNote) then
Periodical = sepc .. " " .. wrap_style ('italic-title', Periodical)
else
Periodical = wrap_style ('italic-title', Periodical)
end
end


--[[
if utilities.is_set (AccessDate) then
Handle the oddity that is cite speech. This code overrides whatever may be the value assigned to TitleNote (through |department=) and forces it to be " (Speech)" so that
local retrv_text = " " .. cfg.messages['retrieved']
the annotation directly follows the |title= parameter value in the citation rather than the |event= parameter value (if provided).
]]
if "speech" == config.CitationClass then -- cite speech only
TitleNote = " (Speech)"; -- annotate the citation
if is_set (Periodical) then -- if Periodical, perhaps because of an included |website= or |journal= parameter
if is_set (Conference) then -- and if |event= is set
Conference = Conference .. sepc .. " "; -- then add appropriate punctuation to the end of the Conference variable before rendering
end
end
end


-- Piece all bits together at last.  Here, all should be non-nil.
AccessDate = nowrap_date (AccessDate); -- wrap in nowrap span if date in appropriate format
-- We build things this way because it is more efficient in LUA
if (sepc ~= ".") then retrv_text = retrv_text:lower() end -- if mode is cs2, lower case
-- not to keep reassigning to the same string variable over and over.
AccessDate = utilities.substitute (retrv_text, AccessDate); -- add retrieved text


local tcommon;
AccessDate = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['accessdate'], {sepc, AccessDate}); -- allow editors to hide accessdates
local tcommon2; -- used for book cite when |contributor= is set
end
if utilities.is_set (ID) then ID = sepc .. " " .. ID; end
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"journal","citation"}) and is_set(Periodical) then
local Docket = A['Docket'];
if is_set(Others) then Others = Others .. sepc .. " " end
  if "thesis" == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Docket) then
tcommon = safe_join( {Others, Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series,
ID = sepc .. " Docket " .. Docket .. ID;
Language, Edition, Publisher, Agency, Volume}, sepc );
end
  if "report" == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Docket) then -- for cite report when |docket= is set
elseif in_array(config.CitationClass, {"book","citation"}) and not is_set(Periodical) then -- special cases for book cites
ID = sepc .. ' ' .. Docket; -- overwrite ID even if |id= is set
if is_set (Contributors) then -- when we are citing foreword, preface, introduction, etc
end
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote}, sepc ); -- author and other stuff will come after this and before tcommon2
tcommon2 = safe_join( {Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
else
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
end


elseif 'map' == config.CitationClass then -- special cases for cite map
if utilities.is_set (URL) then
if is_set (Chapter) then -- map in a book; TitleType is part of Chapter
URL = " " .. external_link( URL, nil, URL_origin, UrlAccess );
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
elseif is_set (Periodical) then -- map in a periodical
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Periodical, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
else -- a sheet or stand-alone map
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher}, sepc );
end
elseif 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, TitleType, Series, Transcript, Language, Edition, Publisher}, sepc );
else -- all other CS1 templates
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language,
Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
end
end
if #ID_list > 0 then
-- We check length of PostScript here because it will have been nuked by
ID_list = safe_join( { sepc .. " ",  table.concat( ID_list, sepc .. " " ), ID }, sepc );
-- the quote parameters. We'd otherwise emit a message even if there wasn't
else
-- a displayed postscript.
ID_list = ID;
-- TODO: Should the max size (1) be configurable?
-- TODO: Should we check a specific pattern?
if utilities.is_set(PostScript) and mw.ustring.len(PostScript) > 1 then
utilities.set_message ('maint_postscript')
end
local Archived;
if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) then
if not utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then -- ArchiveURL set but ArchiveDate not set
utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_date'); -- emit an error message
ArchiveURL = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
ArchiveDate = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
end
else
if utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then -- ArchiveURL not set but ArchiveDate is set
utilities.set_message ('err_archive_date_missing_url'); -- emit an error message
ArchiveURL = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
ArchiveDate = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
end
end
end
local idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, AccessDate, Via, SubscriptionRequired, Lay, Quote }, sepc );
local text;
local pgtext = Position .. Sheet .. Sheets .. Page .. Pages .. At;


if is_set(Date) then
if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) then
if is_set (Authors) or is_set (Editors) then -- date follows authors or editors when authors not set
local arch_text;
Date = " (" .. Date ..")" .. OrigYear .. sepc .. " "; -- in paranetheses
if "live" == UrlStatus then
else -- neither of authors and editors set
arch_text = cfg.messages['archived'];
if (string.sub(tcommon,-1,-1) == sepc) then -- if the last character of tcommon is sepc
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
Date = " " .. Date .. OrigYear; -- Date does not begin with sepc
if utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then
Archived = sepc .. ' ' .. utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages['archived-live'],
{external_link( ArchiveURL, arch_text, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL'), nil) .. ArchiveFormat, ArchiveDate } );
else
else
Date = sepc .. " " .. Date .. OrigYear; -- Date begins with sepc
Archived = '';
end
end
end
if not utilities.is_set (OriginalURL) then
end
utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_url');
if is_set(Authors) then
Archived = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
if is_set(Coauthors) then
if 'vanc' == NameListFormat then -- separate authors and coauthors with proper name-list-separator
Authors = Authors .. ', ' .. Coauthors;
else
Authors = Authors .. '; ' .. Coauthors;
end
end
end
elseif utilities.is_set (OriginalURL) then -- UrlStatus is empty, 'dead', 'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown'
if not is_set (Date) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Authors termination
if utilities.in_array (UrlStatus, {'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown'}) then
Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- when no date, terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-unfit'];
end
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
if is_set(Editors) then
Archived = sepc .. ' ' .. arch_text .. ArchiveDate; -- format already styled
local in_text = " ";
if 'bot: unknown' == UrlStatus then
local post_text = "";
utilities.set_message ('maint_bot_unknown'); -- and add a category if not already added
if is_set(Chapter) and 0 == #c then
else
in_text = in_text .. cfg.messages['in'] .. " "
utilities.add_prop_cat ('unfit'); -- and add a category if not already added
if (sepc ~= '.') then in_text = in_text:lower() end -- lowercase for cs2
end
else
else -- UrlStatus is empty, 'dead'
if EditorCount <= 1 then
arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-dead'];
post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editor'];
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
if utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then
Archived = sepc .. " " .. utilities.substitute ( arch_text,
{ external_link( OriginalURL, cfg.messages['original'], OriginalURL_origin, OriginalAccess ) .. OriginalFormat, ArchiveDate } ); -- format already styled
else
else
post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editors'];
Archived = ''; -- unset for concatenation
end
end
end  
end
Editors = terminate_name_list (in_text .. Editors .. post_text, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
else -- OriginalUrl not set
utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_url');
Archived = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
end
end
if is_set (Contributors) then -- book cite and we're citing the intro, preface, etc
elseif utilities.is_set (ArchiveFormat) then
local by_text = sepc .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['by'] .. ' ';
Archived = ArchiveFormat; -- if set and ArchiveURL not set ArchiveFormat has error message
if (sepc ~= '.') then by_text = by_text:lower() end -- lowercase for cs2
else
Authors = by_text .. Authors; -- author follows title so tweak it here
Archived = '';
if is_set (Editors) then -- when Editors make sure that Authors gets terminated
end
Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
end
local TranscriptURL = A['TranscriptURL']
if not is_set (Date) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Contributors termination
local TranscriptFormat = A['TranscriptFormat'];
Contributors = terminate_name_list (Contributors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
TranscriptFormat = style_format (TranscriptFormat, TranscriptURL, 'transcript-format', 'transcripturl');
end
local Transcript = A['Transcript'];
text = safe_join( {Contributors, Date, Chapter, tcommon, Authors, Place, Editors, tcommon2, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
local TranscriptURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('TranscriptURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds TranscriptURL
else
if utilities.is_set (Transcript) then
text = safe_join( {Authors, Date, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
if utilities.is_set (TranscriptURL) then
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, Transcript, TranscriptURL_origin, nil );
end
end
elseif is_set(Editors) then
Transcript = sepc .. ' ' .. Transcript .. TranscriptFormat;
if is_set(Date) then
elseif utilities.is_set (TranscriptURL) then
if EditorCount <= 1 then
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, nil, TranscriptURL_origin, nil );
Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editor'];
end
else
 
Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editors'];
local Publisher;
end
if utilities.is_set (PublicationDate) then
PublicationDate = wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate);
end
if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then
if utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) then
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;
else
else
if EditorCount <= 1 then
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate; 
Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
end
else
elseif utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) then
Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
Publisher= sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. PublicationDate;
end
else
end
Publisher = PublicationDate;
text = safe_join( {Editors, Date, Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
end
else
if config.CitationClass=="journal" and is_set(Periodical) then
-- Several of the above rely upon detecting this as nil, so do it last.
text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc );
if (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) or utilities.is_set (TransPeriodical)) then
else
if utilities.is_set (Title) or utilities.is_set (TitleNote) then  
text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, Date, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
Periodical = sepc .. " " .. format_periodical (ScriptPeriodical, ScriptPeriodical_origin, Periodical, TransPeriodical, TransPeriodical_origin);
else  
Periodical = format_periodical (ScriptPeriodical, ScriptPeriodical_origin, Periodical, TransPeriodical, TransPeriodical_origin);
end
end
end
end
if is_set(PostScript) and PostScript ~= sepc then
local Language = A['Language'];
text = safe_join( {text, sepc}, sepc ); --Deals with italics, spaces, etc.
if utilities.is_set (Language) then
text = text:sub(1,-sepc:len()-1);
Language = language_parameter (Language); -- format, categories, name from ISO639-1, etc.
end
text = safe_join( {text, PostScript}, sepc );
 
-- Now enclose the whole thing in a <cite/> element
local options = {};
if is_set(config.CitationClass) and config.CitationClass ~= "citation" then
options.class = config.CitationClass;
options.class = "citation " .. config.CitationClass; -- class=citation required for blue highlight when used with |ref=
else
else
options.class = "citation";
Language=''; -- language not specified so make sure this is an empty string;
--[[ TODO: need to extract the wrap_msg from language_parameter
so that we can solve parentheses bunching problem with Format/Language/TitleType
]]
end
end
if is_set(Ref) and Ref:lower() ~= "none" then -- set reference anchor if appropriate
local id = Ref
if ('harv' == Ref ) then
local namelist = {}; -- holds selected contributor, author, editor name list
-- local year = first_set (Year, anchor_year); -- Year first for legacy citations and for YMD dates that require disambiguation
local year = first_set ({Year, anchor_year}, 2); -- Year first for legacy citations and for YMD dates that require disambiguation


if #c > 0 then -- if there is a contributor list
--[[
namelist = c; -- select it
Handle the oddity that is cite speech.  This code overrides whatever may be the value assigned to TitleNote (through |department=) and forces it to be " (Speech)" so that
elseif #a > 0 then -- or an author list
the annotation directly follows the |title= parameter value in the citation rather than the |event= parameter value (if provided).
namelist = a;
]]
elseif #e > 0 then -- or an editor list
if "speech" == config.CitationClass then -- cite speech only
namelist = e;
TitleNote = TitleType; -- move TitleType to TitleNote so that it renders ahead of |event=
TitleType = ''; -- and unset
 
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- if Periodical, perhaps because of an included |website= or |journal= parameter
if utilities.is_set (Conference) then -- and if |event= is set
Conference = Conference .. sepc .. " "; -- then add appropriate punctuation to the end of the Conference variable before rendering
end
end
id = anchor_id (namelist, year); -- go make the CITEREF anchor
end
end
options.id = id;
end
end
if string.len(text:gsub("<span[^>/]*>.-</span>", ""):gsub("%b<>","")) <= 2 then
z.error_categories = {};
text = set_error('empty_citation');
z.message_tail = {};
end
if is_set(options.id) then
text = '<cite id="' .. mw.uri.anchorEncode(options.id) ..'" class="' .. mw.text.nowiki(options.class) .. '">' .. text .. "</cite>";
else
text = '<cite class="' .. mw.text.nowiki(options.class) .. '">' .. text .. "</cite>";
end


local empty_span = '<span style="display:none;">&nbsp;</span>';
-- Piece all bits together at last.  Here, all should be non-nil.
-- We build things this way because it is more efficient in LUA
-- not to keep reassigning to the same string variable over and over.
 
local tcommon;
local tcommon2; -- used for book cite when |contributor= is set
-- Note: Using display: none on the COinS span breaks some clients.
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"book", "citation"}) and not utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- special cases for book cites
local OCinS = '<span title="' .. OCinSoutput .. '" class="Z3988">' .. empty_span .. '</span>';
if utilities.is_set (Contributors) then -- when we are citing foreword, preface, introduction, etc.
text = text .. OCinS;
tcommon = safe_join ({Title, TitleNote}, sepc); -- author and other stuff will come after this and before tcommon2
tcommon2 = safe_join ({TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher}, sepc);
if #z.message_tail ~= 0 then
else
text = text .. " ";
tcommon = safe_join ({Title, TitleNote, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher}, sepc);
for i,v in ipairs( z.message_tail ) do
if is_set(v[1]) then
if i == #z.message_tail then
text = text .. error_comment( v[1], v[2] );
else
text = text .. error_comment( v[1] .. "; ", v[2] );
end
end
end
end
end


if #z.maintenance_cats ~= 0 then
elseif 'map' == config.CitationClass then -- special cases for cite map
text = text .. '<span class="citation-comment" style="display:none; color:#33aa33">';
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then -- map in a book; TitleType is part of Chapter
for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories
tcommon = safe_join ({Title, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc);
text = text .. ' ' .. v .. ' ([[:Category:' .. v ..'|link]])';
elseif utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- map in a periodical
tcommon = safe_join ({Title, TitleType, Periodical, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc);
else -- a sheet or stand-alone map
tcommon = safe_join ({Title, TitleType, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher}, sepc);
end
end
text = text .. '</span>'; -- maintenance mesages (realy just the names of the categories for now)
end
elseif 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode
tcommon = safe_join ({Title, TitleNote, TitleType, Series, Language, Edition, Publisher}, sepc);
 
else -- all other CS1 templates
tcommon = safe_join ({Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc);
end
no_tracking_cats = no_tracking_cats:lower();
if #ID_list > 0 then
if in_array(no_tracking_cats, {"", "no", "false", "n"}) then
ID_list = safe_join( { sepc .. " ", table.concat( ID_list, sepc .. " " ), ID }, sepc );
for _, v in ipairs( z.error_categories ) do
else
text = text .. '[[Category:' .. v ..']]';
ID_list = ID;
end
for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories
text = text .. '[[Category:' .. v ..']]';
end
for _, v in ipairs( z.properties_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories
text = text .. '[[Category:' .. v ..']]';
end
end
end
return text
local Via = A['Via'];
end
Via = utilities.is_set (Via) and wrap_msg ('via', Via) or '';
 
local idcommon;
--[[--------------------------< H A S _ I N V I S I B L E _ C H A R S >----------------------------------------
if 'audio-visual' == config.CitationClass or 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite AV media & cite episode position transcript
 
idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, Transcript, AccessDate, Via, Quote }, sepc );
This function searches a parameter's value for nonprintable or invisible characters.  The search stops at the first match.
else
 
idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, AccessDate, Via, Quote }, sepc );
Sometime after this module is done with rendering a citation, some C0 control characters are replaced with the
replacement character.  That replacement character is not detected by this test though it is visible to readers
of the rendered citationThis function will detect the replacement character when it is part of the wikisource.
 
Output of this function is an error message that identifies the character or the Unicode group that the character
belongs to along with its position in the parameter value.
 
]]
--[[
local function has_invisible_chars (param, v)
local position = '';
local i=1;
 
while cfg.invisible_chars[i] do
local char=cfg.invisible_chars[i][1] -- the character or group name
local pattern=cfg.invisible_chars[i][2] -- the pattern used to find it
v = mw.text.unstripNoWiki( v ); -- remove nowiki stripmarkers
position = mw.ustring.find (v, pattern) -- see if the parameter value contains characters that match the pattern
if position then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invisible_char', {char, wrap_style ('parameter', param), position}, true ) } ); -- add error message
return; -- and done with this parameter
end
i=i+1; -- bump our index
end
end
end
]]
local text;
local pgtext = Position .. Sheet .. Sheets .. Page .. Pages .. At;
 
local OrigDate = A['OrigDate'];
OrigDate = utilities.is_set (OrigDate) and wrap_msg ('origdate', OrigDate) or '';
if utilities.is_set (Date) then
if utilities.is_set (Authors) or utilities.is_set (Editors) then -- date follows authors or editors when authors not set
Date = " (" .. Date .. ")" .. OrigDate .. sepc .. " "; -- in parentheses
else -- neither of authors and editors set
if (string.sub(tcommon, -1, -1) == sepc) then -- if the last character of tcommon is sepc
Date = " " .. Date .. OrigDate; -- Date does not begin with sepc
else
Date = sepc .. " " .. Date .. OrigDate; -- Date begins with sepc
end
end
end
if utilities.is_set (Authors) then
if (not utilities.is_set (Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Authors termination
Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- when no date, terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
end
if utilities.is_set (Editors) then
local in_text = '';
local post_text = '';
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) and 0 == #c then
in_text = cfg.messages['in'] .. ' ';
if (sepc ~= '.') then
in_text = in_text:lower(); -- lowercase for cs2
end
end
if EditorCount <= 1 then
post_text = ' (' .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ')'; -- be consistent with no-author, no-date case
else
post_text = ' (' .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ')';
end
Editors = terminate_name_list (in_text .. Editors .. post_text, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
end
if utilities.is_set (Contributors) then -- book cite and we're citing the intro, preface, etc.
local by_text = sepc .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['by'] .. ' ';
if (sepc ~= '.') then by_text = by_text:lower() end -- lowercase for cs2
Authors = by_text .. Authors; -- author follows title so tweak it here
if utilities.is_set (Editors) and utilities.is_set (Date) then -- when Editors make sure that Authors gets terminated
Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
end
if (not utilities.is_set (Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Contributors termination
Contributors = terminate_name_list (Contributors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
end
text = safe_join( {Contributors, Date, Chapter, tcommon, Authors, Place, Editors, tcommon2, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
else
text = safe_join( {Authors, Date, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
end
elseif utilities.is_set (Editors) then
if utilities.is_set (Date) then
if EditorCount <= 1 then
Editors = Editors .. cfg.presentation['sep_name'] .. cfg.messages['editor'];
else
Editors = Editors .. cfg.presentation['sep_name'] .. cfg.messages['editors'];
end
else
if EditorCount <= 1 then
Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
else
Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
end
end
text = safe_join( {Editors, Date, Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
else
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"journal", "citation"}) and utilities.is_set (Periodical) then
text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc );
else
text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, Date, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
end
end
 
if utilities.is_set (PostScript) and PostScript ~= sepc then
text = safe_join( {text, sepc}, sepc ); -- Deals with italics, spaces, etc.
if '.' == sepc then -- remove final seperator if present
text = text:gsub ('%' .. sepc .. '$', ''); -- dot must be escaped here
else
text = mw.ustring.gsub (text, sepc .. '$', ''); -- using ustring for non-dot sepc (likely a non-Latin character)
end
end
text = safe_join( {text, PostScript}, sepc );
 
-- Now enclose the whole thing in a <cite> element
local options_t = {};
options_t.class = cite_class_attribute_make (config.CitationClass, Mode);
 
local Ref = is_valid_parameter_value (A['Ref'], A:ORIGIN('Ref'), cfg.keywords_lists['ref'], nil, true); -- nil when |ref=harv; A['Ref'] else
 
if 'none' ~= cfg.keywords_xlate[(Ref and Ref:lower()) or ''] then
local namelist_t = {}; -- holds selected contributor, author, editor name list
local year = first_set ({Year, anchor_year}, 2); -- Year first for legacy citations and for YMD dates that require disambiguation
 
if #c > 0 then -- if there is a contributor list
namelist_t = c; -- select it
elseif #a > 0 then -- or an author list
namelist_t = a;
elseif #e > 0 then -- or an editor list
namelist_t = e;
end
local citeref_id;
if #namelist_t > 0 then -- if there are names in namelist_t
citeref_id = make_citeref_id (namelist_t, year); -- go make the CITEREF anchor
if mw.uri.anchorEncode (citeref_id) == ((Ref and mw.uri.anchorEncode (Ref)) or '') then -- Ref may already be encoded (by {{sfnref}}) so citeref_id must be encoded before comparison
utilities.set_message ('maint_ref_duplicates_default');
end
else
citeref_id = ''; -- unset
end
options_t.id = Ref or citeref_id;
end
 
if string.len (text:gsub('%b<>', '')) <= 2 then -- remove html and html-like tags; then get length of what remains;
z.error_cats_t = {}; -- blank the categories list
z.error_msgs_t = {}; -- blank the error messages list
OCinSoutput = nil; -- blank the metadata string
text = ''; -- blank the the citation
utilities.set_message ('err_empty_citation'); -- set empty citation message and category
end
local render_t = {}; -- here we collect the final bits for concatenation into the rendered citation
 
if utilities.is_set (options_t.id) then -- here we wrap the rendered citation in <cite ...>...</cite> tags
table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['cite-id'], {mw.uri.anchorEncode(options_t.id), mw.text.nowiki(options_t.class), text})); -- when |ref= is set or when there is a namelist
else
table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['cite'], {mw.text.nowiki(options_t.class), text})); -- when |ref=none or when namelist_t empty and |ref= is missing or is empty
end
 
if OCinSoutput then -- blanked when citation is 'empty' so don't bother to add boilerplate metadata span
table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['ocins'], OCinSoutput)); -- format and append metadata to the citation
end
 
local template_name = ('citation' == config.CitationClass) and 'citation' or 'cite ' .. (cfg.citation_class_map_t[config.CitationClass] or config.CitationClass);
local template_link = '[[Template:' .. template_name .. '|' .. template_name .. ']]';
local msg_prefix = '<code class="cs1-code">{{' .. template_link .. '}}</code>: ';
 
if 0 ~= #z.error_msgs_t then
mw.addWarning (utilities.substitute (cfg.messages.warning_msg_e, template_link));
 
table.insert (render_t, ' '); -- insert a space between citation and its error messages
table.sort (z.error_msgs_t); -- sort the error messages list; sorting includes wrapping <span> and <code> tags; hidden-error sorts ahead of visible-error
 
local hidden = true; -- presume that the only error messages emited by this template are hidden
for _, v in ipairs (z.error_msgs_t) do -- spin through the list of error messages
if v:find ('cs1-visible-error', 1, true) then -- look for the visible error class name
hidden = false; -- found one; so don't hide the error message prefix
break; -- and done because no need to look further
end
end
 
z.error_msgs_t[1] = table.concat ({utilities.error_comment (msg_prefix, hidden), z.error_msgs_t[1]}); -- add error message prefix to first error message to prevent extraneous punctuation
table.insert (render_t, table.concat (z.error_msgs_t, '; ')); -- make a big string of error messages and add it to the rendering
end
 
if 0 ~= #z.maint_cats_t then
mw.addWarning (utilities.substitute (cfg.messages.warning_msg_m, template_link));
 
table.sort (z.maint_cats_t); -- sort the maintenance messages list
 
local maint_msgs_t = {}; -- here we collect all of the maint messages
 
if 0 == #z.error_msgs_t then -- if no error messages
table.insert (maint_msgs_t, msg_prefix); -- insert message prefix in maint message livery
end
for _, v in ipairs( z.maint_cats_t ) do -- append maintenance categories
table.insert (maint_msgs_t, -- assemble new maint message and add it to the maint_msgs_t table
table.concat ({v, ' (', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages[':cat wikilink'], v), ')'})
);
end
table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['hidden-maint'], table.concat (maint_msgs_t, ' '))); -- wrap the group of maint messages with proper presentation and save
end
 
if not no_tracking_cats then
local sort_key;
local cat_wikilink = 'cat wikilink';
if cfg.enable_sort_keys then -- when namespace sort keys enabled
local namespace_number = mw.title.getCurrentTitle().namespace; -- get namespace number for this wikitext
sort_key = (0 ~= namespace_number and (cfg.name_space_sort_keys[namespace_number] or cfg.name_space_sort_keys.other)) or nil; -- get sort key character; nil for mainspace
cat_wikilink = (not sort_key and 'cat wikilink') or 'cat wikilink sk'; -- make <cfg.messages> key
end
 
for _, v in ipairs (z.error_cats_t) do -- append error categories
table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.messages[cat_wikilink], {v, sort_key}));
end
if cfg.id_limits_data_load_fail then -- boolean true when load failed
utilities.set_message ('maint_id_limit_load_fail'); -- done here because this maint cat emits no message
end
for _, v in ipairs (z.maint_cats_t) do -- append maintenance categories
table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.messages[cat_wikilink], {v, sort_key}));
end
for _, v in ipairs (z.prop_cats_t) do -- append properties categories
table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['cat wikilink'], v)); -- no sort keys
end
end
 
return table.concat (render_t); -- make a big string and done
end
 
 
--[[--------------------------< V A L I D A T E >--------------------------------------------------------------
 
Looks for a parameter's name in one of several whitelists.
 
Parameters in the whitelist can have three values:
true - active, supported parameters
false - deprecated, supported parameters
nil - unsupported parameters
]]
 
local function validate (name, cite_class, empty)
local name = tostring (name);
local enum_name; -- parameter name with enumerator (if any) replaced with '#'
local state;
local function state_test (state, name) -- local function to do testing of state values
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
if false == state then
if empty then return nil; end -- empty deprecated parameters are treated as unknowns
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
return true;
end
if 'tracked' == state then
local base_name = name:gsub ('%d', ''); -- strip enumerators from parameter names that have them to get the base name
utilities.add_prop_cat ('tracked-param', {base_name}, base_name); -- add a properties category; <base_name> modifies <key>
return true;
end
return nil;
end
 
if name:find ('#') then -- # is a cs1|2 reserved character so parameters with # not permitted
return nil;
end
-- replace enumerator digit(s) with # (|last25= becomes |last#=) (mw.ustring because non-Western 'local' digits)
enum_name = mw.ustring.gsub (name, '%d+$', '#'); -- where enumerator is last charaters in parameter name (these to protect |s2cid=)
enum_name = mw.ustring.gsub (enum_name, '%d+([%-l])', '#%1'); -- where enumerator is in the middle of the parameter name; |author#link= is the oddity
 
if 'document' == cite_class then -- special case for {{cite document}}
state = whitelist.document_parameters_t[enum_name]; -- this list holds enumerated and nonenumerated parameters
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end
return false;
end
 
if utilities.in_array (cite_class, whitelist.preprint_template_list_t) then -- limited parameter sets allowed for these templates
state = whitelist.limited_parameters_t[enum_name]; -- this list holds enumerated and nonenumerated parameters
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end
 
state = whitelist.preprint_arguments_t[cite_class][name]; -- look in the parameter-list for the template identified by cite_class
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end
 
return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil
end -- end limited parameter-set templates
 
if utilities.in_array (cite_class, whitelist.unique_param_template_list_t) then -- template-specific parameters for templates that accept parameters from the basic argument list
state = whitelist.unique_arguments_t[cite_class][name]; -- look in the template-specific parameter-lists for the template identified by cite_class
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end
end -- if here, fall into general validation
 
state = whitelist.common_parameters_t[enum_name]; -- all other templates; all normal parameters allowed; this list holds enumerated and nonenumerated parameters
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end
 
return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil
end
 
 
--[=[-------------------------< I N T E R _ W I K I _ C H E C K >----------------------------------------------
 
check <value> for inter-language interwiki-link markup.  <prefix> must be a MediaWiki-recognized language
code.  when these values have the form (without leading colon):
[[<prefix>:link|label]] return label as plain-text
[[<prefix>:link]] return <prefix>:link as plain-text
 
return value as is else
 
]=]
 
local function inter_wiki_check (parameter, value)
local prefix = value:match ('%[%[(%a+):'); -- get an interwiki prefix if one exists
local _;
if prefix and cfg.inter_wiki_map[prefix:lower()] then -- if prefix is in the map, needs preceding colon so
utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', parameter); -- emit an error message
_, value, _ = utilities.is_wikilink (value); -- extract label portion from wikilink
end
 
return value;
end
 
 
--[[--------------------------< M I S S I N G _ P I P E _ C H E C K >------------------------------------------
 
Look at the contents of a parameter. If the content has a string of characters and digits followed by an equal
sign, compare the alphanumeric string to the list of cs1|2 parameters.  If found, then the string is possibly a
parameter that is missing its pipe.  There are two tests made:
{{cite ... |title=Title access-date=2016-03-17}} -- the first parameter has a value and whitespace separates that value from the missing pipe parameter name
{{cite ... |title=access-date=2016-03-17}} -- the first parameter has no value (whitespace after the first = is trimmed by MediaWiki)
cs1|2 shares some parameter names with XML/HTML attributes: class=, title=, etc.  To prevent false positives XML/HTML
tags are removed before the search.
 
If a missing pipe is detected, this function adds the missing pipe maintenance category.
 
]]
 
local function missing_pipe_check (parameter, value)
local capture;
value = value:gsub ('%b<>', ''); -- remove XML/HTML tags because attributes: class=, title=, etc.
 
capture = value:match ('%s+(%a[%w%-]+)%s*=') or value:match ('^(%a[%w%-]+)%s*='); -- find and categorize parameters with possible missing pipes
if capture and validate (capture) then -- if the capture is a valid parameter name
utilities.set_message ('err_missing_pipe', parameter);
end
end
 
 
--[[--------------------------< H A S _ E X T R A N E O U S _ P U N C T >--------------------------------------
 
look for extraneous terminal punctuation in most parameter values; parameters listed in skip table are not checked
 
]]
 
local function has_extraneous_punc (param, value)
if 'number' == type (param) then
return;
end
param = param:gsub ('%d+', '#'); -- enumerated name-list mask params allow terminal punct; normalize
if cfg.punct_skip[param] then
return; -- parameter name found in the skip table so done
end
if value:match ('[,;:]$') then
utilities.set_message ('maint_extra_punct'); -- has extraneous punctuation; add maint cat
end
if value:match ('^=') then -- sometimes an extraneous '=' character appears ...
utilities.set_message ('maint_extra_punct'); -- has extraneous punctuation; add maint cat
end
end
 
 
--[[--------------------------< H A S _ T W L _ U R L >--------------------------------------------------------
 
look for The Wikipedia Library urls in url-holding parameters.  TWL urls are accessible only for readers who are
active extended confirmed Wikipedia editors.  This function sets an error message when such urls are discovered
and when appropriate, sets the |<param>-url-access=subscription.  returns nothing.
 
looks for: '.wikipedialibrary.idm.oclc.org'
 
]]
 
local function has_twl_url (url_params_t, cite_args_t)
local url_error_t = {}; -- sequence of url-holding parameters that have a TWL url
for param, value in pairs (url_params_t) do
if value:find ('%.wikipedialibrary%.idm%.oclc%.org') then -- has the TWL base url?
table.insert (url_error_t, param); -- add parameter name to the error list
end
end
if 0 ~= #url_error_t then -- non-zero when there are errors
table.sort (url_error_t); -- sor for error messaging
for i, param in ipairs (url_error_t) do
if cfg.url_access_map_t[param] then -- if <param> has a matching -access parameter
cite_args_t[cfg.url_access_map_t[param]] = cfg.keywords_xlate.subscription; -- set |<param>-url-access=subscription
end
url_error_t[i] = utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', param); -- make the parameter pretty for error message
end
 
utilities.set_message ('err_param_has_twl_url', {utilities.make_sep_list (#url_error_t, url_error_t)}); -- add this error message
end
end
 
 
--[[--------------------------< H A S _ E X T R A N E O U S _ U R L >------------------------------------------
 
look for extraneous url parameter values; parameters listed in skip table are not checked
 
]]
 
local function has_extraneous_url (non_url_param_t)
local url_error_t = {};
check_for_url (non_url_param_t, url_error_t); -- extraneous url check
if 0 ~= #url_error_t then -- non-zero when there are errors
table.sort (url_error_t);
utilities.set_message ('err_param_has_ext_link', {utilities.make_sep_list (#url_error_t, url_error_t)}); -- add this error message
end
end
 
 
--[[--------------------------< _ C I T A T I O N >------------------------------------------------------------
 
Module entry point
 
frame – from template call (citation()); may be nil when called from another module
args_t – table of all cs1|2 parameters in the template (the parent frame)
config_t – table of template-supplied parameter (the #invoke frame)
 
]]
 
local function _citation (frame, args_t, config_t) -- save a copy in case we need to display an error message in preview mode
if not frame then
frame = mw.getCurrentFrame(); -- if called from another module, get a frame for frame-provided functions
end
-- i18n: set the name that your wiki uses to identify sandbox subpages from sandbox template invoke (or can be set here)
local sandbox = ((config_t.SandboxPath and '' ~= config_t.SandboxPath) and config_t.SandboxPath) or '/sandbox'; -- sandbox path from {{#invoke:Citation/CS1/sandbox|citation|SandboxPath=/...}}
is_sandbox = nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), sandbox, 1, true); -- is this invoke the sandbox module?
sandbox = is_sandbox and sandbox or ''; -- use i18n sandbox to load sandbox modules when this module is the sandox; live modules else
 
cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration' .. sandbox); -- load sandbox versions of support modules when {{#invoke:Citation/CS1/sandbox|...}}; live modules else
whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist' .. sandbox);
utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities' .. sandbox);
validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation' .. sandbox);
identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers' .. sandbox);
metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS' .. sandbox);
 
utilities.set_selected_modules (cfg); -- so that functions in Utilities can see the selected cfg tables
identifiers.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Identifiers can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module
validation.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Date validataion can see selected cfg tables and the selected Utilities module
metadata.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in COinS can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module
 
z = utilities.z; -- table of error and category tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
local cite_args_t = {}; -- because args_t is the parent (template) frame args (which cannot be modified); params and their values will be placed here
 
is_preview_mode = not utilities.is_set (frame:preprocess ('{{REVISIONID}}'));
 
local suggestions = {}; -- table where we store suggestions if we need to loadData them
local error_text; -- used as a flag
 
local capture; -- the single supported capture when matching unknown parameters using patterns
local empty_unknowns = {}; -- sequence table to hold empty unknown params for error message listing
for k, v in pairs (args_t) do -- get parameters from the parent (template) frame
v = mw.ustring.gsub (v, '^%s*(.-)%s*$', '%1'); -- trim leading/trailing whitespace; when v is only whitespace, becomes empty string
if v ~= '' then
if ('string' == type (k)) then
k = mw.ustring.gsub (k, '%d', cfg.date_names.local_digits); -- for enumerated parameters, translate 'local' digits to Western 0-9
end
if not validate( k, config_t.CitationClass ) then
if type (k) ~= 'string' then -- exclude empty numbered parameters
if v:match("%S+") ~= nil then
error_text = utilities.set_message ('err_text_ignored', {v});
end
elseif validate (k:lower(), config_t.CitationClass) then
error_text = utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, k:lower()}); -- suggest the lowercase version of the parameter
else
if nil == suggestions.suggestions then -- if this table is nil then we need to load it
suggestions = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions' .. sandbox); --load sandbox version of suggestion module when {{#invoke:Citation/CS1/sandbox|...}}; live module else
end
for pattern, param in pairs (suggestions.patterns) do -- loop through the patterns to see if we can suggest a proper parameter
capture = k:match (pattern); -- the whole match if no capture in pattern else the capture if a match
if capture then -- if the pattern matches
param = utilities.substitute (param, capture); -- add the capture to the suggested parameter (typically the enumerator)
if validate (param, config_t.CitationClass) then -- validate the suggestion to make sure that the suggestion is supported by this template (necessary for limited parameter lists)
error_text = utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, param}); -- set the suggestion error message
else
error_text = utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {k}); -- suggested param not supported by this template
v = ''; -- unset
end
end
end
if not utilities.is_set (error_text) then -- couldn't match with a pattern, is there an explicit suggestion?
if (suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ] ~= nil) and validate (suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ], config_t.CitationClass) then
utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ]});
else
utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {k});
v = ''; -- unset value assigned to unrecognized parameters (this for the limited parameter lists)
end
end
end  
end
 
cite_args_t[k] = v; -- save this parameter and its value
 
elseif not utilities.is_set (v) then -- for empty parameters
if not validate (k, config_t.CitationClass, true) then -- is this empty parameter a valid parameter
k = ('' == k) and '(empty string)' or k; -- when k is empty string (or was space(s) trimmed to empty string), replace with descriptive text
table.insert (empty_unknowns, utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', k)); -- format for error message and add to the list
end
end
end
 
if 0 ~= #empty_unknowns then -- create empty unknown error message
utilities.set_message ('err_param_unknown_empty', {
1 == #empty_unknowns and '' or 's',
utilities.make_sep_list (#empty_unknowns, empty_unknowns)
});
end
 
local non_url_param_t = {}; -- table of parameters and values that are not url-holding parameters
local url_param_t = {}; -- table of url-holding paramters and their values
 
for k, v in pairs (cite_args_t) do
 
if 'string' == type (k) then -- don't evaluate positional parameters
has_invisible_chars (k, v); -- look for invisible characters
end
has_extraneous_punc (k, v); -- look for extraneous terminal punctuation in parameter values
missing_pipe_check (k, v); -- do we think that there is a parameter that is missing a pipe?
cite_args_t[k] = inter_wiki_check (k, v); -- when language interwiki-linked parameter missing leading colon replace with wiki-link label
 
if 'string' == type (k) then -- when parameter k is not positional
if not cfg.url_skip[k] then -- and not in url skip table
non_url_param_t[k] = v; -- make a parameter/value list for extraneous url check
else -- and is in url skip table (a url-holding parameter)
url_param_t[k] = v; -- make a parameter/value list to check for values that are The Wikipedia Library url
end
end
end
 
has_extraneous_url (non_url_param_t); -- look for url in parameter values where a url does not belong
has_twl_url (url_param_t, cite_args_t); -- look for url-holding parameters that hold a The Wikipedia Library url
 
return table.concat ({
frame:extensionTag ('templatestyles', '', {src='Module:Citation/CS1' .. sandbox .. '/styles.css'}),
citation0 (config_t, cite_args_t)
});
end
 
 
--[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N >--------------------------------------------------------------
 
Template entry point
 
]]
 
local function citation (frame)
local config_t = {}; -- table to store parameters from the module {{#invoke:}}
local args_t = frame:getParent().args; -- get template's preset parameters
 
for k, v in pairs (frame.args) do -- get parameters from the {{#invoke}} frame
config_t[k] = v;
-- args_t[k] = v; -- crude debug support that allows us to render a citation from module {{#invoke:}}; skips parameter validation; TODO: keep?
end
return _citation (frame, args_t, config_t)
end


--[[--------------------------< Z . C I T A T I O N >----------------------------------------------------------
This is used by templates such as {{cite book}} to create the actual citation text.


--[[--------------------------< E X P O R T E D  F U N C T I O N S >------------------------------------------
]]
]]


function z.citation(frame)
return {
local pframe = frame:getParent()
citation = citation, -- template entry point
local validation;
if nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true) then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version?
_citation = _citation, -- module entry point
cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration/sandbox'); -- load sandbox versions of Configuration and Whitelist and ...
}
whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist/sandbox');
validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation/sandbox'); -- ... sandbox version of date validation code
 
else -- otherwise
cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration'); -- load live versions of Configuration and Whitelist and ...
whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist');
validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation'); -- ... live version of date validation code
end
 
dates = validation.dates; -- imported functions
year_date_check = validation.year_date_check;
 
local args = {};
local suggestions = {};
local error_text, error_state;
 
local config = {};
for k, v in pairs( frame.args ) do
config[k] = v;
args[k] = v;  
end
 
local capture; -- the single supported capture when matching unknown parameters using patterns
for k, v in pairs( pframe.args ) do
if v ~= '' then
if not validate( k ) then
error_text = "";
if type( k ) ~= 'string' then
-- Exclude empty numbered parameters
if v:match("%S+") ~= nil then
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'text_ignored', {v}, true );
end
elseif validate( k:lower() ) then
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, k:lower()}, true );
else
if nil == suggestions.suggestions then -- if this table is nil then we need to load it
if nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true) then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version?
suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions/sandbox' ); -- use the sandbox version
else
suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions' ); -- use the live version
end
end
for pattern, param in pairs (suggestions.patterns) do -- loop through the patterns to see if we can suggest a proper parameter
capture = k:match (pattern); -- the whole match if no caputre in pattern else the capture if a match
if capture then -- if the pattern matches
param = substitute( param, capture ); -- add the capture to the suggested parameter (typically the enumerator)
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, param}, true ); -- set the error message
end
end
if not is_set (error_text) then -- couldn't match with a pattern, is there an expicit suggestion?
if suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ] ~= nil then
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ]}, true );
else
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored', {k}, true );
end
end
end  
if error_text ~= '' then
table.insert( z.message_tail, {error_text, error_state} );
end
end
args[k] = v;
elseif args[k] ~= nil or (k == 'postscript') then
args[k] = v;
end
end
 
for k, v in pairs( args ) do
if 'string' == type (k) then -- don't evaluate positional parameters
has_invisible_chars (k, v);
end
end
return citation0( config, args)
end
 
return z

Latest revision as of 23:09, 27 September 2025

Documentation for this module may be created at Module:Citation/CS1/doc

require ('strict');

--[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D   D E C L A R A T I O N S >--------------------------------------

each of these counts against the Lua upvalue limit

]]

local validation;																-- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation

local utilities;																-- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
local z = {};																	-- table of tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities

local identifiers;																-- functions and tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers
local metadata;																	-- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/COinS
local cfg = {};																	-- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration
local whitelist = {};															-- table of tables listing valid template parameter names; defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist


--[[------------------< P A G E   S C O P E   V A R I A B L E S >---------------

declare variables here that have page-wide scope that are not brought in from
other modules; that are created here and used here

]]

local added_deprecated_cat;														-- Boolean flag so that the category is added only once
local added_vanc_errs;															-- Boolean flag so we only emit one Vancouver error / category
local added_generic_name_errs;													-- Boolean flag so we only emit one generic name error / category and stop testing names once an error is encountered
local added_numeric_name_errs;													-- Boolean flag so we only emit one numeric name error / category and stop testing names once an error is encountered
local added_numeric_name_maint;													-- Boolean flag so we only emit one numeric name maint category and stop testing names once a category has been emitted
local is_preview_mode;															-- true when article is in preview mode; false when using 'Preview page with this template' (previewing the module)
local is_sandbox;																-- true when using sandbox modules to render citation


--[[--------------------------< F I R S T _ S E T >------------------------------------------------------------

Locates and returns the first set value in a table of values where the order established in the table,
left-to-right (or top-to-bottom), is the order in which the values are evaluated.  Returns nil if none are set.

This version replaces the original 'for _, val in pairs do' and a similar version that used ipairs.  With the pairs
version the order of evaluation could not be guaranteed.  With the ipairs version, a nil value would terminate
the for-loop before it reached the actual end of the list.

]]

local function first_set (list, count)
	local i = 1;
	while i <= count do															-- loop through all items in list
		if utilities.is_set( list[i] ) then
			return list[i];														-- return the first set list member
		end
		i = i + 1;																-- point to next
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< A D D _ V A N C _ E R R O R >----------------------------------------------------

Adds a single Vancouver system error message to the template's output regardless of how many error actually exist.
To prevent duplication, added_vanc_errs is nil until an error message is emitted.

added_vanc_errs is a Boolean declared in page scope variables above

]]

local function add_vanc_error (source, position)
	if added_vanc_errs then return end
		
	added_vanc_errs = true;														-- note that we've added this category
	utilities.set_message ('err_vancouver', {source, position});
end


--[[--------------------------< I S _ S C H E M E >------------------------------------------------------------

does this thing that purports to be a URI scheme seem to be a valid scheme?  The scheme is checked to see if it
is in agreement with http://tools.ietf.org/html/std66#section-3.1 which says:
	Scheme names consist of a sequence of characters beginning with a
   letter and followed by any combination of letters, digits, plus
   ("+"), period ("."), or hyphen ("-").

returns true if it does, else false

]]

local function is_scheme (scheme)
	return scheme and scheme:match ('^%a[%a%d%+%.%-]*:');						-- true if scheme is set and matches the pattern
end


--[=[-------------------------< I S _ D O M A I N _ N A M E >--------------------------------------------------

Does this thing that purports to be a domain name seem to be a valid domain name?

Syntax defined here: http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034#section-3.5
BNF defined here: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4234
Single character names are generally reserved; see https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-dnsind-iana-dns-01#page-15;
	see also [[Single-letter second-level domain]]
list of TLDs: https://www.iana.org/domains/root/db

RFC 952 (modified by RFC 1123) requires the first and last character of a hostname to be a letter or a digit.  Between
the first and last characters the name may use letters, digits, and the hyphen.

Also allowed are IPv4 addresses. IPv6 not supported

domain is expected to be stripped of any path so that the last character in the last character of the TLD.  tld
is two or more alpha characters.  Any preceding '//' (from splitting a URL with a scheme) will be stripped
here.  Perhaps not necessary but retained in case it is necessary for IPv4 dot decimal.

There are several tests:
	the first character of the whole domain name including subdomains must be a letter or a digit
	internationalized domain name (ASCII characters with .xn-- ASCII Compatible Encoding (ACE) prefix xn-- in the TLD) see https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3490
	single-letter/digit second-level domains in the .org, .cash, and .today TLDs
	q, x, and z SL domains in the .com TLD
	i and q SL domains in the .net TLD
	single-letter SL domains in the ccTLDs (where the ccTLD is two letters)
	two-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters)
	three-plus-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters)
	IPv4 dot-decimal address format; TLD not allowed

returns true if domain appears to be a proper name and TLD or IPv4 address, else false

]=]

local function is_domain_name (domain)
	if not domain then
		return false;															-- if not set, abandon
	end
	
	domain = domain:gsub ('^//', '');											-- strip '//' from domain name if present; done here so we only have to do it once
	
	if not domain:match ('^[%w]') then											-- first character must be letter or digit
		return false;
	end

	if domain:match ('^%a+:') then												-- hack to detect things that look like s:Page:Title where Page: is namespace at Wikisource
		return false;
	end

	local patterns = {															-- patterns that look like URLs
		'%f[%w][%w][%w%-]+[%w]%.%a%a+$',										-- three or more character hostname.hostname or hostname.tld
		'%f[%w][%w][%w%-]+[%w]%.xn%-%-[%w]+$',									-- internationalized domain name with ACE prefix
		'%f[%a][qxz]%.com$',													-- assigned one character .com hostname (x.com times out 2015-12-10)
		'%f[%a][iq]%.net$',														-- assigned one character .net hostname (q.net registered but not active 2015-12-10)
		'%f[%w][%w]%.%a%a$',													-- one character hostname and ccTLD (2 chars)
		'%f[%w][%w][%w]%.%a%a+$',												-- two character hostname and TLD
		'^%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?',								-- IPv4 address
		'[%a%d]+%:?'                                                            -- IPv6 address
		}

	for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do										-- loop through the patterns list
		if domain:match (pattern) then
			return true;														-- if a match then we think that this thing that purports to be a URL is a URL
		end
	end

	for _, d in ipairs (cfg.single_letter_2nd_lvl_domains_t) do					-- look for single letter second level domain names for these top level domains
		if domain:match ('%f[%w][%w]%.' .. d) then
			return true
		end
	end
	return false;																-- no matches, we don't know what this thing is
end


--[[--------------------------< I S _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------------

returns true if the scheme and domain parts of a URL appear to be a valid URL; else false.

This function is the last step in the validation process.  This function is separate because there are cases that
are not covered by split_url(), for example is_parameter_ext_wikilink() which is looking for bracketted external
wikilinks.

]]

local function is_url (scheme, domain)
	if utilities.is_set (scheme) then											-- if scheme is set check it and domain
		return is_scheme (scheme) and is_domain_name (domain);
	else
		return is_domain_name (domain);											-- scheme not set when URL is protocol-relative
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< S P L I T _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------

Split a URL into a scheme, authority indicator, and domain.

First remove Fully Qualified Domain Name terminator (a dot following TLD) (if any) and any path(/), query(?) or fragment(#).

If protocol-relative URL, return nil scheme and domain else return nil for both scheme and domain.

When not protocol-relative, get scheme, authority indicator, and domain.  If there is an authority indicator (one
or more '/' characters immediately following the scheme's colon), make sure that there are only 2.

Any URL that does not have news: scheme must have authority indicator (//).  TODO: are there other common schemes
like news: that don't use authority indicator?

Strip off any port and path;

]]

local function split_url (url_str)
	local scheme, authority, domain;
	
	url_str = url_str:gsub ('([%a%d])%.?[/%?#].*$', '%1');						-- strip FQDN terminator and path(/), query(?), fragment (#) (the capture prevents false replacement of '//')

	if url_str:match ('^//%S*') then											-- if there is what appears to be a protocol-relative URL
		domain = url_str:match ('^//(%S*)')
	elseif url_str:match ('%S-:/*%S+') then										-- if there is what appears to be a scheme, optional authority indicator, and domain name
		scheme, authority, domain = url_str:match ('(%S-:)(/*)(%S+)');			-- extract the scheme, authority indicator, and domain portions
		if utilities.is_set (authority) then
			authority = authority:gsub ('//', '', 1);							-- replace place 1 pair of '/' with nothing;
			if utilities.is_set(authority) then									-- if anything left (1 or 3+ '/' where authority should be) then
				return scheme;													-- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message
			end
		else
			if not scheme:match ('^news:') then									-- except for news:..., MediaWiki won't link URLs that do not have authority indicator; TODO: a better way to do this test?
				return scheme;													-- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message
			end
		end
		domain = domain:gsub ('(%a):%d+', '%1');								-- strip port number if present
	end
	
	return scheme, domain;
end


--[[--------------------------< L I N K _ P A R A M _ O K >---------------------------------------------------

checks the content of |title-link=, |series-link=, |author-link=, etc. for properly formatted content: no wikilinks, no URLs

Link parameters are to hold the title of a Wikipedia article, so none of the WP:TITLESPECIALCHARACTERS are allowed:
	# < > [ ] | { } _
except the underscore which is used as a space in wiki URLs and # which is used for section links

returns false when the value contains any of these characters.

When there are no illegal characters, this function returns TRUE if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid URL (the
|<param>-link= parameter is ok); else false when value appears to be a valid URL (the |<param>-link= parameter is NOT ok).

]]

local function link_param_ok (value)
	local scheme, domain;
	if value:find ('[<>%[%]|{}]') then                                          -- if any prohibited characters
		return false;
	end

	scheme, domain = split_url (value);											-- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from URL; 
	return not is_url (scheme, domain);											-- return true if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid URL
end


--[[--------------------------< L I N K _ T I T L E _ O K >---------------------------------------------------

Use link_param_ok() to validate |<param>-link= value and its matching |<title>= value.

|<title>= may be wiki-linked but not when |<param>-link= has a value.  This function emits an error message when
that condition exists

check <link> for inter-language interwiki-link prefix.  prefix must be a MediaWiki-recognized language
code and must begin with a colon.

]]

local function link_title_ok (link, lorig, title, torig)
	local orig;
	if utilities.is_set (link) then 											-- don't bother if <param>-link doesn't have a value
		if not link_param_ok (link) then										-- check |<param>-link= markup
			orig = lorig;														-- identify the failing link parameter
		elseif title:find ('%[%[') then											-- check |title= for wikilink markup
			orig = torig;														-- identify the failing |title= parameter
		elseif link:match ('^%a+:') then										-- if the link is what looks like an interwiki
			local prefix = link:match ('^(%a+):'):lower();						-- get the interwiki prefix

			if cfg.inter_wiki_map[prefix] then									-- if prefix is in the map, must have preceding colon
				orig = lorig;													-- flag as error
			end
		end
	end

	if utilities.is_set (orig) then
		link = '';																-- unset
		utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', orig);						-- URL or wikilink in |title= with |title-link=;
	end
	
	return link;																-- link if ok, empty string else
end


--[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------

Determines whether a URL string appears to be valid.

First we test for space characters.  If any are found, return false.  Then split the URL into scheme and domain
portions, or for protocol-relative (//example.com) URLs, just the domain.  Use is_url() to validate the two
portions of the URL.  If both are valid, or for protocol-relative if domain is valid, return true, else false.

Because it is different from a standard URL, and because this module used external_link() to make external links
that work for standard and news: links, we validate newsgroup names here.  The specification for a newsgroup name
is at https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5536#section-3.1.4

]]

local function check_url( url_str )
	if nil == url_str:match ("^%S+$") then										-- if there are any spaces in |url=value it can't be a proper URL
		return false;
	end
	local scheme, domain;

	scheme, domain = split_url (url_str);										-- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from URL;
	
	if 'news:' == scheme then													-- special case for newsgroups
		return domain:match('^[%a%d%+%-_]+%.[%a%d%+%-_%.]*[%a%d%+%-_]$');
	end
	
	return is_url (scheme, domain);												-- return true if value appears to be a valid URL
end


--[=[-------------------------< I S _ P A R A M E T E R _ E X T _ W I K I L I N K >----------------------------

Return true if a parameter value has a string that begins and ends with square brackets [ and ] and the first
non-space characters following the opening bracket appear to be a URL.  The test will also find external wikilinks
that use protocol-relative URLs. Also finds bare URLs.

The frontier pattern prevents a match on interwiki-links which are similar to scheme:path URLs.  The tests that
find bracketed URLs are required because the parameters that call this test (currently |title=, |chapter=, |work=,
and |publisher=) may have wikilinks and there are articles or redirects like '//Hus' so, while uncommon, |title=[[//Hus]]
is possible as might be [[en://Hus]].

]=]

local function is_parameter_ext_wikilink (value)
local scheme, domain;

	if value:match ('%f[%[]%[%a%S*:%S+.*%]') then								-- if ext. wikilink with scheme and domain: [xxxx://yyyyy.zzz]
		scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(%a%S*:%S+).*%]'));
	elseif value:match ('%f[%[]%[//%S+.*%]') then								-- if protocol-relative ext. wikilink: [//yyyyy.zzz]
		scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(//%S+).*%]'));
	elseif value:match ('%a%S*:%S+') then										-- if bare URL with scheme; may have leading or trailing plain text
		scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(%a%S*:%S+)'));
	elseif value:match ('^//%S+') or value:match ('%s//%S+') then				-- if protocol-relative bare URL: //yyyyy.zzz; authority indicator (//) must be be preceded nothing or by whitespace
		scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(//%S+)'));					-- what is left should be the domain
	else
		return false;															-- didn't find anything that is obviously a URL
	end

	return is_url (scheme, domain);												-- return true if value appears to be a valid URL
end


--[[-------------------------< C H E C K _ F O R _ U R L >-----------------------------------------------------

loop through a list of parameters and their values.  Look at the value and if it has an external link, emit an error message.

]]

local function check_for_url (parameter_list, error_list)
	for k, v in pairs (parameter_list) do										-- for each parameter in the list
		if is_parameter_ext_wikilink (v) then									-- look at the value; if there is a URL add an error message
			table.insert (error_list, utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', k));
		end
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ F O R _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------

Escape sequences for content that will be used for URL descriptions

]]

local function safe_for_url( str )
	if str:match( "%[%[.-%]%]" ) ~= nil then 
		utilities.set_message ('err_wikilink_in_url', {});
	end
	
	return str:gsub( '[%[%]\n]', {	
		['['] = '&#91;',
		[']'] = '&#93;',
		['\n'] = ' ' } );
end


--[[--------------------------< E X T E R N A L _ L I N K >----------------------------------------------------

Format an external link with error checking

]]

local function external_link (URL, label, source, access)
	local err_msg = '';
	local domain;
	local path;
	local base_url;

	if not utilities.is_set (label) then
		label = URL;
		if utilities.is_set (source) then
			utilities.set_message ('err_bare_url_missing_title', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', source)});
		else
			error (cfg.messages["bare_url_no_origin"]);							-- programmer error; valid parameter name does not have matching meta-parameter
		end			
	end
	if not check_url (URL) then
		utilities.set_message ('err_bad_url', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', source)});
	end
	
	domain, path = URL:match ('^([/%.%-%+:%a%d]+)([/%?#].*)$');					-- split the URL into scheme plus domain and path
	if path then																-- if there is a path portion
		path = path:gsub ('[%[%]]', {['['] = '%5b', [']'] = '%5d'});			-- replace '[' and ']' with their percent-encoded values
		URL = table.concat ({domain, path});									-- and reassemble
	end

	base_url = table.concat ({ "[", URL, " ", safe_for_url (label), "]" });		-- assemble a wiki-markup URL

	if utilities.is_set (access) then											-- access level (subscription, registration, limited)
		base_url = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['ext-link-access-signal'], {cfg.presentation[access].class, cfg.presentation[access].title, base_url});	-- add the appropriate icon
	end

	return base_url;
end


--[[--------------------------< D E P R E C A T E D _ P A R A M E T E R >--------------------------------------

Categorize and emit an error message when the citation contains one or more deprecated parameters.  The function includes the
offending parameter name to the error message.  Only one error message is emitted regardless of the number of deprecated
parameters in the citation.

added_deprecated_cat is a Boolean declared in page scope variables above

]]

local function deprecated_parameter(name)
	if not added_deprecated_cat then
		added_deprecated_cat = true;											-- note that we've added this category
		utilities.set_message ('err_deprecated_params', {name});				-- add error message
	end
end


--[=[-------------------------< K E R N _ Q U O T E S >--------------------------------------------------------

Apply kerning to open the space between the quote mark provided by the module and a leading or trailing quote
mark contained in a |title= or |chapter= parameter's value.

This function will positive kern either single or double quotes:
	"'Unkerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks'"
	" 'Kerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks' " (in real life the kerning isn't as wide as this example)
Double single quotes (italic or bold wiki-markup) are not kerned.

Replaces Unicode quote marks in plain text or in the label portion of a [[L|D]] style wikilink with typewriter
quote marks regardless of the need for kerning.  Unicode quote marks are not replaced in simple [[D]] wikilinks.

Call this function for chapter titles, for website titles, etc.; not for book titles.

]=]

local function kern_quotes (str)
	local cap = '';
	local wl_type, label, link;

	wl_type, label, link = utilities.is_wikilink (str);							-- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]]
	
	if 1 == wl_type then														-- [[D]] simple wikilink with or without quote marks
		if mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then		-- leading and trailing quote marks
			str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], str);
			str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], str);
		elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+%]%]')	then			-- leading quote marks
			str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], str);
		elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[.+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then				-- trailing quote marks
			str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], str);
		end

	else																		-- plain text or [[L|D]]; text in label variable
		label = mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[“”]', '\"');							-- replace “” (U+201C & U+201D) with " (typewriter double quote mark)
		label = mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[‘’]', '\'');							-- replace ‘’ (U+2018 & U+2019) with ' (typewriter single quote mark)

		cap = mw.ustring.match (label, "^([\"\'][^\'].+)");						-- match leading double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup)
		if utilities.is_set (cap) then
			label = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], cap);
		end
	
		cap = mw.ustring.match (label, "^(.+[^\'][\"\'])$")						-- match trailing double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup)
		if utilities.is_set (cap) then
			label = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], cap);
		end
		
		if 2 == wl_type then
			str = utilities.make_wikilink (link, label);						-- reassemble the wikilink
		else
			str = label;
		end
	end
	return str;
end


--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ S C R I P T _ V A L U E >----------------------------------------

|script-title= holds title parameters that are not written in Latin-based scripts: Chinese, Japanese, Arabic, Hebrew, etc. These scripts should
not be italicized and may be written right-to-left.  The value supplied by |script-title= is concatenated onto Title after Title has been wrapped
in italic markup.

Regardless of language, all values provided by |script-title= are wrapped in <bdi>...</bdi> tags to isolate RTL languages from the English left to right.

|script-title= provides a unique feature.  The value in |script-title= may be prefixed with a two-character ISO 639-1 language code and a colon:
	|script-title=ja:*** *** (where * represents a Japanese character)
Spaces between the two-character code and the colon and the colon and the first script character are allowed:
	|script-title=ja : *** ***
	|script-title=ja: *** ***
	|script-title=ja :*** ***
Spaces preceding the prefix are allowed: |script-title = ja:*** ***

The prefix is checked for validity.  If it is a valid ISO 639-1 language code, the lang attribute (lang="ja") is added to the <bdi> tag so that browsers can
know the language the tag contains.  This may help the browser render the script more correctly.  If the prefix is invalid, the lang attribute
is not added.  At this time there is no error message for this condition.

Supports |script-title=, |script-chapter=, |script-<periodical>=

]]

local function format_script_value (script_value, script_param)
	local lang='';																-- initialize to empty string
	local name;
	if script_value:match('^%l%l%l?%s*:') then									-- if first 3 or 4 non-space characters are script language prefix
		lang = script_value:match('^(%l%l%l?)%s*:%s*%S.*');						-- get the language prefix or nil if there is no script
		if not utilities.is_set (lang) then
			utilities.set_message ('err_script_parameter', {script_param, cfg.err_msg_supl['missing title part']});		-- prefix without 'title'; add error message
			return '';															-- script_value was just the prefix so return empty string
		end
																				-- if we get this far we have prefix and script
		name = cfg.lang_tag_remap[lang] or mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang, cfg.this_wiki_code );	-- get language name so that we can use it to categorize
		if utilities.is_set (name) then											-- is prefix a proper ISO 639-1 language code?
			script_value = script_value:gsub ('^%l+%s*:%s*', '');				-- strip prefix from script
																				-- is prefix one of these language codes?
			if utilities.in_array (lang, cfg.script_lang_codes) then
				utilities.add_prop_cat ('script', {name, lang})
			else
				utilities.set_message ('err_script_parameter', {script_param, cfg.err_msg_supl['unknown language code']});	-- unknown script-language; add error message
			end
			lang = ' lang="' .. lang .. '" ';									-- convert prefix into a lang attribute
		else
			utilities.set_message ('err_script_parameter', {script_param, cfg.err_msg_supl['invalid language code']});		-- invalid language code; add error message
			lang = '';															-- invalid so set lang to empty string
		end
	else
		utilities.set_message ('err_script_parameter', {script_param, cfg.err_msg_supl['missing prefix']});				-- no language code prefix; add error message
	end
	script_value = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['bdi'], {lang, script_value});	-- isolate in case script is RTL

	return script_value;
end


--[[--------------------------< S C R I P T _ C O N C A T E N A T E >------------------------------------------

Initially for |title= and |script-title=, this function concatenates those two parameter values after the script
value has been wrapped in <bdi> tags.

]]

local function script_concatenate (title, script, script_param)
	if utilities.is_set (script) then
		script = format_script_value (script, script_param);					-- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; returns empty string on error
		if utilities.is_set (script) then
			title = title .. ' ' .. script;										-- concatenate title and script title
		end
	end
	return title;
end


--[[--------------------------< W R A P _ M S G >--------------------------------------------------------------

Applies additional message text to various parameter values. Supplied string is wrapped using a message_list
configuration taking one argument.  Supports lower case text for {{citation}} templates.  Additional text taken
from citation_config.messages - the reason this function is similar to but separate from wrap_style().

]]

local function wrap_msg (key, str, lower)
	if not utilities.is_set ( str ) then
		return "";
	end
	if true == lower then
		local msg;
		msg = cfg.messages[key]:lower();										-- set the message to lower case before 
		return utilities.substitute ( msg, str );								-- including template text
	else
		return utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages[key], str );
	end		
end


--[[----------------< W I K I S O U R C E _ U R L _ M A K E >-------------------

Makes a Wikisource URL from Wikisource interwiki-link.  Returns the URL and appropriate
label; nil else.

str is the value assigned to |chapter= (or aliases) or |title= or |title-link=

]]

local function wikisource_url_make (str)
	local wl_type, D, L;
	local ws_url, ws_label;
	local wikisource_prefix = table.concat ({'https://', cfg.this_wiki_code, '.wikisource.org/wiki/'});

	wl_type, D, L = utilities.is_wikilink (str);								-- wl_type is 0 (not a wikilink), 1 (simple wikilink), 2 (complex wikilink)

	if 0 == wl_type then														-- not a wikilink; might be from |title-link=
		str = D:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or D:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)');		-- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace
		if utilities.is_set (str) then
			ws_url = table.concat ({											-- build a Wikisource URL
				wikisource_prefix,												-- prefix
				str,															-- article title
				});
			ws_label = str;														-- label for the URL
		end
	elseif 1 == wl_type then													-- simple wikilink: [[Wikisource:ws article]]
		str = D:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or D:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)');		-- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace
		if utilities.is_set (str) then
			ws_url = table.concat ({											-- build a Wikisource URL
				wikisource_prefix,												-- prefix
				str,															-- article title
				});
			ws_label = str;														-- label for the URL
		end
	elseif 2 == wl_type then													-- non-so-simple wikilink: [[Wikisource:ws article|displayed text]] ([[L|D]])
		str = L:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or L:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)');		-- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace
		if utilities.is_set (str) then
			ws_label = D;														-- get ws article name from display portion of interwiki link
			ws_url = table.concat ({											-- build a Wikisource URL
				wikisource_prefix,												-- prefix
				str,															-- article title without namespace from link portion of wikilink
				});
		end
	end

	if ws_url then
		ws_url = mw.uri.encode (ws_url, 'WIKI');								-- make a usable URL
		ws_url = ws_url:gsub ('%%23', '#');										-- undo percent-encoding of fragment marker
	end

	return ws_url, ws_label, L or D;											-- return proper URL or nil and a label or nil
end


--[[----------------< F O R M A T _ P E R I O D I C A L >-----------------------

Format the three periodical parameters: |script-<periodical>=, |<periodical>=,
and |trans-<periodical>= into a single Periodical meta-parameter.

]]

local function format_periodical (script_periodical, script_periodical_source, periodical, trans_periodical)

	if not utilities.is_set (periodical) then
		periodical = '';														-- to be safe for concatenation
	else
		periodical = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', periodical);			-- style 
	end

	periodical = script_concatenate (periodical, script_periodical, script_periodical_source);	-- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped

	if utilities.is_set (trans_periodical) then
		trans_periodical = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', trans_periodical);
		if utilities.is_set (periodical) then
			periodical = periodical .. ' ' .. trans_periodical;
		else																	-- here when trans-periodical without periodical or script-periodical
			periodical = trans_periodical;
			utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {'periodical'});
		end
	end

	return periodical;
end


--[[------------------< F O R M A T _ C H A P T E R _ T I T L E >---------------

Format the four chapter parameters: |script-chapter=, |chapter=, |trans-chapter=,
and |chapter-url= into a single chapter meta- parameter (chapter_url_source used
for error messages).

]]

local function format_chapter_title (script_chapter, script_chapter_source, chapter, chapter_source, trans_chapter, trans_chapter_source, chapter_url, chapter_url_source, no_quotes, access)
	local ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (chapter);					-- make a wikisource URL and label from a wikisource interwiki link
	if ws_url then
		ws_label = ws_label:gsub ('_', ' ');									-- replace underscore separators with space characters
		chapter = ws_label;
	end

	if not utilities.is_set (chapter) then
		chapter = '';															-- to be safe for concatenation
	else
		if false == no_quotes then
			chapter = kern_quotes (chapter);									-- if necessary, separate chapter title's leading and trailing quote marks from module provided quote marks
			chapter = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-title', chapter);
		end
	end

	chapter = script_concatenate (chapter, script_chapter, script_chapter_source);	-- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped

	if utilities.is_set (chapter_url) then
		chapter = external_link (chapter_url, chapter, chapter_url_source, access);	-- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate
	elseif ws_url then
		chapter = external_link (ws_url, chapter .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in chapter');	-- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate; space char to move icon away from chap text; TODO: better way to do this?
		chapter = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, chapter});				
	end

	if utilities.is_set (trans_chapter) then
		trans_chapter = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', trans_chapter);
		if utilities.is_set (chapter) then
			chapter = chapter .. ' ' .. trans_chapter;
		else																	-- here when trans_chapter without chapter or script-chapter
			chapter = trans_chapter;
			chapter_source = trans_chapter_source:match ('trans%-?(.+)');		-- when no chapter, get matching name from trans-<param>
			utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {chapter_source});
		end
	end

	return chapter;
end


--[[----------------< H A S _ I N V I S I B L E _ C H A R S >-------------------

This function searches a parameter's value for non-printable or invisible characters.
The search stops at the first match.

This function will detect the visible replacement character when it is part of the Wikisource.

Detects but ignores nowiki and math stripmarkers.  Also detects other named stripmarkers
(gallery, math, pre, ref) and identifies them with a slightly different error message.
See also coins_cleanup().

Output of this function is an error message that identifies the character or the
Unicode group, or the stripmarker that was detected along with its position (or,
for multi-byte characters, the position of its first byte) in the parameter value.

]]

local function has_invisible_chars (param, v)
	local position = '';														-- position of invisible char or starting position of stripmarker
	local capture;																-- used by stripmarker detection to hold name of the stripmarker
	local stripmarker;															-- boolean set true when a stripmarker is found

	capture = string.match (v, '[%w%p ]*');										-- test for values that are simple ASCII text and bypass other tests if true
	if capture == v then														-- if same there are no Unicode characters
		return;
	end

	for _, invisible_char in ipairs (cfg.invisible_chars) do
		local char_name = invisible_char[1];									-- the character or group name
		local pattern = invisible_char[2];										-- the pattern used to find it
		position, _, capture = mw.ustring.find (v, pattern);					-- see if the parameter value contains characters that match the pattern
		
		if position and (cfg.invisible_defs.zwj == capture) then				-- if we found a zero-width joiner character
			if mw.ustring.find (v, cfg.indic_script) then						-- it's ok if one of the Indic scripts
				position = nil;													-- unset position
			elseif cfg.emoji_t[mw.ustring.codepoint (v, position+1)] then			-- is zwj followed by a character listed in emoji{}?
				position = nil;													-- unset position
			end
		end
		
		if position then
			if 'nowiki' == capture or 'math' == capture or						-- nowiki and math stripmarkers (not an error condition)
				('templatestyles' == capture and utilities.in_array (param, {'id', 'quote'})) then	-- templatestyles stripmarker allowed in these parameters
					stripmarker = true;											-- set a flag
			elseif true == stripmarker and cfg.invisible_defs.del == capture then	-- because stripmakers begin and end with the delete char, assume that we've found one end of a stripmarker
				position = nil;													-- unset
			else
				local err_msg;
				if capture and not (cfg.invisible_defs.del == capture or cfg.invisible_defs.zwj == capture) then
					err_msg = capture .. ' ' .. char_name;
				else
					err_msg = char_name .. ' ' .. 'character';
				end

				utilities.set_message ('err_invisible_char', {err_msg, utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', param), position});	-- add error message
				return;															-- and done with this parameter
			end
		end
	end
end


--[[-------------------< A R G U M E N T _ W R A P P E R >----------------------

Argument wrapper.  This function provides support for argument mapping defined
in the configuration file so that multiple names can be transparently aliased to
single internal variable.

]]

local function argument_wrapper ( args )
	local origin = {};
	
	return setmetatable({
		ORIGIN = function ( self, k )
			local dummy = self[k];												-- force the variable to be loaded.
			return origin[k];
		end
	},
	{
		__index = function ( tbl, k )
			if origin[k] ~= nil then
				return nil;
			end
			
			local args, list, v = args, cfg.aliases[k];
			
			if type( list ) == 'table' then
				v, origin[k] = utilities.select_one ( args, list, 'err_redundant_parameters' );
				if origin[k] == nil then
					origin[k] = '';												-- Empty string, not nil
				end
			elseif list ~= nil then
				v, origin[k] = args[list], list;
			else
				-- maybe let through instead of raising an error?
				-- v, origin[k] = args[k], k;
				error( cfg.messages['unknown_argument_map'] .. ': ' .. k);
			end
			
			-- Empty strings, not nil;
			if v == nil then
				v = '';
				origin[k] = '';
			end
			
			tbl = rawset( tbl, k, v );
			return v;
		end,
	});
end


--[[--------------------------< N O W R A P _ D A T E >-------------------------

When date is YYYY-MM-DD format wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>YYYY-MM-DD</span>.
When date is DD MMMM YYYY or is MMMM DD, YYYY then wrap in nowrap span:
<span ...>DD MMMM</span> YYYY or <span ...>MMMM DD,</span> YYYY

DOES NOT yet support MMMM YYYY or any of the date ranges.

]]

local function nowrap_date (date)
	local cap = '';
	local cap2 = '';

	if date:match("^%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d$") then
		date = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap1'], date);
	
	elseif date:match("^%a+%s*%d%d?,%s+%d%d%d%d$") or date:match ("^%d%d?%s*%a+%s+%d%d%d%d$") then
		cap, cap2 = string.match (date, "^(.*)%s+(%d%d%d%d)$");
		date = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap2'], {cap, cap2});
	end
	
	return date;
end


--[[--------------------------< S E T _ T I T L E T Y P E >---------------------

This function sets default title types (equivalent to the citation including
|type=<default value>) for those templates that have defaults. Also handles the
special case where it is desirable to omit the title type from the rendered citation
(|type=none).

]]

local function set_titletype (cite_class, title_type)
	if utilities.is_set (title_type) then
		if 'none' == cfg.keywords_xlate[title_type] then
			title_type = '';													-- if |type=none then type parameter not displayed
		end
		return title_type;														-- if |type= has been set to any other value use that value
	end

	return cfg.title_types [cite_class] or '';									-- set template's default title type; else empty string for concatenation
end


--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ J O I N >-----------------------------

Joins a sequence of strings together while checking for duplicate separation characters.

]]

local function safe_join( tbl, duplicate_char )
	local f = {};																-- create a function table appropriate to type of 'duplicate character'
		if 1 == #duplicate_char then											-- for single byte ASCII characters use the string library functions
			f.gsub = string.gsub
			f.match = string.match
			f.sub = string.sub
		else																	-- for multi-byte characters use the ustring library functions
			f.gsub = mw.ustring.gsub
			f.match = mw.ustring.match
			f.sub = mw.ustring.sub
		end

	local str = '';																-- the output string
	local comp = '';															-- what does 'comp' mean?
	local end_chr = '';
	local trim;
	for _, value in ipairs( tbl ) do
		if value == nil then value = ''; end
		
		if str == '' then														-- if output string is empty
			str = value;														-- assign value to it (first time through the loop)
		elseif value ~= '' then
			if value:sub(1, 1) == '<' then										-- special case of values enclosed in spans and other markup.
				comp = value:gsub( "%b<>", "" );								-- remove HTML markup (<span>string</span> -> string)
			else
				comp = value;
			end
																				-- typically duplicate_char is sepc
			if f.sub(comp, 1, 1) == duplicate_char then							-- is first character same as duplicate_char? why test first character?
																				--   Because individual string segments often (always?) begin with terminal punct for the
																				--   preceding segment: 'First element' .. 'sepc next element' .. etc.?
				trim = false;
				end_chr = f.sub(str, -1, -1);									-- get the last character of the output string
				-- str = str .. "<HERE(enchr=" .. end_chr .. ")"				-- debug stuff?
				if end_chr == duplicate_char then								-- if same as separator
					str = f.sub(str, 1, -2);									-- remove it
				elseif end_chr == "'" then										-- if it might be wiki-markup
					if f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. "''" then		-- if last three chars of str are sepc'' 
						str = f.sub(str, 1, -4) .. "''";						-- remove them and add back ''
					elseif  f.sub(str, -5, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]]''" then	-- if last five chars of str are sepc]]'' 
						trim = true;											-- why? why do this and next differently from previous?
					elseif f.sub(str, -4, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]''" then	-- if last four chars of str are sepc]'' 
						trim = true;											-- same question
					end
				elseif end_chr == "]" then										-- if it might be wiki-markup
					if f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]]" then		-- if last three chars of str are sepc]] wikilink 
						trim = true;
					elseif f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. '"]' then	-- if last three chars of str are sepc"] quoted external link 
						trim = true;
					elseif  f.sub(str, -2, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]" then	-- if last two chars of str are sepc] external link
						trim = true;
					elseif f.sub(str, -4, -1) == duplicate_char .. "'']" then	-- normal case when |url=something & |title=Title.
						trim = true;
					end
				elseif end_chr == " " then										-- if last char of output string is a space
					if f.sub(str, -2, -1) == duplicate_char .. " " then			-- if last two chars of str are <sepc><space>
						str = f.sub(str, 1, -3);								-- remove them both
					end
				end

				if trim then
					if value ~= comp then 										-- value does not equal comp when value contains HTML markup
						local dup2 = duplicate_char;
						if f.match(dup2, "%A" ) then dup2 = "%" .. dup2; end	-- if duplicate_char not a letter then escape it
						
						value = f.gsub(value, "(%b<>)" .. dup2, "%1", 1 )		-- remove duplicate_char if it follows HTML markup
					else
						value = f.sub(value, 2, -1 );							-- remove duplicate_char when it is first character
					end
				end
			end
			str = str .. value; 												-- add it to the output string
		end
	end
	return str;
end


--[[--------------------------< I S _ S U F F I X >-----------------------------

returns true if suffix is properly formed Jr, Sr, or ordinal in the range 1–9.
Puncutation not allowed.

]]

local function is_suffix (suffix)
	if utilities.in_array (suffix, {'Jr', 'Sr', 'Jnr', 'Snr', '1st', '2nd', '3rd'}) or suffix:match ('^%dth$') then
		return true;
	end
	return false;
end


--[[--------------------< I S _ G O O D _ V A N C _ N A M E >-------------------

For Vancouver style, author/editor names are supposed to be rendered in Latin
(read ASCII) characters.  When a name uses characters that contain diacritical
marks, those characters are to be converted to the corresponding Latin
character. When a name is written using a non-Latin alphabet or logogram, that
name is to be transliterated into Latin characters. The module doesn't do this
so editors may/must.

This test allows |first= and |last= names to contain any of the letters defined
in the four Unicode Latin character sets
	[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0000.pdf C0 Controls and Basic Latin] 0041–005A, 0061–007A
	[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0080.pdf C1 Controls and Latin-1 Supplement] 00C0–00D6, 00D8–00F6, 00F8–00FF
	[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0100.pdf Latin Extended-A] 0100–017F
	[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0180.pdf Latin Extended-B] 0180–01BF, 01C4–024F

|lastn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, and apostrophes.
	(http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
|firstn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, apostrophes, and periods

This original test:
	if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%']*$")
	or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%'%.]+[2-6%a]*$") then
was written outside of the code editor and pasted here because the code editor
gets confused between character insertion point and cursor position. The test has
been rewritten to use decimal character escape sequence for the individual bytes
of the Unicode characters so that it is not necessary to use an external editor
to maintain this code.

	\195\128-\195\150 – À-Ö (U+00C0–U+00D6 – C0 controls)
	\195\152-\195\182 – Ø-ö (U+00D8-U+00F6 – C0 controls)
	\195\184-\198\191 – ø-ƿ (U+00F8-U+01BF – C0 controls, Latin extended A & B)
	\199\132-\201\143 – DŽ-ɏ (U+01C4-U+024F – Latin extended B)

]]

local function is_good_vanc_name (last, first, suffix, position)
	if not suffix then
		if first:find ('[,%s]') then											-- when there is a space or comma, might be first name/initials + generational suffix
			first = first:match ('(.-)[,%s]+');									-- get name/initials
			suffix = first:match ('[,%s]+(.+)$');								-- get generational suffix
		end
	end
	if utilities.is_set (suffix) then
		if not is_suffix (suffix) then
			add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.suffix, position);
			return false;														-- not a name with an appropriate suffix
		end
	end
	if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143\225\184\128-\225\187\191%-%s%']*$") or
		nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143\225\184\128-\225\187\191%-%s%'%.]*$") then
			add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl['non-Latin char'], position);
			return false;														-- not a string of Latin characters; Vancouver requires Romanization
	end;
	return true;
end


--[[--------------------------< R E D U C E _ T O _ I N I T I A L S >------------------------------------------

Attempts to convert names to initials in support of |name-list-style=vanc.  

Names in |firstn= may be separated by spaces or hyphens, or for initials, a period.
See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35062/.

Vancouver style requires family rank designations (Jr, II, III, etc.) to be rendered
as Jr, 2nd, 3rd, etc.  See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35085/.
This code only accepts and understands generational suffix in the Vancouver format
because Roman numerals look like, and can be mistaken for, initials.

This function uses ustring functions because firstname initials may be any of the
Unicode Latin characters accepted by is_good_vanc_name ().

]]

local function reduce_to_initials (first, position)
	if first:find (',', 1, true) then
		return first;															-- commas not allowed; abandon
	end

	local name, suffix = mw.ustring.match (first, "^(%u+) ([%dJS][%drndth]+)$");

	if not name then															-- if not initials and a suffix
		name = mw.ustring.match (first, "^(%u+)$");								-- is it just initials?
	end

	if name then																-- if first is initials with or without suffix
		if 3 > mw.ustring.len (name) then										-- if one or two initials
			if suffix then														-- if there is a suffix
				if is_suffix (suffix) then										-- is it legitimate?
					return first;												-- one or two initials and a valid suffix so nothing to do
				else
					add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.suffix, position);			-- one or two initials with invalid suffix so error message
					return first;												-- and return first unmolested
				end
			else
				return first;													-- one or two initials without suffix; nothing to do
			end
		end
	end																			-- if here then name has 3 or more uppercase letters so treat them as a word

	local initials_t, names_t = {}, {};											-- tables to hold name parts and initials
	local i = 1;																-- counter for number of initials

	names_t = mw.text.split (first, '[%s%-]+');									-- split into a sequence of names and possible suffix

	while names_t[i] do															-- loop through the sequence
		if 1 < i and names_t[i]:match ('[%dJS][%drndth]+%.?$') then				-- if not the first name, and looks like a suffix (may have trailing dot)
			names_t[i] = names_t[i]:gsub ('%.', '');							-- remove terminal dot if present
			if is_suffix (names_t[i]) then										-- if a legitimate suffix
				table.insert (initials_t, ' ' .. names_t[i]);					-- add a separator space, insert at end of initials sequence
				break;															-- and done because suffix must fall at the end of a name
			end																	-- no error message if not a suffix; possibly because of Romanization
		end
		if 3 > i then
			table.insert (initials_t, mw.ustring.sub (names_t[i], 1, 1));		-- insert the initial at end of initials sequence
		end
		i = i + 1;																-- bump the counter
	end
			
	return table.concat (initials_t);											-- Vancouver format does not include spaces.
end


--[[--------------------------< I N T E R W I K I _ P R E F I X E N _ G E T >----------------------------------

extract interwiki prefixen from <value>.  Returns two one or two values:
	false – no prefixen
	nil – prefix exists but not recognized
	project prefix, language prefix – when value has either of:
		:<project>:<language>:<article>
		:<language>:<project>:<article>
	project prefix, nil – when <value> has only a known single-letter prefix
	nil, language prefix – when <value> has only a known language prefix

accepts single-letter project prefixen: 'd' (wikidata), 's' (wikisource), and 'w' (wikipedia) prefixes; at this
writing, the other single-letter prefixen (b (wikibook), c (commons), m (meta), n (wikinews), q (wikiquote), and
v (wikiversity)) are not supported.

]]

local function interwiki_prefixen_get (value, is_link)
	if not value:find (':%l+:') then											-- if no prefix
		return false;															-- abandon; boolean here to distinguish from nil fail returns later
	end

	local prefix_patterns_linked_t = {											-- sequence of valid interwiki and inter project prefixen
		'^%[%[:([dsw]):(%l%l+):',												-- wikilinked; project and language prefixes
		'^%[%[:(%l%l+):([dsw]):',												-- wikilinked; language and project prefixes
		'^%[%[:([dsw]):',														-- wikilinked; project prefix
		'^%[%[:(%l%l+):',														-- wikilinked; language prefix
		}
		
	local prefix_patterns_unlinked_t = {										-- sequence of valid interwiki and inter project prefixen
		'^:([dsw]):(%l%l+):',													-- project and language prefixes
		'^:(%l%l+):([dsw]):',													-- language and project prefixes
		'^:([dsw]):',															-- project prefix
		'^:(%l%l+):',															-- language prefix
		}
	
	local cap1, cap2;
	for _, pattern in ipairs ((is_link and prefix_patterns_linked_t) or prefix_patterns_unlinked_t) do
		cap1, cap2 = value:match (pattern);
		if cap1 then
			break;																-- found a match so stop looking
		end
	end
	
	if cap1 and cap2 then														-- when both then :project:language: or :language:project: (both forms allowed)
		if 1 == #cap1 then														-- length == 1 then :project:language:
			if cfg.inter_wiki_map[cap2] then									-- is language prefix in the interwiki map?
				return cap1, cap2;												-- return interwiki project and interwiki language
			end
		else																	-- here when :language:project:
			if cfg.inter_wiki_map[cap1] then									-- is language prefix in the interwiki map?
				return cap2, cap1;												-- return interwiki project and interwiki language
			end
		end
		return nil;																-- unknown interwiki language
	elseif not (cap1 or cap2) then												-- both are nil?
		return nil;																-- we got something that looks like a project prefix but isn't; return fail
	elseif 1 == #cap1 then														-- here when one capture
		return cap1, nil;														-- length is 1 so return project, nil language
	else																		-- here when one capture and its length it more than 1
		if cfg.inter_wiki_map[cap1] then										-- is language prefix in the interwiki map?
			return nil, cap1;													-- return nil project, language
		end
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< L I S T _ P E O P L E >--------------------------

Formats a list of people (authors, contributors, editors, interviewers, translators) 

names in the list will be linked when
	|<name>-link= has a value
	|<name>-mask- does NOT have a value; masked names are presumed to have been
		rendered previously so should have been linked there

when |<name>-mask=0, the associated name is not rendered

]]

local function list_people (control, people, etal)
	local sep;
	local namesep;
	local format = control.format;
	local maximum = control.maximum;
	local name_list = {};

	if 'vanc' == format then													-- Vancouver-like name styling?
		sep = cfg.presentation['sep_nl_vanc'];									-- name-list separator between names is a comma
		namesep = cfg.presentation['sep_name_vanc'];							-- last/first separator is a space
	else
		sep = cfg.presentation['sep_nl'];										-- name-list separator between names is a semicolon
		namesep = cfg.presentation['sep_name'];									-- last/first separator is <comma><space>
	end
	
	if sep:sub (-1, -1) ~= " " then sep = sep .. " " end
	if utilities.is_set (maximum) and maximum < 1 then return "", 0; end		-- returned 0 is for EditorCount; not used for other names
	
	for i, person in ipairs (people) do
		if utilities.is_set (person.last) then
			local mask = person.mask;
			local one;
			local sep_one = sep;

			if utilities.is_set (maximum) and i > maximum then
				etal = true;
				break;
			end
			
			if mask then
				local n = tonumber (mask);										-- convert to a number if it can be converted; nil else
				if n then
					one = 0 ~= n and string.rep("&mdash;", n) or nil;			-- make a string of (n > 0) mdashes, nil else, to replace name
					person.link = nil;											-- don't create link to name if name is replaces with mdash string or has been set nil
				else
					one = mask;													-- replace name with mask text (must include name-list separator)
					sep_one = " ";												-- modify name-list separator
				end
			else
				one = person.last;												-- get surname
				local first = person.first										-- get given name
				if utilities.is_set (first) then
					if ("vanc" == format) then									-- if Vancouver format
						one = one:gsub ('%.', '');								-- remove periods from surnames (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
						if not person.corporate and is_good_vanc_name (one, first, nil, i) then		-- and name is all Latin characters; corporate authors not tested
							first = reduce_to_initials (first, i);				-- attempt to convert first name(s) to initials
						end
					end
					one = one .. namesep .. first;
				end
			end
			if utilities.is_set (person.link) then
				one = utilities.make_wikilink (person.link, one);				-- link author/editor
			end

			if one then															-- if <one> has a value (name, mdash replacement, or mask text replacement)
				local proj, tag = interwiki_prefixen_get (one, true);			-- get the interwiki prefixen if present
				if 'w' == proj and ('Wikipedia' == mw.site.namespaces.Project['name']) then
					proj = nil;													-- for stuff like :w:de:<article>, :w is unnecessary TODO: maint cat?
				end
				if proj then
					local proj_name = ({['d'] = 'Wikidata', ['s'] = 'Wikisource', ['w'] = 'Wikipedia'})[proj];	-- :w (wikipedia) for linking from a non-wikipedia project
					if proj_name then 
						one = one .. utilities.wrap_style ('interproj', proj_name);	-- add resized leading space, brackets, static text, language name
						utilities.add_prop_cat ('interproj-linked-name', proj);	-- categorize it; <proj> is sort key
						tag = nil;												-- unset; don't do both project and language
					end
				end
				if tag == cfg.this_wiki_code then
					tag = nil;													-- stuff like :en:<article> at en.wiki is pointless TODO: maint cat?
				end
				if tag then
					local lang = cfg.lang_tag_remap[tag] or cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t[tag];
					if lang then												-- error messaging done in extract_names() where we know parameter names
						one = one .. utilities.wrap_style ('interwiki', lang);	-- add resized leading space, brackets, static text, language name
						utilities.add_prop_cat ('interwiki-linked-name', tag);	-- categorize it; <tag> is sort key
					end
				end

				table.insert (name_list, one);									-- add it to the list of names
				table.insert (name_list, sep_one);								-- add the proper name-list separator
			end
		end
	end

	local count = #name_list / 2;												-- (number of names + number of separators) divided by 2
	if 0 < count then 
		if 1 < count and not etal then
			if 'amp' == format then
				name_list[#name_list-2] = " & ";								-- replace last separator with ampersand text
			elseif 'and' == format then
				if 2 == count then
					name_list[#name_list-2] = cfg.presentation.sep_nl_and;		-- replace last separator with 'and' text
				else
					name_list[#name_list-2] = cfg.presentation.sep_nl_end;		-- replace last separator with '(sep) and' text
				end
			end
		end
		name_list[#name_list] = nil;											-- erase the last separator
	end

	local result = table.concat (name_list);									-- construct list
	if etal and utilities.is_set (result) then									-- etal may be set by |display-authors=etal but we might not have a last-first list
		result = result .. sep .. cfg.messages['et al'];						-- we've got a last-first list and etal so add et al.
	end
	
	return result, count;														-- return name-list string and count of number of names (count used for editor names only)
end


--[[--------------------< M A K E _ C I T E R E F _ I D >-----------------------

Generates a CITEREF anchor ID if we have at least one name or a date.  Otherwise
returns an empty string.

namelist is one of the contributor-, author-, or editor-name lists chosen in that
order.  year is Year or anchor_year.

]]

local function make_citeref_id (namelist, year)
	local names={};							-- a table for the one to four names and year
	for i,v in ipairs (namelist) do			-- loop through the list and take up to the first four last names
		names[i] = v.last
		if i == 4 then break end			-- if four then done
	end
	table.insert (names, year);				-- add the year at the end
	local id = table.concat(names);			-- concatenate names and year for CITEREF id
	if utilities.is_set (id) then			-- if concatenation is not an empty string
		return "CITEREF" .. id;				-- add the CITEREF portion
	else
		return '';							-- return an empty string; no reason to include CITEREF id in this citation
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< C I T E _ C L A S S _A T T R I B U T E _M A K E >------------------------------

construct <cite> tag class attribute for this citation.

<cite_class> – config.CitationClass from calling template
<mode> – value from |mode= parameter

]]

local function cite_class_attribute_make (cite_class, mode)
	local class_t = {};
	table.insert (class_t, 'citation');											-- required for blue highlight
	if 'citation' ~= cite_class then
		table.insert (class_t, cite_class);										-- identify this template for user css
		table.insert (class_t, utilities.is_set (mode) and mode or 'cs1');		-- identify the citation style for user css or javascript
	else
		table.insert (class_t, utilities.is_set (mode) and mode or 'cs2');		-- identify the citation style for user css or javascript
	end
	for _, prop_key in ipairs (z.prop_keys_t) do
		table.insert (class_t, prop_key);										-- identify various properties for user css or javascript
	end

	return table.concat (class_t, ' ');											-- make a big string and done
end


--[[---------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E T A L >--------------------------

Evaluates the content of name parameters (author, editor, etc.) for variations on
the theme of et al.  If found, the et al. is removed, a flag is set to true and
the function returns the modified name and the flag.

This function never sets the flag to false but returns its previous state because
it may have been set by previous passes through this function or by the associated
|display-<names>=etal parameter

]]

local function name_has_etal (name, etal, nocat, param)

	if utilities.is_set (name) then												-- name can be nil in which case just return
		local patterns = cfg.et_al_patterns; 									-- get patterns from configuration
		
		for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do									-- loop through all of the patterns
			if name:match (pattern) then										-- if this 'et al' pattern is found in name
				name = name:gsub (pattern, '');									-- remove the offending text
				etal = true;													-- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-<names>=etal)
				if not nocat then												-- no categorization for |vauthors=
					utilities.set_message ('err_etal', {param});				-- and set an error if not added
				end
			end
		end
	end

	return name, etal;
end


--[[---------------------< N A M E _ I S _ N U M E R I C >----------------------

Add an error message and category when <name> parameter value does not contain letters.  

Add a maintenance category when <name> parameter value has numeric characters mixed with characters that are 
not numeric characters; could be letters and/or punctuation characters.

This function will only emit one error and one maint message for the current template.  Does not emit both error
and maint messages/categories for the same parameter value.

returns nothing

]]

local function name_is_numeric (name, name_alias, list_name)
	local patterns = {
		'^%D+%d',																-- <name> must have digits preceded by other characters
		'^%D*%d+%D+',															-- <name> must have digits followed by other characters
		}

	if not added_numeric_name_errs and mw.ustring.match (name, '^[%A]+$') then	-- if we have not already set an error message and <name> does not have any alpha characters
		utilities.set_message ('err_numeric_names', name_alias);				-- add an error message
		added_numeric_name_errs = true;											-- set the flag so we emit only one error message
		return;																	-- when here no point in further testing; abandon
	end

	if not added_numeric_name_maint then										-- if we have already set a maint message
		for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do									-- spin through list of patterns
			if mw.ustring.match (name, pattern) then							-- digits preceded or followed by anything but digits; %D+ includes punctuation
				utilities.set_message ('maint_numeric_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]);	-- add a maint cat for this template
				added_numeric_name_maint = true;								-- set the flag so we emit only one maint message
				return;															-- when here no point in further testing; abandon
			end
		end
	end
end


--[[-----------------< N A M E _ H A S _ M U L T _ N A M E S >------------------

Evaluates the content of last/surname (authors etc.) parameters for multiple names.
Multiple names are indicated if there is more than one comma or any "unescaped"
semicolons. Escaped semicolons are ones used as part of selected HTML entities.
If the condition is met, the function adds the multiple name maintenance category.

Same test for first except that commas should not appear in given names (MOS:JR says
that the generational suffix does not take a separator character).  Titles, degrees,
postnominals, affiliations, all normally comma separated don't belong in a citation.

<name> – name parameter value
<list_name> – AuthorList, EditorList, etc
<limit> – number of allowed commas; 1 (default) for surnames; 0 for given names

returns nothing

]]

local function name_has_mult_names (name, list_name, limit)
	local _, commas, semicolons, nbsps;
	limit = limit and limit or 1;
	if utilities.is_set (name) then
		_, commas = name:gsub (',', '');										-- count the number of commas
		_, semicolons = name:gsub (';', '');									-- count the number of semicolons
		-- nbsps probably should be its own separate count rather than merged in
		-- some way with semicolons because Lua patterns do not support the
		-- grouping operator that regex does, which means there is no way to add
		-- more entities to escape except by adding more counts with the new
		-- entities
		_, nbsps = name:gsub ('&nbsp;','');										-- count nbsps
		
		-- There is exactly 1 semicolon per &nbsp; entity, so subtract nbsps
		-- from semicolons to 'escape' them. If additional entities are added,
		-- they also can be subtracted.
		if limit < commas or 0 < (semicolons - nbsps) then
			utilities.set_message ('maint_mult_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]);	-- add a maint message
		end
	end
end


--[=[-------------------------< I S _ G E N E R I C >----------------------------------------------------------

Compares values assigned to various parameters according to the string provided as <item> in the function call.
<item> can have on of two values:
	'generic_names' – for name-holding parameters: |last=, |first=, |editor-last=, etc
	'generic_titles' – for |title=

There are two types of generic tests.  The 'accept' tests look for a pattern that should not be rejected by the
'reject' test.  For example,
	|author=[[John Smith (author)|Smith, John]]
would be rejected by the 'author' reject test.  But piped wikilinks with 'author' disambiguation should not be
rejected so the 'accept' test prevents that from happening.  Accept tests are always performed before reject
tests.

Each of the 'accept' and 'reject' sequence tables hold tables for en.wiki (['en']) and local.wiki (['local'])
that each can hold a test sequence table  The sequence table holds, at index [1], a test pattern, and, at index
[2], a boolean control value.  The control value tells string.find() or mw.ustring.find() to do plain-text search (true)
or a pattern search (false).  The intent of all this complexity is to make these searches as fast as possible so
that we don't run out of processing time on very large articles.

Returns
	true when a reject test finds the pattern or string
	false when an accept test finds the pattern or string
	nil else

]=]

local function is_generic (item, value, wiki)
	local test_val;
	local str_lower = {															-- use string.lower() for en.wiki (['en']) and use mw.ustring.lower() or local.wiki (['local'])
		['en'] = string.lower,
		['local'] = mw.ustring.lower,
		}
	local str_find = {															-- use string.find() for en.wiki (['en']) and use mw.ustring.find() or local.wiki (['local'])
		['en'] = string.find,
		['local'] = mw.ustring.find,
		}

	local function test (val, test_t, wiki)										-- local function to do the testing; <wiki> selects lower() and find() functions
		val = test_t[2] and str_lower[wiki](value) or val;						-- when <test_t[2]> set to 'true', plaintext search using lowercase value
		return str_find[wiki] (val, test_t[1], 1, test_t[2]);					-- return nil when not found or matched
	end
		
	local test_types_t = {'accept', 'reject'};									-- test accept patterns first, then reject patterns
	local wikis_t = {'en', 'local'};											-- do tests for each of these keys; en.wiki first, local.wiki second

	for _, test_type in ipairs (test_types_t) do								-- for each test type
		for _, generic_value in pairs (cfg.special_case_translation[item][test_type]) do	-- spin through the list of generic value fragments to accept or reject
			for _, wiki in ipairs (wikis_t) do
				if generic_value[wiki] then
					if test (value, generic_value[wiki], wiki) then				-- go do the test
						return ('reject' == test_type);							-- param value rejected, return true; false else
					end
				end
			end
		end
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ I S _ G E N E R I C >------------------------------------------------

calls is_generic() to determine if <name> is a 'generic name' listed in cfg.generic_names; <name_alias> is the
parameter name used in error messaging

]]

local function name_is_generic (name, name_alias)
	if not added_generic_name_errs  and is_generic ('generic_names', name) then
		utilities.set_message ('err_generic_name', name_alias);					-- set an error message
		added_generic_name_errs = true;
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ C H E C K S >--------------------------------------------------------

This function calls various name checking functions used to validate the content of the various name-holding parameters.

]]

local function name_checks (last, first, list_name, last_alias, first_alias)
	local accept_name;

	if utilities.is_set (last) then
		last, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (last);				-- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <last>

		if not accept_name then													-- <last> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup
			name_has_mult_names (last, list_name);								-- check for multiple names in the parameter
			name_is_numeric (last, last_alias, list_name);						-- check for names that have no letters or are a mix of digits and other characters
			name_is_generic (last, last_alias);									-- check for names found in the generic names list
		end
	end

	if utilities.is_set (first) then
		first, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (first);			-- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <first>

		if not accept_name then													-- <first> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup
			name_has_mult_names (first, list_name, 0);							-- check for multiple names in the parameter; 0 is number of allowed commas in a given name
			name_is_numeric (first, first_alias, list_name);					-- check for names that have no letters or are a mix of digits and other characters
			name_is_generic (first, first_alias);								-- check for names found in the generic names list
		end
		local wl_type, D = utilities.is_wikilink (first);
		if 0 ~= wl_type then
			first = D;
			utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', first_alias);
		end
	end

	return last, first;															-- done
end


--[[----------------------< E X T R A C T _ N A M E S >-------------------------

Gets name list from the input arguments

Searches through args in sequential order to find |lastn= and |firstn= parameters
(or their aliases), and their matching link and mask parameters. Stops searching
when both |lastn= and |firstn= are not found in args after two sequential attempts:
found |last1=, |last2=, and |last3= but doesn't find |last4= and |last5= then the
search is done.

This function emits an error message when there is a |firstn= without a matching
|lastn=.  When there are 'holes' in the list of last names, |last1= and |last3=
are present but |last2= is missing, an error message is emitted. |lastn= is not
required to have a matching |firstn=.

When an author or editor parameter contains some form of 'et al.', the 'et al.'
is stripped from the parameter and a flag (etal) returned that will cause list_people()
to add the static 'et al.' text from Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration.  This keeps
'et al.' out of the template's metadata.  When this occurs, an error is emitted.

]]

local function extract_names(args, list_name)
	local names = {};															-- table of names
	local last;																	-- individual name components
	local first;
	local link;
	local mask;
	local i = 1;																-- loop counter/indexer
	local n = 1;																-- output table indexer
	local count = 0;															-- used to count the number of times we haven't found a |last= (or alias for authors, |editor-last or alias for editors)
	local etal = false;															-- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. in an author parameter

	local last_alias, first_alias, link_alias;									-- selected parameter aliases used in error messaging
	while true do
		last, last_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i );		-- search through args for name components beginning at 1
		first, first_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i );
		link, link_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i );
		mask = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i );
	
		if last then															-- error check |lastn= alias for unknown interwiki link prefix; done here because this is where we have the parameter name
			local project, language = interwiki_prefixen_get (last, true);		-- true because we expect interwiki links in |lastn= to be wikilinked
			if nil == project and nil == language then							-- when both are nil
				utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', last_alias);		-- not known, emit an error message	-- TODO: err_bad_interwiki?
				last = utilities.remove_wiki_link (last);						-- remove wikilink markup; show display value only
			end
		end
		
		if link then															-- error check |linkn= alias for unknown interwiki link prefix
			local project, language = interwiki_prefixen_get (link, false);		-- false because wiki links in |author-linkn= is an error
			if nil == project and nil == language then							-- when both are nil
				utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', link_alias);		-- not known, emit an error message	-- TODO: err_bad_interwiki?
				link = nil;														-- unset so we don't link
				link_alias = nil;
			end
		end
		
		last, etal = name_has_etal (last, etal, false, last_alias);				-- find and remove variations on et al.
		first, etal = name_has_etal (first, etal, false, first_alias);			-- find and remove variations on et al.
		last, first = name_checks (last, first, list_name, last_alias, first_alias);						-- multiple names, extraneous annotation, etc. checks

		if first and not last then												-- if there is a firstn without a matching lastn
			local alias = first_alias:find ('given', 1, true) and 'given' or 'first';	-- get first or given form of the alias
			utilities.set_message ('err_first_missing_last', {
				first_alias,													-- param name of alias missing its mate
				first_alias:gsub (alias, {['first'] = 'last', ['given'] = 'surname'}),	-- make param name appropriate to the alias form
				});																-- add this error message
		elseif not first and not last then										-- if both firstn and lastn aren't found, are we done?
			count = count + 1;													-- number of times we haven't found last and first
			if 2 <= count then													-- two missing names and we give up
				break;															-- normal exit or there is a two-name hole in the list; can't tell which
			end
		else																	-- we have last with or without a first
			local result;
			link = link_title_ok (link, link_alias, last, last_alias);			-- check for improper wiki-markup

			if first then
				link = link_title_ok (link, link_alias, first, first_alias);	-- check for improper wiki-markup
			end

			names[n] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate = false};	-- add this name to our names list (corporate for |vauthors= only)
			n = n + 1;															-- point to next location in the names table
			if 1 == count then													-- if the previous name was missing
				utilities.set_message ('err_missing_name', {list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower(), i - 1});	-- add this error message
			end
			count = 0;															-- reset the counter, we're looking for two consecutive missing names
		end
		i = i + 1;																-- point to next args location
	end
	
	return names, etal;															-- all done, return our list of names and the etal flag
end


--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ T A G _ G E T >------------------------------------------------------

attempt to decode |language=<lang_param> and return language name and matching tag; nil else.

This function looks for:
	<lang_param> as a tag in cfg.lang_tag_remap{}
	<lang_param> as a name in cfg.lang_name_remap{}
	
	<lang_param> as a name in cfg.mw_languages_by_name_t
	<lang_param> as a tag in cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t
when those fail, presume that <lang_param> is an IETF-like tag that MediaWiki does not recognize.  Strip all
script, region, variant, whatever subtags from <lang_param> to leave just a two or three character language tag
and look for the new <lang_param> in cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t{}

on success, returns name (in properly capitalized form) and matching tag (in lowercase); on failure returns nil

]]

local function name_tag_get (lang_param)
	local lang_param_lc = mw.ustring.lower (lang_param);						-- use lowercase as an index into the various tables
	local name;
	local tag;

	name = cfg.lang_tag_remap[lang_param_lc];									-- assume <lang_param_lc> is a tag; attempt to get remapped language name 
	if name then																-- when <name>, <lang_param> is a tag for a remapped language name
		if cfg.lang_name_remap[name:lower()][2] ~= lang_param_lc then
			utilities.set_message ('maint_unknown_lang');						-- add maint category if not already added
			return name, cfg.lang_name_remap[name:lower()][2];					-- so return name and tag from lang_name_remap[name]; special case to xlate sr-ec and sr-el to sr-cyrl and sr-latn
		end
		return name, lang_param_lc;												-- so return <name> from remap and <lang_param_lc>
	end

	tag = lang_param_lc:match ('^(%a%a%a?)%-.*');								-- still assuming that <lang_param_lc> is a tag; strip script, region, variant subtags
	name = cfg.lang_tag_remap[tag];												-- attempt to get remapped language name with language subtag only
	if name then																-- when <name>, <tag> is a tag for a remapped language name
		return name, tag;														-- so return <name> from remap and <tag>
	end

	if cfg.lang_name_remap[lang_param_lc] then									-- not a remapped tag, assume <lang_param_lc> is a name; attempt to get remapped language tag 
		return cfg.lang_name_remap[lang_param_lc][1], cfg.lang_name_remap[lang_param_lc][2];	-- for this <lang_param_lc>, return a (possibly) new name and appropriate tag
	end

	name = cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t[lang_param_lc];							-- assume that <lang_param_lc> is a tag; attempt to get its matching language name
	
	if name then
		return name, lang_param_lc;												-- <lang_param_lc> is a tag so return it and <name>
	end
	
	tag = cfg.mw_languages_by_name_t[lang_param_lc];							-- assume that <lang_param_lc> is a language name; attempt to get its matching tag
	
	if tag then
		return cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t[tag], tag;								-- <lang_param_lc> is a name so return the name from the table and <tag>
	end

	tag = lang_param_lc:match ('^(%a%a%a?)%-.*');								-- is <lang_param_lc> an IETF-like tag that MediaWiki doesn't recognize? <tag> gets the language subtag; nil else

	if tag then
		name = cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t[tag];									-- attempt to get a language name using the shortened <tag>
		if name then
			return name, tag;													-- <lang_param_lc> is an unrecognized IETF-like tag so return <name> and language subtag
		end
	end
end


--[[-------------------< L A N G U A G E _ P A R A M E T E R >------------------

Gets language name from a provided two- or three-character ISO 639 code.  If a code
is recognized by MediaWiki, use the returned name; if not, then use the value that
was provided with the language parameter.

When |language= contains a recognized language (either code or name), the page is
assigned to the category for that code: Category:Norwegian-language sources (no).
For valid three-character code languages, the page is assigned to the single category
for '639-2' codes: Category:CS1 ISO 639-2 language sources.

Languages that are the same as the local wiki are not categorized.  MediaWiki does
not recognize three-character equivalents of two-character codes: code 'ar' is
recognized but code 'ara' is not.

This function supports multiple languages in the form |language=nb, French, th
where the language names or codes are separated from each other by commas with
optional space characters.

]]

local function language_parameter (lang)
	local tag;																	-- some form of IETF-like language tag; language subtag with optional region, sript, vatiant, etc subtags
	local lang_subtag;															-- ve populates |language= with mostly unecessary region subtags the MediaWiki does not recognize; this is the base language subtag
	local name;																	-- the language name
	local language_list = {};													-- table of language names to be rendered
	local names_t = {};															-- table made from the value assigned to |language=

	local this_wiki_name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName (cfg.this_wiki_code, cfg.this_wiki_code);	-- get this wiki's language name

	names_t = mw.text.split (lang, '%s*,%s*');									-- names should be a comma separated list

	for _, lang in ipairs (names_t) do											-- reuse lang here because we don't yet know if lang is a language name or a language tag
		name, tag = name_tag_get (lang);										-- attempt to get name/tag pair for <lang>; <name> has proper capitalization; <tag> is lowercase

		if utilities.is_set (tag) then
			lang_subtag = tag:gsub ('^(%a%a%a?)%-.*', '%1');					-- for categorization, strip any IETF-like tags from language tag

			if cfg.this_wiki_code ~= lang_subtag then							-- when the language is not the same as this wiki's language
				if 2 == lang_subtag:len() then									-- and is a two-character tag
					utilities.add_prop_cat ('foreign-lang-source', {name, tag}, lang_subtag);		-- categorize it; tag appended to allow for multiple language categorization
				else															-- or is a recognized language (but has a three-character tag)
					utilities.add_prop_cat ('foreign-lang-source-2', {lang_subtag}, lang_subtag);			-- categorize it differently TODO: support multiple three-character tag categories per cs1|2 template?
				end
			elseif cfg.local_lang_cat_enable then								-- when the language and this wiki's language are the same and categorization is enabled
				utilities.add_prop_cat ('local-lang-source', {name, lang_subtag});		-- categorize it
			end
		else
			name = lang;														-- return whatever <lang> has so that we show something
			utilities.set_message ('maint_unknown_lang');						-- add maint category if not already added
		end
		
		table.insert (language_list, name);
		name = '';																-- so we can reuse it
	end
 
	name = utilities.make_sep_list (#language_list, language_list);
	if (1 == #language_list) and (lang_subtag == cfg.this_wiki_code) then		-- when only one language, find lang name in this wiki lang name; for |language=en-us, 'English' in 'American English'
		return '';																-- if one language and that language is this wiki's return an empty string (no annotation)
	end
	return (" " .. wrap_msg ('language', name));								-- otherwise wrap with '(in ...)'
	--[[ TODO: should only return blank or name rather than full list
	so we can clean up the bunched parenthetical elements Language, Type, Format
	]]
end


--[[-----------------------< S E T _ C S _ S T Y L E >--------------------------

Gets the default CS style configuration for the given mode.
Returns default separator and either postscript as passed in or the default.
In CS1, the default postscript and separator are '.'.
In CS2, the default postscript is the empty string and the default separator is ','.

]]

local function set_cs_style (postscript, mode)
	if utilities.is_set(postscript) then
		-- emit a maintenance message if user postscript is the default cs1 postscript
		-- we catch the opposite case for cs2 in set_style
		if mode == 'cs1' and postscript == cfg.presentation['ps_' .. mode] then
			utilities.set_message ('maint_postscript');
		end
	else
		postscript = cfg.presentation['ps_' .. mode];
	end
	return cfg.presentation['sep_' .. mode], postscript;
end


--[[--------------------------< S E T _ S T Y L E >-----------------------------

Sets the separator and postscript styles. Checks the |mode= first and the
#invoke CitationClass second. Removes the postscript if postscript == none.

]]

local function set_style (mode, postscript, cite_class)
	local sep;
	if 'cs2' == mode then
		sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs2');
	elseif 'cs1' == mode then
		sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs1');
	elseif 'citation' == cite_class	then
		sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs2');
	else
		sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs1');
	end

	if cfg.keywords_xlate[postscript:lower()] == 'none' then
		-- emit a maintenance message if user postscript is the default cs2 postscript
		-- we catch the opposite case for cs1 in set_cs_style
		if 'cs2' == mode or ('cs1' ~= mode and 'citation' == cite_class) then	-- {{citation |title=Title |mode=cs1 |postscript=none}} should not emit maint message
			utilities.set_message ('maint_postscript');
		end
		postscript = '';
	end
	
	return sep, postscript
end


--[=[-------------------------< I S _ P D F >-----------------------------------

Determines if a URL has the file extension that is one of the PDF file extensions
used by [[MediaWiki:Common.css]] when applying the PDF icon to external links.

returns true if file extension is one of the recognized extensions, else false

]=]

local function is_pdf (url)
	return url:match ('%.pdf$') or url:match ('%.PDF$') or
		url:match ('%.pdf[%?#]') or url:match ('%.PDF[%?#]') or
		url:match ('%.PDF&#035') or url:match ('%.pdf&#035');
end


--[[--------------------------< S T Y L E _ F O R M A T >-----------------------

Applies CSS style to |format=, |chapter-format=, etc.  Also emits an error message
if the format parameter does not have a matching URL parameter.  If the format parameter
is not set and the URL contains a file extension that is recognized as a PDF document
by MediaWiki's commons.css, this code will set the format parameter to (PDF) with
the appropriate styling.

]]

local function style_format (format, url, fmt_param, url_param)
	if utilities.is_set (format) then
		format = utilities.wrap_style ('format', format);						-- add leading space, parentheses, resize
		if not utilities.is_set (url) then
			utilities.set_message ('err_format_missing_url', {fmt_param, url_param});	-- add an error message
		end
	elseif is_pdf (url) then													-- format is not set so if URL is a PDF file then
		format = utilities.wrap_style ('format', 'PDF');						-- set format to PDF
	else
		format = '';															-- empty string for concatenation
	end
	return format;
end


--[[---------------------< G E T _ D I S P L A Y _ N A M E S >------------------

Returns a number that defines the number of names displayed for author and editor
name lists and a Boolean flag to indicate when et al. should be appended to the name list.

When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is a number greater than or equal to zero,
return the number and the previous state of the 'etal' flag (false by default
but may have been set to true if the name list contains some variant of the text 'et al.').

When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is the keyword 'etal', return a number
that is one greater than the number of authors in the list and set the 'etal' flag true.
This will cause the list_people() to display all of the names in the name list followed by 'et al.'

In all other cases, returns nil and the previous state of the 'etal' flag.

inputs:
	max: A['DisplayAuthors'] or A['DisplayEditors'], etc; a number or some flavor of etal
	count: #a or #e
	list_name: 'authors' or 'editors'
	etal: author_etal or editor_etal

This function sets an error message when |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of names but
not when <max> comes from {{cs1 config}} global settings.  When using global settings, <param> is set to the
keyword 'cs1 config' which is used to supress the normal error.  Error is suppressed because it is to be expected
that some citations in an article will have the same or fewer names that the limit specified in {{cs1 config}}.

]]

local function get_display_names (max, count, list_name, etal, param)
	if utilities.is_set (max) then
		if 'etal' == max:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", '') then						-- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings
			max = count + 1;													-- number of authors + 1 so display all author name plus et al.
			etal = true;														-- overrides value set by extract_names()
		elseif max:match ('^%d+$') then											-- if is a string of numbers
			max = tonumber (max);												-- make it a number
			if (max >= count) and ('cs1 config' ~= param) then					-- error when local |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of names; not an error when using global setting
				utilities.set_message ('err_disp_name', {param, max});			-- add error message
				max = nil;
			end
		else																	-- not a valid keyword or number
			utilities.set_message ('err_disp_name', {param, max});				-- add error message
			max = nil;															-- unset; as if |display-xxxxors= had not been set
		end
	end
	
	return max, etal;
end


--[[----------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ P A G E _ C H E C K >---------------

Adds error if |page=, |pages=, |quote-page=, |quote-pages= has what appears to be
some form of p. or pp. abbreviation in the first characters of the parameter content.

check page for extraneous p, p., pp, pp., pg, pg. at start of parameter value:
	good pattern: '^P[^%.P%l]' matches when page begins PX or P# but not Px
		      where x and X are letters and # is a digit
	bad pattern:  '^[Pp][PpGg]' matches when page begins pp, pP, Pp, PP, pg, pG, Pg, PG

]]

local function extra_text_in_page_check (val, name)
	if not val:match (cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.good_ppattern) then
		for _, pattern in ipairs (cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.bad_ppatterns) do		-- spin through the selected sequence table of patterns
			if val:match (pattern) then											-- when a match, error so
				utilities.set_message ('err_extra_text_pages', name);	 		-- add error message
				return;															-- and done
			end
		end
	end		
end


--[[--------------------------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ V O L _ I S S _ C H E C K >------------------------

Adds error if |volume= or |issue= has what appears to be some form of redundant 'type' indicator.  Applies to
both; this function looks for issue text in both |issue= and |volume= and looks for volume-like text in |voluem=
and |issue=.

For |volume=:
	'V.', or 'Vol.' (with or without the dot) abbreviations or 'Volume' in the first characters of the parameter
	content (all case insensitive). 'V' and 'v' (without the dot) are presumed to be roman numerals so
	are allowed.

For |issue=:
	'No.', 'I.', 'Iss.' (with or without the dot) abbreviations, or 'Issue' in the first characters of the
	parameter content (all case insensitive); numero styling: 'n°' with degree sign U+00B0, and № precomposed
	numero sign U+2116.
	
Single character values ('v', 'i', 'n') allowed when not followed by separator character ('.', ':', '=', or
whitespace character) – param values are trimmed of whitespace by MediaWiki before delivered to the module.
	
<val> is |volume= or |issue= parameter value
<name> is |volume= or |issue= parameter name for error message
<selector> is 'v' for |volume=, 'i' for |issue=

sets error message on failure; returns nothing

]]

local function extra_text_in_vol_iss_check (val, name, selector)
	if not utilities.is_set (val) then
		return;
	end
	
	local handler = 'v' == selector and 'err_extra_text_volume' or 'err_extra_text_issue';
	val = val:lower();															-- force parameter value to lower case

	for _, pattern in ipairs (cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.vi_patterns_t) do			-- spin through the sequence table of patterns
		if val:match (pattern) then												-- when a match, error so
			utilities.set_message (handler, name);								-- add error message
			return;																-- and done
		end
	end
end


--[=[-------------------------< G E T _ V _ N A M E _ T A B L E >----------------------------------------------

split apart a |vauthors= or |veditors= parameter.  This function allows for corporate names, wrapped in doubled
parentheses to also have commas; in the old version of the code, the doubled parentheses were included in the
rendered citation and in the metadata.  Individual author names may be wikilinked

	|vauthors=Jones AB, [[E. B. White|White EB]], ((Black, Brown, and Co.))

]=]

local function get_v_name_table (vparam, output_table, output_link_table)
	local _, accept = utilities.has_accept_as_written (vparam);
	if accept then
		utilities.add_prop_cat ('vanc-accept');									-- add properties category
	end
	local name_table = mw.text.split(vparam, "%s*,%s*");						-- names are separated by commas
	local wl_type, label, link;													-- wl_type not used here; just a placeholder
	
	local i = 1;
	
	while name_table[i] do
		if name_table[i]:match ('^%(%(.*[^%)][^%)]$') then						-- first segment of corporate with one or more commas; this segment has the opening doubled parentheses
			local name = name_table[i];
			i = i + 1;															-- bump indexer to next segment
			while name_table[i] do
				name = name .. ', ' .. name_table[i];							-- concatenate with previous segments
				if name_table[i]:match ('^.*%)%)$') then						-- if this table member has the closing doubled parentheses
					break;														-- and done reassembling so
				end
				i = i + 1;														-- bump indexer
			end
			table.insert (output_table, name);									-- and add corporate name to the output table
			table.insert (output_link_table, '');								-- no wikilink
		else
			wl_type, label, link = utilities.is_wikilink (name_table[i]);		-- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]]
			table.insert (output_table, label);									-- add this name
			if 1 == wl_type then
				table.insert (output_link_table, label);						-- simple wikilink [[D]]
			else
				table.insert (output_link_table, link);							-- no wikilink or [[L|D]]; add this link if there is one, else empty string
			end
		end
		i = i + 1;
	end	
	return output_table;
end


--[[--------------------------< P A R S E _ V A U T H O R S _ V E D I T O R S >--------------------------------

This function extracts author / editor names from |vauthors= or |veditors= and finds matching |xxxxor-maskn= and
|xxxxor-linkn= in args.  It then returns a table of assembled names just as extract_names() does.

Author / editor names in |vauthors= or |veditors= must be in Vancouver system style. Corporate or institutional names
may sometimes be required and because such names will often fail the is_good_vanc_name() and other format compliance
tests, are wrapped in doubled parentheses ((corporate name)) to suppress the format tests.

Supports generational suffixes Jr, 2nd, 3rd, 4th–6th.

This function sets the Vancouver error when a required comma is missing and when there is a space between an author's initials.

]]

local function parse_vauthors_veditors (args, vparam, list_name)
	local names = {};															-- table of names assembled from |vauthors=, |author-maskn=, |author-linkn=
	local v_name_table = {};
	local v_link_table = {};													-- when name is wikilinked, targets go in this table
	local etal = false;															-- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. vauthors parameter
	local last, first, link, mask, suffix;
	local corporate = false;

	vparam, etal = name_has_etal (vparam, etal, true);							-- find and remove variations on et al. do not categorize (do it here because et al. might have a period)
	v_name_table = get_v_name_table (vparam, v_name_table, v_link_table);		-- names are separated by commas

	for i, v_name in ipairs(v_name_table) do
		first = '';																-- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor
		local accept_name;
		v_name, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (v_name);			-- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <v_name>

		if accept_name then
			last = v_name;
			corporate = true;													-- flag used in list_people()
		elseif string.find(v_name, "%s") then
			if v_name:find('[;%.]') then										-- look for commonly occurring punctuation characters; 
				add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.punctuation, i);
			end
			local lastfirstTable = {}
			lastfirstTable = mw.text.split(v_name, "%s+")
			first = table.remove(lastfirstTable);								-- removes and returns value of last element in table which should be initials or generational suffix

			if not mw.ustring.match (first, '^%u+$') then						-- mw.ustring here so that later we will catch non-Latin characters
				suffix = first;													-- not initials so assume that whatever we got is a generational suffix
				first = table.remove(lastfirstTable);							-- get what should be the initials from the table
			end
			last = table.concat(lastfirstTable, ' ')							-- returns a string that is the concatenation of all other names that are not initials and generational suffix
			if not utilities.is_set (last) then
				first = '';														-- unset
				last = v_name;													-- last empty because something wrong with first
				add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.name, i);
			end
			if mw.ustring.match (last, '%a+%s+%u+%s+%a+') then
				add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl['missing comma'], i);			-- matches last II last; the case when a comma is missing
			end
			if mw.ustring.match (v_name, ' %u %u$') then						-- this test is in the wrong place TODO: move or replace with a more appropriate test
				add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.initials, i);					-- matches a space between two initials
			end
		else
			last = v_name;														-- last name or single corporate name?  Doesn't support multiword corporate names? do we need this?
		end
		
		if utilities.is_set (first) then
			if not mw.ustring.match (first, "^%u?%u$") then						-- first shall contain one or two upper-case letters, nothing else
				add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.initials, i);					-- too many initials; mixed case initials (which may be ok Romanization); hyphenated initials
			end
			is_good_vanc_name (last, first, suffix, i);							-- check first and last before restoring the suffix which may have a non-Latin digit
			if utilities.is_set (suffix) then
				first = first .. ' ' .. suffix;									-- if there was a suffix concatenate with the initials
				suffix = '';													-- unset so we don't add this suffix to all subsequent names
			end
		else
			if not corporate then
				is_good_vanc_name (last, '', nil, i);
			end
		end

		link = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ) or v_link_table[i];
		mask = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i );
		names[i] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate = corporate};		-- add this assembled name to our names list
	end
	return names, etal;															-- all done, return our list of names
end


--[[--------------------------< S E L E C T _ A U T H O R _ E D I T O R _ S O U R C E >------------------------

Select one of |authors=, |authorn= / |lastn / firstn=, or |vauthors= as the source of the author name list or
select one of |editorn= / editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= or |veditors= as the source of the editor name list.

Only one of these appropriate three will be used.  The hierarchy is: |authorn= (and aliases) highest and |authors= lowest;
|editorn= (and aliases) highest and |veditors= lowest (support for |editors= withdrawn)

When looking for |authorn= / |editorn= parameters, test |xxxxor1= and |xxxxor2= (and all of their aliases); stops after the second
test which mimicks the test used in extract_names() when looking for a hole in the author name list.  There may be a better
way to do this, I just haven't discovered what that way is.

Emits an error message when more than one xxxxor name source is provided.

In this function, vxxxxors = vauthors or veditors; xxxxors = authors as appropriate.

]]

local function select_author_editor_source (vxxxxors, xxxxors, args, list_name)
	local lastfirst = false;
	if utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 1 ) or		-- do this twice in case we have a |first1= without a |last1=; this ...
		utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 1 ) or		-- ... also catches the case where |first= is used with |vauthors=
		utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 2 ) or
		utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 2 ) then
			lastfirst = true;
	end

	if (utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) and true == lastfirst) or					-- these are the three error conditions
		(utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) and utilities.is_set (xxxxors)) or
		(true == lastfirst and utilities.is_set (xxxxors)) then
			local err_name;
			if 'AuthorList' == list_name then									-- figure out which name should be used in error message
				err_name = 'author';
			else
				err_name = 'editor';
			end
			utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', err_name .. '-name-list parameters');	-- add error message
	end

	if true == lastfirst then return 1 end;										-- return a number indicating which author name source to use
	if utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) then return 2 end;
	if utilities.is_set (xxxxors) then return 3 end;
	return 1;																	-- no authors so return 1; this allows missing author name test to run in case there is a first without last 
end


--[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ P A R A M E T E R _ V A L U E >------------------------------

This function is used to validate a parameter's assigned value for those parameters that have only a limited number
of allowable values (yes, y, true, live, dead, etc.).  When the parameter value has not been assigned a value (missing
or empty in the source template) the function returns the value specified by ret_val.  If the parameter value is one
of the list of allowed values returns the translated value; else, emits an error message and returns the value
specified by ret_val.

TODO: explain <invert>

]]

local function is_valid_parameter_value (value, name, possible, ret_val, invert)
	if not utilities.is_set (value) then
		return ret_val;															-- an empty parameter is ok
	end

	if (not invert and utilities.in_array (value, possible)) then				-- normal; <value> is in <possible> table
		return cfg.keywords_xlate[value];										-- return translation of parameter keyword
	elseif invert and not utilities.in_array (value, possible) then				-- invert; <value> is not in <possible> table
		return value;															-- return <value> as it is
	else
		utilities.set_message ('err_invalid_param_val', {name, value});			-- not an allowed value so add error message
		return ret_val;
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< T E R M I N A T E _ N A M E _ L I S T >----------------------------------------

This function terminates a name list (author, contributor, editor) with a separator character (sepc) and a space
when the last character is not a sepc character or when the last three characters are not sepc followed by two
closing square brackets (close of a wikilink).  When either of these is true, the name_list is terminated with a
single space character.

]]

local function terminate_name_list (name_list, sepc)
	if (string.sub (name_list, -3, -1) == sepc .. '. ') then					-- if already properly terminated
		return name_list;														-- just return the name list
	elseif (string.sub (name_list, -1, -1) == sepc) or (string.sub (name_list, -3, -1) == sepc .. ']]') then	-- if last name in list ends with sepc char
		return name_list .. " ";												-- don't add another
	else
		return name_list .. sepc .. ' ';										-- otherwise terminate the name list
	end
end


--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ V O L U M E _ I S S U E >-----------------------------------------

returns the concatenation of the formatted volume and issue (or journal article number) parameters as a single
string; or formatted volume or formatted issue, or an empty string if neither are set.

]]
	
local function format_volume_issue (volume, issue, article, cite_class, origin, sepc, lower)
	if not utilities.is_set (volume) and not utilities.is_set (issue) and not utilities.is_set (article) then
		return '';
	end

	-- same condition as in format_pages_sheets()
	local is_journal = 'journal' == cite_class or (utilities.in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map', 'interview'}) and 'journal' == origin);

	local is_numeric_vol = volume and (volume:match ('^[MDCLXVI]+$') or volume:match ('^%d+$'));	-- is only uppercase roman numerals or only digits?
	local is_long_vol = volume and (4 < mw.ustring.len(volume));				-- is |volume= value longer than 4 characters?
	
	if volume and (not is_numeric_vol and is_long_vol) then						-- when not all digits or Roman numerals, is |volume= longer than 4 characters?
		utilities.add_prop_cat ('long-vol');									-- yes, add properties cat
	end

	if is_journal then															-- journal-style formatting
		local vol = '';

		if utilities.is_set (volume) then
			if is_numeric_vol then												-- |volume= value all digits or all uppercase Roman numerals?
				vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, volume});	-- render in bold face
			elseif is_long_vol then												-- not all digits or Roman numerals; longer than 4 characters?
				vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-vol'], {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume)});	-- not bold
			else																-- four or fewer characters
				vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume)});	-- bold
			end
		end
		vol = vol .. (utilities.is_set (issue) and utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-issue'], issue) or '')
		vol = vol .. (utilities.is_set (article) and utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-article-num'], article) or '')
		return vol;
	end
	
	if 'podcast' == cite_class and utilities.is_set (issue) then
		return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower);
	end
	
	if 'conference' == cite_class and utilities.is_set (article) then			-- |article-number= supported only in journal and conference cites
		if utilities.is_set (volume) and utilities.is_set (article) then		-- both volume and article number
			return wrap_msg ('vol-art', {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume), article}, lower);
		elseif utilities.is_set (article) then									-- article number alone; when volume alone, handled below
			return wrap_msg ('art', {sepc, article}, lower);
		end
	end

	-- all other types of citation
	if utilities.is_set (volume) and utilities.is_set (issue) then
		return wrap_msg ('vol-no', {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume), issue}, lower);
	elseif utilities.is_set (volume) then
		return wrap_msg ('vol', {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume)}, lower);
	else
		return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower);
	end
end


--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ P A G E S _ S H E E T S >-----------------------------------------

adds static text to one of |page(s)= or |sheet(s)= values and returns it with all of the others set to empty strings.
The return order is:
	page, pages, sheet, sheets

Singular has priority over plural when both are provided.

]]

local function format_pages_sheets (page, pages, sheet, sheets, cite_class, origin, sepc, nopp, lower)
	if 'map' == cite_class then													-- only cite map supports sheet(s) as in-source locators
		if utilities.is_set (sheet) then
			if 'journal' == origin then
				return '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheet', sheet, lower), '';
			else
				return '', '', wrap_msg ('sheet', {sepc, sheet}, lower), '';
			end
		elseif utilities.is_set (sheets) then
			if 'journal' == origin then
				return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheets', sheets, lower);
			else
				return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('sheets', {sepc, sheets}, lower);
			end
		end
	end

	local is_journal = 'journal' == cite_class or (utilities.in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map', 'interview'}) and 'journal' == origin);
	
	if utilities.is_set (page) then
		if is_journal then
			return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], page), '', '', '';
		elseif not nopp then
			return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';
		else
			return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';
		end
	elseif utilities.is_set (pages) then
		if is_journal then
			return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], pages), '', '', '';
		elseif tonumber(pages) ~= nil and not nopp then							-- if pages is only digits, assume a single page number
			return '', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
		elseif not nopp then
			return '', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
		else
			return '', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
		end
	end
	
	return '', '', '', '';														-- return empty strings
end


--[[--------------------------< I N S O U R C E _ L O C _ G E T >----------------------------------------------

returns one of the in-source locators: page, pages, or at. 

If any of these are interwiki links to Wikisource, returns the label portion of the interwiki-link as plain text
for use in COinS.  This COinS thing is done because here we convert an interwiki-link to an external link and
add an icon span around that; get_coins_pages() doesn't know about the span.  TODO: should it?  

TODO: add support for sheet and sheets?; streamline;

TODO: make it so that this function returns only one of the three as the single in-source (the return value assigned
to a new name)?

]]

local function insource_loc_get (page, page_orig, pages, pages_orig, at)
	local ws_url, ws_label, coins_pages, L;										-- for Wikisource interwiki-links; TODO: this corrupts page metadata (span remains in place after cleanup; fix there?)

	if utilities.is_set (page) then
		if utilities.is_set (pages) or utilities.is_set (at) then
			pages = '';															-- unset the others
			at = '';
		end
		extra_text_in_page_check (page, page_orig);								-- emit error message when |page= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc.

		ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (page);						-- make ws URL from |page= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label
		if ws_url then
			page = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in page');	-- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this?
			page = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, page});
			coins_pages = ws_label;
		end
	elseif utilities.is_set (pages) then
		if utilities.is_set (at) then
			at = '';															-- unset
		end
		extra_text_in_page_check (pages, pages_orig);							-- emit error message when |page= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc.

		ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (pages);						-- make ws URL from |pages= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label
		if ws_url then
			pages = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in pages');	-- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this?
			pages = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, pages});
			coins_pages = ws_label;
		end
	elseif utilities.is_set (at) then
		ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (at);							-- make ws URL from |at= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label
		if ws_url then
			at = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in at');	-- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this?
			at = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, at});
			coins_pages = ws_label;
		end
	end
	
	return page, pages, at, coins_pages;
end

--[[--------------------------< I S _ U N I Q U E _ A R C H I V E _ U R L >------------------------------------

add error message when |archive-url= value is same as |url= or chapter-url= (or alias...) value

]]

local function is_unique_archive_url (archive, url, c_url, source, date)
	if utilities.is_set (archive) then
		if archive == url or archive == c_url then
			utilities.set_message ('err_bad_url', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', source)});	-- add error message
			return '', '';														-- unset |archive-url= and |archive-date= because same as |url= or |chapter-url=
		end
	end

	return archive, date;
end


--[=[-------------------------< A R C H I V E _ U R L _ C H E C K >--------------------------------------------

Check archive.org URLs to make sure they at least look like they are pointing at valid archives and not to the 
save snapshot URL or to calendar pages.  When the archive URL is 'https://web.archive.org/save/' (or http://...)
archive.org saves a snapshot of the target page in the URL.  That is something that Wikipedia should not allow
unwitting readers to do.

When the archive.org URL does not have a complete timestamp, archive.org chooses a snapshot according to its own
algorithm or provides a calendar 'search' result.  [[WP:ELNO]] discourages links to search results.

This function looks at the value assigned to |archive-url= and returns empty strings for |archive-url= and
|archive-date= and an error message when:
	|archive-url= holds an archive.org save command URL
	|archive-url= is an archive.org URL that does not have a complete timestamp (YYYYMMDDhhmmss 14 digits) in the
		correct place
otherwise returns |archive-url= and |archive-date=

There are two mostly compatible archive.org URLs:
	//web.archive.org/<timestamp>...		-- the old form
	//web.archive.org/web/<timestamp>...	-- the new form

The old form does not support or map to the new form when it contains a display flag.  There are four identified flags
('id_', 'js_', 'cs_', 'im_') but since archive.org ignores others following the same form (two letters and an underscore)
we don't check for these specific flags but we do check the form.

This function supports a preview mode.  When the article is rendered in preview mode, this function may return a modified
archive URL:
	for save command errors, return undated wildcard (/*/)
	for timestamp errors when the timestamp has a wildcard, return the URL unmodified
	for timestamp errors when the timestamp does not have a wildcard, return with timestamp limited to six digits plus wildcard (/yyyymm*/)

A secondary function is to return an archive-url timestamp from those urls that have them (archive.org and
archive.today).  The timestamp is used by validation.archive_date_check() to see if the value in |archive-date=
matches the timestamp in the archive url.

]=]

local function archive_url_check (url, date)
	local err_msg = '';															-- start with the error message empty
	local path, timestamp, flag;												-- portions of the archive.org URL
	
	timestamp = url:match ('//archive.today/(%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d)/') or	-- get timestamp from archive.today urls
		url:match ('//archive.today/(%d%d%d%d%.%d%d%.%d%d%-%d%d%d%d%d%d)/');		-- this timestamp needs cleanup
	if timestamp then															-- if this was an archive.today url ...
		return url, date, timestamp:gsub ('[%.%-]', '');						-- return ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate, and timestamp (dots and dashes removed) from |archive-url=, and done
	end
																				-- here for archive.org urls
	if (not url:match('//web%.archive%.org/')) and (not url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/')) then		-- also deprecated liveweb Wayback machine URL
		return url, date;														-- not an archive.org archive, return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate
	end

	if url:match('//web%.archive%.org/save/') then								-- if a save command URL, we don't want to allow saving of the target page 
		err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.save;
		url = url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org)/save/', '%1/*/', 1);				-- for preview mode: modify ArchiveURL
	elseif url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/') then
		err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.liveweb;
	else
		path, timestamp, flag = url:match('//web%.archive%.org/([^%d]*)(%d+)([^/]*)/');	-- split out some of the URL parts for evaluation
		if not path then														-- malformed in some way; pattern did not match
			err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.timestamp;
		elseif 14 ~= timestamp:len() then										-- path and flag optional, must have 14-digit timestamp here
			err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.timestamp;
			if '*' ~= flag then
				local replacement = timestamp:match ('^%d%d%d%d%d%d') or timestamp:match ('^%d%d%d%d');	-- get the first 6 (YYYYMM) or first 4 digits (YYYY)
				if replacement then												-- nil if there aren't at least 4 digits (year)
					replacement = replacement .. string.rep ('0', 14 - replacement:len());	-- year or yearmo (4 or 6 digits) zero-fill to make 14-digit timestamp
					url=url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org/[^%d]*)%d[^/]*', '%1' .. replacement .. '*', 1)	-- for preview, modify ts to 14 digits plus splat for calendar display
				end
			end
		elseif utilities.is_set (path) and 'web/' ~= path then					-- older archive URLs do not have the extra 'web/' path element
			err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.path;
		elseif utilities.is_set (flag) and not utilities.is_set (path) then		-- flag not allowed with the old form URL (without the 'web/' path element)
			err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.flag;
		elseif utilities.is_set (flag) and not flag:match ('%a%a_') then		-- flag if present must be two alpha characters and underscore (requires 'web/' path element)
			err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.flag;
		else
			return url, date, timestamp;										-- return ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate, and timestamp from |archive-url=
		end
	end
																				-- if here, something not right so
	utilities.set_message ('err_archive_url', {err_msg});						-- add error message and

	if is_preview_mode then
		return url, date, timestamp;											-- preview mode so return ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate, and timestamp from |archive-url=
	else
		return '', '';															-- return empty strings for ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< P L A C E _ C H E C K >--------------------------------------------------------

check |place=, |publication-place=, |location= to see if these params include digits.  This function added because
many editors misuse location to specify the in-source location (|page(s)= and |at= are supposed to do that)

returns the original parameter value without modification; added maint cat when parameter value contains digits

]]

local function place_check (param_val)
	if not utilities.is_set (param_val) then									-- parameter empty or omitted
		return param_val;														-- return that empty state
	end
	
	if mw.ustring.find (param_val, '%d') then									-- not empty, are there digits in the parameter value
		utilities.set_message ('maint_location');								-- yep, add maint cat
	end
	
	return param_val;															-- and done
end


--[[--------------------------< I S _ A R C H I V E D _ C O P Y >----------------------------------------------

compares |title= to 'Archived copy' (placeholder added by bots that can't find proper title); if matches, return true; nil else

]]

local function is_archived_copy (title)
	title = mw.ustring.lower(title);											-- switch title to lower case
	if title:find (cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy.en) then			-- if title is 'Archived copy'
		return true;
	elseif cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy['local'] then
		if mw.ustring.find (title, cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy['local']) then	-- mw.ustring() because might not be Latin script
			return true;
		end
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< D I S P L A Y _ N A M E S _ S E L E C T >--------------------------------------

for any of the |display-authors=, |display-editors=, etc parameters, select either the local or global setting.
When both are present, look at <local_display_names> value.  When the value is some sort of 'et al.'string,
special handling is required.

When {{cs1 config}} has |display-<namelist>= AND this template has |display-<namelist>=etal AND:
	the number of names specified by <number_of_names> is:
		greater than the number specified in the global |display-<namelist>= parameter (<global_display_names>)
			use global |display-<namelist>= parameter value
			set overridden maint category
		less than or equal to the number specified in the global |display-<namelist>=  parameter
			use local |display-<namelist>= parameter value

The purpose of this function is to prevent categorizing a template that has fewer names than the global setting
to keep the etal annotation specified by <local_display_names>.

]]

local function display_names_select (global_display_names, local_display_names, param_name, number_of_names, test)
	if global_display_names and utilities.is_set (local_display_names) then		-- when both
		if 'etal' == local_display_names:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", '') then		-- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings
			number_of_names = tonumber (number_of_names);						-- convert these to numbers for comparison
			local global_display_names_num = tonumber (global_display_names);	-- <global_display_names> not set when parameter value is not digits

			if number_of_names > global_display_names_num then					-- template has more names than global config allows to be displayed?
				utilities.set_message ('maint_overridden_setting');				-- set a maint message because global is overriding local |display-<namelist>=etal
				return global_display_names, 'cs1 config';						-- return global with spoof parameter name (for get_display_names())
			else
				return local_display_names, param_name;							-- return local because fewer names so let <local_display_names> control
			end
		end
																				-- here when <global_display_names> and <local_display_names> both numbers; <global_display_names> controls
		utilities.set_message ('maint_overridden_setting');						-- set a maint message
		return global_display_names, 'cs1 config';								-- return global with spoof parameter name (for get_display_names())
	end
																				-- here when only one of <global_display_names> or <local_display_names> set
	if global_display_names then
		return global_display_names, 'cs1 config';								-- return global with spoof parameter name (for get_display_names())
	else
		return local_display_names, param_name;									-- return local
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< M O D E _ S E T >--------------------------------------------------------------

fetch global mode setting from {{cs1 config}} (if present) or from |mode= (if present); global setting overrides
local |mode= parameter value.  When both are present, emit maintenance message

]]

local function mode_set (Mode, Mode_origin)
	local mode;
	if cfg.global_cs1_config_t['Mode'] then										-- global setting in {{cs1 config}}; nil when empty or assigned value invalid
		mode = is_valid_parameter_value (cfg.global_cs1_config_t['Mode'], 'cs1 config: mode', cfg.keywords_lists['mode'], '');	-- error messaging 'param' here is a hoax
	else
		mode = is_valid_parameter_value (Mode, Mode_origin, cfg.keywords_lists['mode'], '');
	end

	if cfg.global_cs1_config_t['Mode'] and utilities.is_set (Mode) then			-- when template has |mode=<something> which global setting has overridden
		utilities.set_message ('maint_overridden_setting');						-- set a maint message
	end
	return mode;
end


--[[--------------------------< Q U O T E _ M A K E >----------------------------------------------------------

create quotation from |quote=, |trans-quote=, and/or script-quote= with or without |quote-page= or |quote-pages=

when any of those three quote parameters are set, this function unsets <PostScript>.  When none of those parameters
are set, |quote-page= and |quote-pages= are unset to nil so that they are not included in the template's metadata

]]

local function quote_make (quote, trans_quote, script_quote, quote_page, quote_pages, nopp, sepc, postscript)
	if utilities.is_set (quote) or utilities.is_set (trans_quote) or utilities.is_set (script_quote) then

		if utilities.is_set (quote) then
			if quote:sub(1, 1) == '"' and quote:sub(-1, -1) == '"' then			-- if first and last characters of quote are quote marks
				quote = quote:sub(2, -2);										-- strip them off
			end
		end
		
		quote = kern_quotes (quote);											-- kern if needed
		quote = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-text', quote );					-- wrap in <q>...</q> tags
	
		if utilities.is_set (script_quote) then
			quote = script_concatenate (quote, script_quote, 'script-quote');	-- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after quote is wrapped
		end

		if utilities.is_set (trans_quote) then
			if trans_quote:sub(1, 1) == '"' and trans_quote:sub(-1, -1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of |trans-quote are quote marks
				trans_quote = trans_quote:sub(2, -2); -- strip them off
			end
			quote = quote .. " " .. utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', trans_quote );
		end

		if utilities.is_set (quote_page) or utilities.is_set (quote_pages) then	-- add page prefix
			local quote_prefix = '';
			if utilities.is_set (quote_page) then
				extra_text_in_page_check (quote_page, 'quote-page');			-- add to maint cat if |quote-page= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc.
				if not nopp then
					quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, quote_page}), '', '', '';
				else
					quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, quote_page}), '', '', '';
				end
			elseif utilities.is_set (quote_pages) then
				extra_text_in_page_check (quote_pages, 'quote-pages');			-- add to maint cat if |quote-pages= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc.
				if tonumber(quote_pages) ~= nil and not nopp then				-- if only digits, assume single page
					quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, quote_pages}), '', '';
				elseif not nopp then
					quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, quote_pages}), '', '';
				else
					quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, quote_pages}), '', '';
				end
			end
                        
			quote = quote_prefix .. ": " .. quote;
		else
			quote = sepc .. " " .. quote;
		end

		postscript = "";														-- cs1|2 does not supply terminal punctuation when |quote= is set
	
	elseif utilities.is_set (quote_page) or utilities.is_set (quote_pages) then
		quote_page = nil;														-- unset; these require |quote=; TODO: error message?
		quote_pages = nil;
	end

	return quote, quote_page, quote_pages, postscript;
end


--[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ P U B L I S H E R _ N A M E >--------------------------------------

look for variations of '<text>: <text>' that might be '<location>: <publisher>' in |publisher= parameter value.
when found, emit a maintenance message; return nil else

<publisher> is the value assigned to |publisher= or |institution=

]]

local function check_publisher_name (publisher)
	local patterns_t = {
		'^[%w%s]+%s*:%s*[%w%s]+$',												-- plain text <location>: <publisher>
		'^%[+[%w%s:|]+%]+%s*:%s*[%w%s]+$',										-- partially wikilinked [[<location>]]: <publisher>
		'^[%w%s]+%s*:%s*%[+[%w%s:|]+%]+$',										-- partially wikilinked <location>: [[<publisher>]]
		'^%[+[%w%s:|]+%]+%s*:%s*%[+[%w%s:|]+%]+$',								-- wikilinked [[<location>]]: [[<publisher>]]
		}
	
	for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns_t) do									-- spin through the patterns_t sequence
		if mw.ustring.match (publisher, pattern) then							-- does this pattern match?
			utilities.set_message ('maint_publisher_location');					-- set a maint message
			return;																-- and done
		end
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< I S _ P A G E _ A R T _ N U M >------------------------------------------------

compare the trailing (rightmost) characters of the |doi= value against the whole value assigned to |page(s)=.

return boolean true when:
	|page(s)= has exactly 8 digits and a dot between the fourth and fifth digits matches the trailing 9 characters
		of the |doi= value: |page=12345678 → |page=1234.5678 matches |doi=10.xxxx/yyyy1234.5678
	|page(s)= is 5 or more characters and matches |doi= values's trailing characters
	|page(s)= begins with a lowercase 'e' and |page(s)= without the 'e' matches |doi= values's trailing
		characters: |page=e12345 → |page=12345 matches |doi=10.xxxx/yyyy12345
	|page(s)= begins with a uppercase 'CD' followed by (typically) six digits matches |doi= values that ends with
		'CDxxxxxx.pubx' (where 'x' is any single digit)

return nil when |page(s)= values:
	are ranges separated by underscore, hyphen, emdash, endash, figure dash, or minus character
	are comma- or semicolon-separated lists of pages
	have external urls (has text 'http')
	are digit-only values less than 10000
	do not match |doi= values's trailing characters

]]

local function is_page_art_num (page, doi)
	if not (utilities.is_set (page) and utilities.is_set (doi)) then			-- both required
		return;																	-- abandon; nothing to do
	end

	if page:match ('[,;_−–—‒%-]') then											-- when |page(s)= might be a page range or a separated list of pages
		return;																	-- abandon
	end

	page = page:lower();														-- because doi names are case insensitive
	doi = doi:lower();															-- force these to lowercase for testing
	
	if page:match ('http') then													-- when |page(s)= appears to hold a url
		return;																	-- abandon
	end

	if tonumber (page) then														-- is |page(s)= digits only
		if 10000 > tonumber (page) then											-- when |page(s)= less than 10000
			return;																-- abandon
		end
	
		if doi:match (page .. '$') then											-- digits only page number match the last digits in |doi=?
			return true;
		end

		if 8 == page:len() then													-- special case when |page(s)= is exactly 8 digits
			local dot_page = page:gsub ('(%d%d%d%d)(%d%d%d%d)', '%1.%2');		-- make a |page=xxxx.yyyy version commonly used in |doi=
			if doi:match (dot_page .. '$') then									-- 8-digit dotted page number match the last characters in |doi=?
				return true;
			end
		end
	
	else																		-- here when |page(s)= is alpha-numeric
		if 4 < page:len() then													-- when |page(s)= is five or more characters
			if doi:match (page .. '$') then										-- alpha-numeric page match the last characters in |doi=?
				return true;
			end
			
			local epage = page:match ('^e([%w]+)$');							-- if first character of |page= is 'e', remove it
			if epage and doi:match (epage .. '$') then							-- page number match the last characters in |doi=?
				return true;
			end
	
			local cdpage = page:match ('^cd%d+$');								-- if first characters of |page= are 'CD' and last characters are digits (typically 6 digits)
			if cdpage and doi:match (cdpage .. '%.pub%d$') then					-- page number matches doi 'CDxxxxxx.pubx' where 'x' is a digit
				return true;
			end
		end
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N 0 >------------------------------------------------------------

This is the main function doing the majority of the citation formatting.

]]

local function citation0( config, args )
	--[[ 
	Load Input Parameters
	The argument_wrapper facilitates the mapping of multiple aliases to single internal variable.
	]]
	local A = argument_wrapper ( args );
	local i 

	-- Pick out the relevant fields from the arguments.  Different citation templates
	-- define different field names for the same underlying things.	

	local author_etal;
	local a	= {};																-- authors list from |lastn= / |firstn= pairs or |vauthors=
	local Authors;
	local NameListStyle;
		if cfg.global_cs1_config_t['NameListStyle'] then						-- global setting in {{cs1 config}} overrides local |name-list-style= parameter value; nil when empty or assigned value invalid
			NameListStyle = is_valid_parameter_value (cfg.global_cs1_config_t['NameListStyle'], 'cs1 config: name-list-style', cfg.keywords_lists['name-list-style'], '');	-- error messaging 'param' here is a hoax
		else
			NameListStyle = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NameListStyle'], A:ORIGIN('NameListStyle'), cfg.keywords_lists['name-list-style'], '');
		end

		if cfg.global_cs1_config_t['NameListStyle'] and utilities.is_set (A['NameListStyle']) then	-- when template has |name-list-style=<something> which global setting has overridden
			utilities.set_message ('maint_overridden_setting');					-- set a maint message
		end

	local Collaboration = A['Collaboration'];

	do																			-- to limit scope of selected
		local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Vauthors'], A['Authors'], args, 'AuthorList');
		if 1 == selected then
			a, author_etal = extract_names (args, 'AuthorList');				-- fetch author list from |authorn= / |lastn= / |firstn=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
		elseif 2 == selected then
			NameListStyle = 'vanc';												-- override whatever |name-list-style= might be
			a, author_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, A['Vauthors'], 'AuthorList');	-- fetch author list from |vauthors=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
		elseif 3 == selected then
			Authors = A['Authors'];												-- use content of |people= or |credits=; |authors= is deprecated; TODO: constrain |people= and |credits= to cite av media, episode, serial?
		end
		if utilities.is_set (Collaboration) then
			author_etal = true;													-- so that |display-authors=etal not required
		end
	end

	local editor_etal;
	local e	= {};																-- editors list from |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= pairs or |veditors=

	do																			-- to limit scope of selected
		local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Veditors'], nil, args, 'EditorList');	-- support for |editors= withdrawn
		if 1 == selected then
			e, editor_etal = extract_names (args, 'EditorList');				-- fetch editor list from |editorn= / |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
		elseif 2 == selected then
			NameListStyle = 'vanc';												-- override whatever |name-list-style= might be
			e, editor_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.veditors, 'EditorList');	-- fetch editor list from |veditors=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
		end
	end
							
	local Chapter = A['Chapter'];												-- done here so that we have access to |contribution= from |chapter= aliases
	local Chapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter');
	local Contribution;															-- because contribution is required for contributor(s)
		if 'contribution' == Chapter_origin then
			Contribution = Chapter;												-- get the name of the contribution
		end
	local c = {};																-- contributors list from |contributor-lastn= / contributor-firstn= pairs
	
	if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"book", "citation"}) and not utilities.is_set (A['Periodical']) then	-- |contributor= and |contribution= only supported in book cites
		c = extract_names (args, 'ContributorList');							-- fetch contributor list from |contributorn= / |contributor-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=
		
		if 0 < #c then
			if not utilities.is_set (Contribution) then							-- |contributor= requires |contribution=
				utilities.set_message ('err_contributor_missing_required_param', 'contribution');	-- add missing contribution error message
				c = {};															-- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
			end
			if 0 == #a then														-- |contributor= requires |author=
				utilities.set_message ('err_contributor_missing_required_param', 'author');	-- add missing author error message
				c = {};															-- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
			end
		end
	else																		-- if not a book cite
		if utilities.select_one (args, cfg.aliases['ContributorList-Last'], 'err_redundant_parameters', 1 ) then	-- are there contributor name list parameters?
			utilities.set_message ('err_contributor_ignored');					-- add contributor ignored error message
		end
		Contribution = nil;														-- unset
	end

	local Title = A['Title'];
	local TitleLink = A['TitleLink'];

	local auto_select = '';														-- default is auto
	local accept_link;
	TitleLink, accept_link = utilities.has_accept_as_written (TitleLink, true);	-- test for accept-this-as-written markup
	if (not accept_link) and utilities.in_array (TitleLink, {'none', 'pmc', 'doi'}) then -- check for special keywords
		auto_select = TitleLink;												-- remember selection for later
		TitleLink = '';															-- treat as if |title-link= would have been empty
	end

	TitleLink = link_title_ok (TitleLink, A:ORIGIN ('TitleLink'), Title, 'title');	-- check for wiki-markup in |title-link= or wiki-markup in |title= when |title-link= is set

	local Section = '';															-- {{cite map}} only; preset to empty string for concatenation if not used
	if 'map' == config.CitationClass and 'section' == Chapter_origin then
		Section = A['Chapter'];													-- get |section= from |chapter= alias list; |chapter= and the other aliases not supported in {{cite map}}
		Chapter = '';															-- unset for now; will be reset later from |map= if present
	end

	local Periodical = A['Periodical'];
	local Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('Periodical');
	local ScriptPeriodical = A['ScriptPeriodical'];
	local ScriptPeriodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptPeriodical');
	local TransPeriodical =  A['TransPeriodical'];
	local TransPeriodical_origin =  A:ORIGIN ('TransPeriodical');
	
	if (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'book', 'encyclopaedia'}) and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) or utilities.is_set (TransPeriodical))) then
		local param;
		if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then									-- get a parameter name from one of these periodical related meta-parameters
			Periodical = '';													-- unset because not valid {{cite book}} or {{cite encyclopedia}} parameters 
			param = Periodical_origin											-- get parameter name for error messaging
		elseif utilities.is_set (TransPeriodical) then
			TransPeriodical = '';												-- unset because not valid {{cite book}} or {{cite encyclopedia}} parameters 
			param = TransPeriodical_origin;										-- get parameter name for error messaging
		elseif utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) then
			ScriptPeriodical = '';												-- unset because not valid {{cite book}} or {{cite encyclopedia}} parameters 
			param = ScriptPeriodical_origin;									-- get parameter name for error messaging
		end

		if utilities.is_set (param) then										-- if we found one
			utilities.set_message ('err_periodical_ignored', {param});			-- emit an error message
		end
	end

	if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then
		local i;
		Periodical, i = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (Periodical);			-- strip apostrophe markup so that metadata isn't contaminated 
		if i then																-- non-zero when markup was stripped so emit an error message
			utilities.set_message ('err_apostrophe_markup', {Periodical_origin});
		end
	end

	if 'mailinglist' == config.CitationClass then								-- special case for {{cite mailing list}}
		if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.is_set (A ['MailingList']) then	-- both set emit an error TODO: make a function for this and similar?
			utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', Periodical_origin) .. cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair'] .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'mailinglist')});
		end

		Periodical = A ['MailingList'];											-- error or no, set Periodical to |mailinglist= value because this template is {{cite mailing list}}
		Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('MailingList');
	end

	-- web and news not tested for now because of 
	-- Wikipedia:Administrators%27_noticeboard#Is_there_a_semi-automated_tool_that_could_fix_these_annoying_"Cite_Web"_errors?
	if not (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) then	-- 'periodical' templates require periodical parameter
	--	local p = {['journal'] = 'journal', ['magazine'] = 'magazine', ['news'] = 'newspaper', ['web'] = 'website'};	-- for error message
		local p = {['journal'] = 'journal', ['magazine'] = 'magazine'};			-- for error message
		if p[config.CitationClass]  then
			utilities.set_message ('err_missing_periodical', {config.CitationClass, p[config.CitationClass]});
		end
	end
	
	local Volume;
	if 'citation' == config.CitationClass then
		if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then
			if not utilities.in_array (Periodical_origin, cfg.citation_no_volume_t) then	-- {{citation}} does not render |volume= when these parameters are used
				Volume = A['Volume'];											-- but does for all other 'periodicals'
			end
		elseif utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) then
			if 'script-website' ~= ScriptPeriodical_origin then					-- {{citation}} does not render volume for |script-website=
				Volume = A['Volume'];											-- but does for all other 'periodicals'
			end
		else
			Volume = A['Volume'];												-- and does for non-'periodical' cites
		end
	elseif utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_volume) then	-- render |volume= for cs1 according to the configuration settings
		Volume = A['Volume'];
	end	
	extra_text_in_vol_iss_check (Volume, A:ORIGIN ('Volume'), 'v');	

	local Issue;
	if 'citation' == config.CitationClass then
		if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.in_array (Periodical_origin, cfg.citation_issue_t) then	-- {{citation}} may render |issue= when these parameters are used
			Issue = utilities.hyphen_to_dash (A['Issue']);
		end
	elseif utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_issue) then	-- conference & map books do not support issue; {{citation}} listed here because included in settings table
		if not (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'conference', 'map', 'citation'}) and not (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical))) then
			Issue = utilities.hyphen_to_dash (A['Issue']);
		end
	end
	
	local ArticleNumber;

	if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'conference'}) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Periodical) and 'journal' == Periodical_origin) then
		ArticleNumber = A['ArticleNumber'];
	end

	extra_text_in_vol_iss_check (Issue, A:ORIGIN ('Issue'), 'i');	

	local Page;
	local Pages;
	local At;
	local QuotePage;
	local QuotePages;
	if not utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_not_using_page) then		-- TODO: rewrite to emit ignored parameter error message?
		Page = A['Page'];
		Pages = utilities.hyphen_to_dash (A['Pages']);	
		At = A['At'];
		QuotePage = A['QuotePage'];
		QuotePages = utilities.hyphen_to_dash (A['QuotePages']);
	end

	local NoPP = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NoPP'], A:ORIGIN('NoPP'), cfg.keywords_lists['yes_true_y'], nil);

	local Mode = mode_set (A['Mode'], A:ORIGIN('Mode'));

	-- separator character and postscript
	local sepc, PostScript = set_style (Mode:lower(), A['PostScript'], config.CitationClass);
	local Quote;
	Quote, QuotePage, QuotePages, PostScript = quote_make (A['Quote'], A['TransQuote'], A['ScriptQuote'], QuotePage, QuotePages, NoPP, sepc, PostScript);

	local Edition = A['Edition'];
	local PublicationPlace = place_check (A['PublicationPlace'], A:ORIGIN('PublicationPlace'));
	local Place = place_check (A['Place'], A:ORIGIN('Place'));
	
	local PublisherName = A['PublisherName'];
	local PublisherName_origin = A:ORIGIN('PublisherName');
	if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) and (cfg.keywords_xlate['none'] ~= PublisherName) then
		local i = 0;
		PublisherName, i = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (PublisherName);	-- strip apostrophe markup so that metadata isn't contaminated; publisher is never italicized
		if i and (0 < i) then													-- non-zero when markup was stripped so emit an error message
			utilities.set_message ('err_apostrophe_markup', {PublisherName_origin});
		end
	end
	
	if ('document' == config.CitationClass) and not utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then
		utilities.set_message ('err_missing_publisher', {config.CitationClass, 'publisher'});
	end

	local Newsgroup = A['Newsgroup'];											-- TODO: strip apostrophe markup?
	local Newsgroup_origin = A:ORIGIN('Newsgroup');	

	if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass then
		if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) and (cfg.keywords_xlate['none'] ~= PublisherName) then	-- general use parameter |publisher= not allowed in cite newsgroup
			utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {PublisherName_origin});
		end

		PublisherName = nil;													-- ensure that this parameter is unset for the time being; will be used again after COinS
	end

	if 'book' == config.CitationClass or 'encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and not utilities.is_set (Periodical)) then
		local accept;
		PublisherName, accept = utilities.has_accept_as_written (PublisherName);	-- check for and remove accept-as-written markup from |publisher= wrapped
		if not accept then														-- when no accept-as-written markup
			check_publisher_name (PublisherName);								-- emit maint message when |publisher= might be prefixed with publisher's location
		end
	end

	local URL = A['URL'];														-- TODO: better way to do this for URL, ChapterURL, and MapURL?
	local UrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['UrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('UrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil);
	
	if not utilities.is_set (URL) and utilities.is_set (UrlAccess) then
		UrlAccess = nil;
		utilities.set_message ('err_param_access_requires_param', 'url');
	end
	
	local ChapterURL = A['ChapterURL'];
	local ChapterUrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['ChapterUrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('ChapterUrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil);
	if not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) and utilities.is_set (ChapterUrlAccess) then
		ChapterUrlAccess = nil;
		utilities.set_message ('err_param_access_requires_param', {A:ORIGIN('ChapterUrlAccess'):gsub ('%-access', '')});
	end

	local MapUrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['MapUrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('MapUrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil);
	if not utilities.is_set (A['MapURL']) and utilities.is_set (MapUrlAccess) then
		MapUrlAccess = nil;
		utilities.set_message ('err_param_access_requires_param', {'map-url'});
	end

	local this_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle();								-- also used for COinS and for language
	local no_tracking_cats = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NoTracking'], A:ORIGIN('NoTracking'), cfg.keywords_lists['yes_true_y'], nil);

	-- check this page to see if it is in one of the namespaces that cs1 is not supposed to add to the error categories
	if not utilities.is_set (no_tracking_cats) then								-- ignore if we are already not going to categorize this page
		if cfg.uncategorized_namespaces[this_page.namespace] then				-- is this page's namespace id one of the uncategorized namespace ids?
			no_tracking_cats = "true";											-- set no_tracking_cats
		end
		for _, v in ipairs (cfg.uncategorized_subpages) do						-- cycle through page name patterns
			if this_page.text:match (v) then									-- test page name against each pattern
				no_tracking_cats = "true";										-- set no_tracking_cats
				break;															-- bail out if one is found
			end
		end
	end
																				-- check for extra |page=, |pages= or |at= parameters. (also sheet and sheets while we're at it)
	utilities.select_one (args, {'page', 'p', 'pp', 'pages', 'at', 'sheet', 'sheets'}, 'err_redundant_parameters');	-- this is a dummy call simply to get the error message and category

	local coins_pages;
	
	Page, Pages, At, coins_pages = insource_loc_get (Page, A:ORIGIN('Page'), Pages, A:ORIGIN('Pages'), At);

	if utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) and utilities.is_set (Place) then	-- both |publication-place= and |place= (|location=) allowed if different
		utilities.add_prop_cat ('location-test');								-- add property cat to evaluate how often PublicationPlace and Place are used together
		if PublicationPlace == Place then
			Place = '';															-- unset; don't need both if they are the same
		end
	elseif not utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) and utilities.is_set (Place) then	-- when only |place= (|location=) is set ...
		PublicationPlace = Place;												-- promote |place= (|location=) to |publication-place
	end

	if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ''; end							-- don't need both if they are the same

	local URL_origin = A:ORIGIN('URL');											-- get name of parameter that holds URL
	local ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ChapterURL');							-- get name of parameter that holds ChapterURL
	local ScriptChapter = A['ScriptChapter'];
	local ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('ScriptChapter');
	local Format = A['Format'];
	local ChapterFormat = A['ChapterFormat'];
	local TransChapter = A['TransChapter'];
	local TransChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter');
	local TransTitle = A['TransTitle'];
	local ScriptTitle = A['ScriptTitle'];
	
	--[[
	Parameter remapping for cite encyclopedia:
	When the citation has these parameters:
		|encyclopedia= and |title= then map |title= to |article= and |encyclopedia= to |title= for rendering
		|encyclopedia= and |article= then map |encyclopedia= to |title= for rendering

		|trans-title= maps to |trans-chapter= when |title= is re-mapped
		|url= maps to |chapter-url= when |title= is remapped
	
	All other combinations of |encyclopedia=, |title=, and |article= are not modified
	
	]]

	local Encyclopedia = A['Encyclopedia'];										-- used as a flag by this module and by ~/COinS
	local ScriptEncyclopedia = A['ScriptEncyclopedia'];
	local TransEncyclopedia = A['TransEncyclopedia'];

	if utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) or utilities.is_set (ScriptEncyclopedia) then	-- emit error message when Encyclopedia set but template is other than {{cite encyclopedia}} or {{citation}}
		if 'encyclopaedia' ~= config.CitationClass and 'citation' ~= config.CitationClass then
			if utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) then
				utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {A:ORIGIN ('Encyclopedia')});
			else
				utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {A:ORIGIN ('ScriptEncyclopedia')});
			end
			Encyclopedia = nil;													-- unset these because not supported by this template
			ScriptEncyclopedia = nil;
			TransEncyclopedia = nil;
		end
	elseif utilities.is_set (TransEncyclopedia) then
		utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {'encyclopedia'});
	end

	if ('encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
		if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) then	-- when both parameters set emit an error message; {{citation}} only; Periodical not allowed in {{cite encyclopedia}}
			utilities.set_message ('err_periodical_ignored', {Periodical_origin});
		end

		if utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) or utilities.is_set (ScriptEncyclopedia) then
			Periodical = Encyclopedia;											-- error or no, set Periodical to Encyclopedia for rendering; {{citation}} could (not legitimately) have both; use Encyclopedia
			Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN ('Encyclopedia');
			ScriptPeriodical = ScriptEncyclopedia;
			ScriptPeriodical_origin = A:ORIGIN ('ScriptEncyclopedia');

			if utilities.is_set (Title) or utilities.is_set (ScriptTitle) then
				if not utilities.is_set (Chapter) then
					Chapter = Title;											-- |encyclopedia= and |title= are set so map |title= params to |article= params for rendering
					ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
					ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptTitle')
					TransChapter = TransTitle;
					ChapterURL = URL;
					ChapterURL_origin = URL_origin;
					ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
					ChapterFormat = Format;

					if not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) and utilities.is_set (TitleLink) then
						Chapter = utilities.make_wikilink (TitleLink, Chapter);
					end
					Title = Periodical;											-- now map |encyclopedia= params to |title= params for rendering
					ScriptTitle = ScriptPeriodical or '';
					TransTitle = TransEncyclopedia or '';
					Periodical = '';											-- redundant so unset
					ScriptPeriodical = '';
					URL = '';
					Format = '';
					TitleLink = '';
				end
			elseif utilities.is_set (Chapter) or utilities.is_set (ScriptChapter) then	-- |title= not set
				Title = Periodical;												-- |encyclopedia= set and |article= set so map |encyclopedia= to |title= for rendering
				ScriptTitle = ScriptPeriodical or '';
				TransTitle = TransEncyclopedia or '';
				Periodical = '';												-- redundant so unset
				ScriptPeriodical = '';
			end
		end
	end

	-- special case for cite techreport.
	local ID = A['ID'];
	if (config.CitationClass == "techreport") then								-- special case for cite techreport
		if utilities.is_set (A['Number']) then									-- cite techreport uses 'number', which other citations alias to 'issue'
			if not utilities.is_set (ID) then									-- can we use ID for the "number"?
				ID = A['Number'];												-- yes, use it
			else																-- ID has a value so emit error message
				utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'id') .. cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair'] .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'number')});
			end
		end	
	end

	-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite conference}}, before generation of COinS data.
	local ChapterLink -- = A['ChapterLink'];									-- deprecated as a parameter but still used internally by cite episode
	local Conference = A['Conference'];
	local BookTitle = A['BookTitle'];
	local TransTitle_origin = A:ORIGIN ('TransTitle');
	if 'conference' == config.CitationClass then
		if utilities.is_set (BookTitle) then
			Chapter = Title;
			Chapter_origin = 'title';
	--		ChapterLink = TitleLink;											-- |chapter-link= is deprecated
			ChapterURL = URL;
			ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
			ChapterURL_origin = URL_origin;
			URL_origin = '';
			ChapterFormat = Format;
			TransChapter = TransTitle;
			TransChapter_origin = TransTitle_origin;
			Title = BookTitle;
			Format = '';
	--		TitleLink = '';
			TransTitle = '';
			URL = '';
		end
	elseif 'speech' ~= config.CitationClass then
		Conference = '';														-- not cite conference or cite speech so make sure this is empty string
	end
	
	local use_lowercase = ( sepc == ',' );										-- controls capitalization of certain static text
	
	-- cite map oddities
	local Cartography = "";
	local Scale = "";
	local Sheet = A['Sheet'] or '';
	local Sheets = A['Sheets'] or '';
	if config.CitationClass == "map" then
		if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then										--TODO: make a function for this and similar?
			utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'map') .. cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair'] .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', Chapter_origin)});	-- add error message
		end
		Chapter = A['Map'];
		Chapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('Map');
		ChapterURL = A['MapURL'];
		ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('MapURL');
		TransChapter = A['TransMap'];
		ScriptChapter = A['ScriptMap']
		ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptMap')

		ChapterUrlAccess = MapUrlAccess;
		ChapterFormat = A['MapFormat'];

		Cartography = A['Cartography'];
		if utilities.is_set ( Cartography ) then
			Cartography = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('cartography', Cartography, use_lowercase);
		end		
		Scale = A['Scale'];
		if utilities.is_set ( Scale ) then
			Scale = sepc .. " " .. Scale;
		end
	end

	-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite episode}} and {{cite serial}}, before generation of COinS data.
	local Series = A['Series'];
	if 'episode' == config.CitationClass or 'serial' == config.CitationClass then
		local SeriesLink = A['SeriesLink'];

		SeriesLink = link_title_ok (SeriesLink, A:ORIGIN ('SeriesLink'), Series, 'series');	-- check for wiki-markup in |series-link= or wiki-markup in |series= when |series-link= is set

		local Network = A['Network'];
		local Station = A['Station'];
		local s, n = {}, {};
																				-- do common parameters first
		if utilities.is_set (Network) then table.insert(n, Network); end
		if utilities.is_set (Station) then table.insert(n, Station); end
		ID = table.concat(n, sepc .. ' ');
		
		if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then								-- handle the oddities that are strictly {{cite episode}}
			local Season = A['Season'];
			local SeriesNumber = A['SeriesNumber'];

			if utilities.is_set (Season) and utilities.is_set (SeriesNumber) then	-- these are mutually exclusive so if both are set TODO: make a function for this and similar?
				utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'season') .. cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair'] .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'seriesno')});		-- add error message
				SeriesNumber = '';												-- unset; prefer |season= over |seriesno=
			end
																				-- assemble a table of parts concatenated later into Series
			if utilities.is_set (Season) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('season', Season, use_lowercase)); end
			if utilities.is_set (SeriesNumber) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('seriesnum', SeriesNumber, use_lowercase)); end
			if utilities.is_set (Issue) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('episode', Issue, use_lowercase)); end
			Issue = '';															-- unset because this is not a unique parameter
	
			Chapter = Title;													-- promote title parameters to chapter
			ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
			ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptTitle');
			ChapterLink = TitleLink;											-- alias |episode-link=
			TransChapter = TransTitle;
			ChapterURL = URL;
			ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
			ChapterURL_origin = URL_origin;
			ChapterFormat = Format;

			Title = Series;														-- promote series to title
			TitleLink = SeriesLink;
			Series = table.concat(s, sepc .. ' ');								-- this is concatenation of season, seriesno, episode number

			if utilities.is_set (ChapterLink) and not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then	-- link but not URL
				Chapter = utilities.make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Chapter);
			elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterLink) and utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then	-- if both are set, URL links episode;
				Series = utilities.make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Series);
			end
			URL = '';															-- unset
			TransTitle = '';
			ScriptTitle = '';
			Format = '';
			
		else																	-- now oddities that are cite serial
			Issue = '';															-- unset because this parameter no longer supported by the citation/core version of cite serial
			Chapter = A['Episode'];												-- TODO: make |episode= available to cite episode someday?
			if utilities.is_set (Series) and utilities.is_set (SeriesLink) then
				Series = utilities.make_wikilink (SeriesLink, Series);
			end
			Series = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', Series);				-- series is italicized
		end	
	end
	-- end of {{cite episode}} stuff

	-- handle type parameter for those CS1 citations that have default values
	local TitleType = A['TitleType'];
	local Degree = A['Degree'];
	if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'AV-media-notes', 'document', 'interview', 'mailinglist', 'map', 'podcast', 'pressrelease', 'report', 'speech', 'techreport', 'thesis'}) then
		TitleType = set_titletype (config.CitationClass, TitleType);
		if utilities.is_set (Degree) and "Thesis" == TitleType then				-- special case for cite thesis
			TitleType = Degree .. ' ' .. cfg.title_types ['thesis']:lower();
		end
	end

	if utilities.is_set (TitleType) then										-- if type parameter is specified
		TitleType = utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages['type'], TitleType);	-- display it in parentheses
	-- TODO: Hack on TitleType to fix bunched parentheses problem
	end

	-- legacy: promote PublicationDate to Date if neither Date nor Year are set.
	local Date = A['Date'];
 	local Date_origin;															-- to hold the name of parameter promoted to Date; required for date error messaging
	local PublicationDate = A['PublicationDate'];
	local Year = A['Year'];

	if utilities.is_set (Year) then
		validation.year_check (Year);											-- returns nothing; emits maint message when |year= doesn't hold a 'year' value
	end
		
	if not utilities.is_set (Date) then
		Date = Year;															-- promote Year to Date
		Year = nil;																-- make nil so Year as empty string isn't used for CITEREF
		if not utilities.is_set (Date) and utilities.is_set (PublicationDate) then	-- use PublicationDate when |date= and |year= are not set
			Date = PublicationDate;												-- promote PublicationDate to Date
			PublicationDate = '';												-- unset, no longer needed
			Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('PublicationDate');							-- save the name of the promoted parameter
		else
			Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('Year');										-- save the name of the promoted parameter
		end
	else
		Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('Date');											-- not a promotion; name required for error messaging
	end

	if PublicationDate == Date then PublicationDate = ''; end					-- if PublicationDate is same as Date, don't display in rendered citation

	--[[
	Go test all of the date-holding parameters for valid MOS:DATE format and make sure that dates are real dates. This must be done before we do COinS because here is where
	we get the date used in the metadata.
	
	Date validation supporting code is in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
	]]

	local DF = is_valid_parameter_value (A['DF'], A:ORIGIN('DF'), cfg.keywords_lists['df'], '');
	if not utilities.is_set (DF) then
		DF = cfg.global_df;														-- local |df= if present overrides global df set by {{use xxx date}} template
	end

	local ArchiveURL;
	local ArchiveDate;
	local ArchiveFormat = A['ArchiveFormat'];
	local archive_url_timestamp;												-- timestamp from wayback machine url
	
	ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate, archive_url_timestamp = archive_url_check (A['ArchiveURL'], A['ArchiveDate'])
	ArchiveFormat = style_format (ArchiveFormat, ArchiveURL, 'archive-format', 'archive-url');
	
	ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate = is_unique_archive_url (ArchiveURL, URL, ChapterURL, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL'), ArchiveDate);		-- add error message when URL or ChapterURL == ArchiveURL

	local AccessDate = A['AccessDate'];
	local COinS_date = {};														-- holds date info extracted from |date= for the COinS metadata by Module:Date verification
	local DoiBroken = A['DoiBroken'];
	local Embargo = A['Embargo'];
	local anchor_year;															-- used in the CITEREF identifier
	do	-- create defined block to contain local variables error_message, date_parameters_list, mismatch
		local error_message = '';
																				-- AirDate has been promoted to Date so not necessary to check it
		local date_parameters_list = {
			['access-date'] = {val = AccessDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('AccessDate')},
			['archive-date'] = {val = ArchiveDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('ArchiveDate')},
			['date'] = {val = Date, name = Date_origin},
			['doi-broken-date'] = {val = DoiBroken, name = A:ORIGIN ('DoiBroken')},
			['pmc-embargo-date'] = {val = Embargo, name = A:ORIGIN ('Embargo')},
			['publication-date'] = {val = PublicationDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('PublicationDate')},
			['year'] = {val = Year, name = A:ORIGIN ('Year')},
			};

		local error_list = {};
		anchor_year, Embargo = validation.dates(date_parameters_list, COinS_date, error_list);

		if utilities.is_set (Year) and utilities.is_set (Date) then				-- both |date= and |year= not normally needed; 
			validation.year_date_check (Year, A:ORIGIN ('Year'), Date, A:ORIGIN ('Date'), error_list);
		end

		if 0 == #error_list then												-- error free dates only; 0 when error_list is empty
			local modified = false;												-- flag
			
			if utilities.is_set (DF) then										-- if we need to reformat dates
				modified = validation.reformat_dates (date_parameters_list, DF);	-- reformat to DF format, use long month names if appropriate
			end

			if true == validation.date_hyphen_to_dash (date_parameters_list) then	-- convert hyphens to dashes where appropriate
				modified = true;
				utilities.set_message ('maint_date_format');					-- hyphens were converted so add maint category
			end
			
	-- for those wikis that can and want to have English date names translated to the local language; not supported at en.wiki
			if cfg.date_name_auto_xlate_enable and validation.date_name_xlate (date_parameters_list, cfg.date_digit_auto_xlate_enable ) then
				utilities.set_message ('maint_date_auto_xlated');				-- add maint cat
				modified = true;
			end

			if modified then													-- if the date_parameters_list values were modified
				AccessDate = date_parameters_list['access-date'].val;			-- overwrite date holding parameters with modified values
				ArchiveDate = date_parameters_list['archive-date'].val;
				Date = date_parameters_list['date'].val;
				DoiBroken = date_parameters_list['doi-broken-date'].val;
				PublicationDate = date_parameters_list['publication-date'].val;
			end

			if archive_url_timestamp and utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then
				validation.archive_date_check (ArchiveDate, archive_url_timestamp, DF);	-- does YYYYMMDD in archive_url_timestamp match date in ArchiveDate
			end
		else
			utilities.set_message ('err_bad_date', {utilities.make_sep_list (#error_list, error_list)});	-- add this error message
		end
	end	-- end of do

	if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'book', 'encyclopaedia'}) or	-- {{cite book}}, {{cite encyclopedia}}; TODO: {{cite conference}} and others?
		('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) or			-- {{citation}} as an encylopedia citation
		('citation' == config.CitationClass and not utilities.is_set (Periodical)) then		-- {{citation}} as a book citation
			if utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) then
				if not utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then
					local date = COinS_date.rftdate and tonumber (COinS_date.rftdate:match ('%d%d%d%d'));	-- get year portion of COinS date (because in Arabic numerals); convert string to number
					if date and (1850 <= date) then								-- location has no publisher; if date is 1850 or later
						utilities.set_message ('maint_location_no_publisher');	-- add maint cat
					end
				else															-- PublisherName has a value
					if cfg.keywords_xlate['none'] == PublisherName then			-- if that value is 'none' (only for book and encyclopedia citations)
						PublisherName = '';										-- unset
					end
				end
			end
	end

	local ID_list = {};															-- sequence table of rendered identifiers
	local ID_list_coins = {};													-- table of identifiers and their values from args; key is same as cfg.id_handlers's key
	local Class = A['Class'];													-- arxiv class identifier
	
	local ID_support = {
		{A['ASINTLD'], 'ASIN', 'err_asintld_missing_asin', A:ORIGIN ('ASINTLD')},				
		{DoiBroken, 'DOI', 'err_doibroken_missing_doi', A:ORIGIN ('DoiBroken')},
		{Embargo, 'PMC', 'err_embargo_missing_pmc', A:ORIGIN ('Embargo')},
		}

	ID_list, ID_list_coins = identifiers.identifier_lists_get (args, {
		DoiBroken = DoiBroken,													-- for |doi=
		ASINTLD = A['ASINTLD'],													-- for |asin=
		Embargo = Embargo,														-- for |pmc=
		Class = Class,															-- for |arxiv=
		CitationClass = config.CitationClass,									-- for |arxiv=
		Year=anchor_year,														-- for |isbn=
		}, ID_support);

	-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, {{cite medrxiv}}, {{cite ssrn}}, before generation of COinS data.
	if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, whitelist.preprint_template_list_t) then	-- |arxiv= or |eprint= required for cite arxiv; |biorxiv=, |citeseerx=, |medrxiv=, |ssrn= required for their templates
		if not (args[cfg.id_handlers[config.CitationClass:upper()].parameters[1]] or 		-- can't use ID_list_coins k/v table here because invalid parameters omitted
			args[cfg.id_handlers[config.CitationClass:upper()].parameters[2]]) then			-- which causes unexpected parameter missing error message
				utilities.set_message ('err_' .. config.CitationClass .. '_missing');		-- add error message
		end

		Periodical = ({['arxiv'] = 'arXiv', ['biorxiv'] = 'bioRxiv', ['citeseerx'] = 'CiteSeerX', ['medrxiv'] = 'medRxiv', ['ssrn'] = 'Social Science Research Network'})[config.CitationClass];
	end

	-- Link the title of the work if no |url= was provided, but we have a |pmc= or a |doi= with |doi-access=free

	if config.CitationClass == "journal" and not utilities.is_set (URL) and not utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and not utilities.in_array (cfg.keywords_xlate[Title], {'off', 'none'}) then -- TODO: remove 'none' once existing citations have been switched to 'off', so 'none' can be used as token for "no title" instead
		if 'none' ~= cfg.keywords_xlate[auto_select] then						-- if auto-linking not disabled
 	 		if identifiers.auto_link_urls[auto_select] then						-- manual selection
		 		URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls[auto_select];					-- set URL to be the same as identifier's external link
 				URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers[auto_select:upper()].parameters[1];	-- set URL_origin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=
			elseif identifiers.auto_link_urls['pmc'] then						-- auto-select PMC
				URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls['pmc'];						-- set URL to be the same as the PMC external link if not embargoed
				URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].parameters[1];				-- set URL_origin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=
			elseif identifiers.auto_link_urls['doi'] then						-- auto-select DOI
				URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls['doi'];
				URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers['DOI'].parameters[1];
			end
 	 	end

		if utilities.is_set (URL) then											-- set when using an identifier-created URL
			if utilities.is_set (AccessDate) then								-- |access-date= requires |url=; identifier-created URL is not |url=
				utilities.set_message ('err_accessdate_missing_url');			-- add an error message
				AccessDate = '';												-- unset
			end

			if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) then								-- |archive-url= requires |url=; identifier-created URL is not |url=
				utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_url');				-- add an error message
				ArchiveURL = '';												-- unset
			end
		end
	end

	-- At this point fields may be nil if they weren't specified in the template use.  We can use that fact.
	-- Test if citation has no title
	if	not utilities.is_set (Title) and not utilities.is_set (TransTitle) and not utilities.is_set (ScriptTitle) then	-- has special case for cite episode
		utilities.set_message ('err_citation_missing_title', {'episode' == config.CitationClass and 'series' or 'title'});
	end

	if utilities.in_array (cfg.keywords_xlate[Title], {'off', 'none'}) and
			utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'citation'}) and
			(utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and
			('journal' == Periodical_origin or 'script-journal' == ScriptPeriodical_origin) then	-- special case for journal cites
				Title = '';														-- set title to empty string
				utilities.set_message ('maint_untitled');						-- add maint cat
	end

	if 'journal' == config.CitationClass or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Periodical) and 'journal' == Periodical_origin) then
		if is_page_art_num (((utilities.is_set (Page) and Page) or (utilities.is_set (Pages) and Pages)) or nil, ID_list_coins['DOI']) then			-- does |page(s)= look like it holds an article number
			utilities.set_message ('maint_page_art_num');						-- add maint cat
		end
	end

	-- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) for automated parsing of citation information.
	-- handle the oddity that is cite encyclopedia and {{citation |encyclopedia=something}}. Here we presume that
	-- when Periodical, Title, and Chapter are all set, then Periodical is the book (encyclopedia) title, Title
	-- is the article title, and Chapter is a section within the article.  So, we remap 
	
	local coins_chapter = Chapter;												-- default assuming that remapping not required
	local coins_title = Title;													-- et tu
	if 'encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
		if utilities.is_set (Chapter) and utilities.is_set (Title) and utilities.is_set (Periodical) then		-- if all are used then
			coins_chapter = Title;												-- remap
			coins_title = Periodical;
		end
	end
	local coins_author = a;														-- default for coins rft.au 
	if 0 < #c then																-- but if contributor list
		coins_author = c;														-- use that instead
	end
	
	-- this is the function call to COinS()
	local OCinSoutput = metadata.COinS({
		['Periodical'] = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (Periodical),		-- no markup in the metadata
		['Encyclopedia'] = Encyclopedia,										-- just a flag; content ignored by ~/COinS
		['Chapter'] = metadata.make_coins_title (coins_chapter, ScriptChapter),	-- Chapter and ScriptChapter stripped of bold / italic / accept-as-written markup
		['Degree'] = Degree;													-- cite thesis only
		['Title'] = metadata.make_coins_title (coins_title, ScriptTitle),		-- Title and ScriptTitle stripped of bold / italic / accept-as-written markup
		['PublicationPlace'] = PublicationPlace,
		['Date'] = COinS_date.rftdate,											-- COinS_date.* has correctly formatted date values if Date is valid;
		['Season'] = COinS_date.rftssn,
		['Quarter'] = COinS_date.rftquarter,
		['Chron'] =  COinS_date.rftchron,
		['Series'] = Series,
		['Volume'] = Volume,
		['Issue'] = Issue,
		['ArticleNumber'] = ArticleNumber,
		['Pages'] = coins_pages or metadata.get_coins_pages (first_set ({Sheet, Sheets, Page, Pages, At, QuotePage, QuotePages}, 7)),	-- pages stripped of external links
		['Edition'] = Edition,
		['PublisherName'] = PublisherName or Newsgroup,							-- any apostrophe markup already removed from PublisherName
		['URL'] = first_set ({ChapterURL, URL}, 2),
		['Authors'] = coins_author,
		['ID_list'] = ID_list_coins,
		['RawPage'] = this_page.prefixedText,
	}, config.CitationClass);

	-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, {{cite medrxiv}}, and {{cite ssrn}} AFTER generation of COinS data.
	if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, whitelist.preprint_template_list_t) then	-- we have set rft.jtitle in COinS to arXiv, bioRxiv, CiteSeerX, medRxiv, or ssrn now unset so it isn't displayed
		Periodical = '';														-- periodical not allowed in these templates; if article has been published, use cite journal
	end

	-- special case for cite newsgroup.  Do this after COinS because we are modifying Publishername to include some static text
	if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Newsgroup) then
		PublisherName = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['newsgroup'], external_link( 'news:' .. Newsgroup, Newsgroup, Newsgroup_origin, nil ));
	end

	local Editors;
	local EditorCount;															-- used only for choosing {ed.) or (eds.) annotation at end of editor name-list
	local Contributors;															-- assembled contributors name list
	local contributor_etal;
	local Translators;															-- assembled translators name list
	local translator_etal;
	local t = {};																-- translators list from |translator-lastn= / translator-firstn= pairs
	t = extract_names (args, 'TranslatorList');									-- fetch translator list from |translatorn= / |translator-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=
	local Interviewers;															
	local interviewers_list = {};					
	interviewers_list = extract_names (args, 'InterviewerList');				-- process preferred interviewers parameters
	local interviewer_etal;
	
	-- Now perform various field substitutions.
	-- We also add leading spaces and surrounding markup and punctuation to the
	-- various parts of the citation, but only when they are non-nil.
	do
		local last_first_list;
		local control = { 
			format = NameListStyle,												-- empty string, '&', 'amp', 'and', or 'vanc'
			maximum = nil,														-- as if display-authors or display-editors not set
			mode = Mode
		};

		do																		-- do editor name list first because the now unsupported coauthors used to modify control table
			local display_names, param = display_names_select (cfg.global_cs1_config_t['DisplayEditors'], A['DisplayEditors'], A:ORIGIN ('DisplayEditors'), #e);
			control.maximum, editor_etal = get_display_names (display_names, #e, 'editors', editor_etal, param);

			Editors, EditorCount = list_people (control, e, editor_etal);

			if 1 == EditorCount and (true == editor_etal or 1 < #e) then		-- only one editor displayed but includes etal then 
				EditorCount = 2;												-- spoof to display (eds.) annotation
			end
		end
		do																		-- now do interviewers
			local display_names, param = display_names_select (cfg.global_cs1_config_t['DisplayInterviewers'], A['DisplayInterviewers'], A:ORIGIN ('DisplayInterviewers'), #interviewers_list);
			control.maximum, interviewer_etal = get_display_names (display_names, #interviewers_list, 'interviewers', interviewer_etal, param);

			Interviewers = list_people (control, interviewers_list, interviewer_etal);
		end
		do																		-- now do translators
			local display_names, param = display_names_select (cfg.global_cs1_config_t['DisplayTranslators'], A['DisplayTranslators'], A:ORIGIN ('DisplayTranslators'), #t);
			control.maximum, translator_etal = get_display_names (display_names, #t, 'translators', translator_etal, param);

			Translators = list_people (control, t, translator_etal);
		end
		do																		-- now do contributors
			local display_names, param = display_names_select (cfg.global_cs1_config_t['DisplayContributors'], A['DisplayContributors'], A:ORIGIN ('DisplayContributors'), #c);
			control.maximum, contributor_etal = get_display_names (display_names, #c, 'contributors', contributor_etal, param);

			Contributors = list_people (control, c, contributor_etal);
		end
		do																		-- now do authors
			local display_names, param = display_names_select (cfg.global_cs1_config_t['DisplayAuthors'], A['DisplayAuthors'], A:ORIGIN ('DisplayAuthors'), #a, author_etal);
			control.maximum, author_etal = get_display_names (display_names, #a, 'authors', author_etal, param);

			last_first_list = list_people (control, a, author_etal);

			if utilities.is_set (Authors) then
				Authors, author_etal = name_has_etal (Authors, author_etal, false, 'authors');	-- find and remove variations on et al.
				if author_etal then
					Authors = Authors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al'];			-- add et al. to authors parameter
				end
			else
				Authors = last_first_list;										-- either an author name list or an empty string
			end
		end																		-- end of do
	
		if utilities.is_set (Authors) and utilities.is_set (Collaboration) then
			Authors = Authors .. ' (' .. Collaboration .. ')';					-- add collaboration after et al.
		end

	end

	local ConferenceFormat = A['ConferenceFormat'];
	local ConferenceURL = A['ConferenceURL'];
	ConferenceFormat = style_format (ConferenceFormat, ConferenceURL, 'conference-format', 'conference-url');
	Format = style_format (Format, URL, 'format', 'url');

	-- special case for chapter format so no error message or cat when chapter not supported
	if not (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'medrxiv', 'ssrn'}) or
		('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia))) then
			ChapterFormat = style_format (ChapterFormat, ChapterURL, 'chapter-format', 'chapter-url');
	end

	if not utilities.is_set (URL) then
		if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"web", "podcast", "mailinglist"}) or		-- |url= required for cite web, cite podcast, and cite mailinglist
			('citation' == config.CitationClass and ('website' == Periodical_origin or 'script-website' == ScriptPeriodical_origin)) then	-- and required for {{citation}} with |website= or |script-website=
				utilities.set_message ('err_cite_web_url');
		end
		
		-- do we have |accessdate= without either |url= or |chapter-url=?
		if utilities.is_set (AccessDate) and not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then		-- ChapterURL may be set when URL is not set;
			utilities.set_message ('err_accessdate_missing_url');
			AccessDate = '';
		end
	end

	local UrlStatus = is_valid_parameter_value (A['UrlStatus'], A:ORIGIN('UrlStatus'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-status'], '');
	local OriginalURL
	local OriginalURL_origin
	local OriginalFormat
	local OriginalAccess;
	UrlStatus = UrlStatus:lower();												-- used later when assembling archived text
	if utilities.is_set ( ArchiveURL ) then
		if utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then 									-- if chapter-url= is set apply archive url to it
			OriginalURL = ChapterURL;											-- save copy of source chapter's url for archive text
			OriginalURL_origin = ChapterURL_origin;								-- name of |chapter-url= parameter for error messages
			OriginalFormat = ChapterFormat;										-- and original |chapter-format=

			if 'live' ~= UrlStatus then
				ChapterURL = ArchiveURL											-- swap-in the archive's URL
				ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL')						-- name of |archive-url= parameter for error messages
				ChapterFormat = ArchiveFormat or '';							-- swap in archive's format
				ChapterUrlAccess = nil;											-- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived URLs
			end
		elseif utilities.is_set (URL) then
			OriginalURL = URL;													-- save copy of original source URL
			OriginalURL_origin = URL_origin;									-- name of URL parameter for error messages
			OriginalFormat = Format; 											-- and original |format=
			OriginalAccess = UrlAccess;

			if 'live' ~= UrlStatus then											-- if URL set then |archive-url= applies to it
				URL = ArchiveURL												-- swap-in the archive's URL
				URL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL')								-- name of archive URL parameter for error messages
				Format = ArchiveFormat or '';									-- swap in archive's format
				UrlAccess = nil;												-- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived URLs
			end
		end
	elseif utilities.is_set (UrlStatus) then									-- if |url-status= is set when |archive-url= is not set
 		utilities.set_message ('maint_url_status');								-- add maint cat
	end

	if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'medrxiv', 'ssrn'}) or	-- if any of the 'periodical' cites except encyclopedia
		('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
			local chap_param;
			if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then									-- get a parameter name from one of these chapter related meta-parameters
				chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter')
			elseif utilities.is_set (TransChapter) then
				chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter')
			elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then
				chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterURL')
			elseif utilities.is_set (ScriptChapter) then
				chap_param = ScriptChapter_origin;
			else utilities.is_set (ChapterFormat)
				chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterFormat')
			end

			if utilities.is_set (chap_param) then								-- if we found one
				utilities.set_message ('err_chapter_ignored', {chap_param});	-- add error message
				Chapter = '';													-- and set them to empty string to be safe with concatenation
				TransChapter = '';
				ChapterURL = '';
				ScriptChapter = '';
				ChapterFormat = '';
			end
	else																		-- otherwise, format chapter / article title
		local no_quotes = false;												-- default assume that we will be quoting the chapter parameter value
		if utilities.is_set (Contribution) and 0 < #c then						-- if this is a contribution with contributor(s)
			if utilities.in_array (Contribution:lower(), cfg.keywords_lists.contribution) then	-- and a generic contribution title
				no_quotes = true;												-- then render it unquoted
			end
		end

		Chapter = format_chapter_title (ScriptChapter, ScriptChapter_origin, Chapter, Chapter_origin, TransChapter, TransChapter_origin, ChapterURL, ChapterURL_origin, no_quotes, ChapterUrlAccess);		-- Contribution is also in Chapter
		if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then
			Chapter = Chapter .. ChapterFormat ;
			if 'map' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (TitleType) then
				Chapter = Chapter .. ' ' .. TitleType;							-- map annotation here; not after title
			end
			Chapter = Chapter .. sepc .. ' ';
		elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterFormat) then							-- |chapter= not set but |chapter-format= is so ...
			Chapter = ChapterFormat .. sepc .. ' ';								-- ... ChapterFormat has error message, we want to see it
		end
	end

	-- Format main title
	local plain_title = false;
	local accept_title;
	Title, accept_title = utilities.has_accept_as_written (Title, true);		-- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <Title>
	if accept_title and ('' == Title) then										-- only support forced empty for now "(())"
		Title = cfg.messages['notitle'];										-- replace by predefined "No title" message
			-- TODO: utilities.set_message ( 'err_redundant_parameters', ...);	-- issue proper error message instead of muting	 
			ScriptTitle = '';													-- just mute for now	 
			TransTitle = '';													-- just mute for now
 		plain_title = true;														-- suppress text decoration for descriptive title
		utilities.set_message ('maint_untitled');								-- add maint cat
	end

	if not accept_title then													-- <Title> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup
		if '...' == Title:sub (-3) then											-- if ellipsis is the last three characters of |title=
			Title = Title:gsub ('(%.%.%.)%.+$', '%1');							-- limit the number of dots to three
		elseif not mw.ustring.find (Title, '%.%s*%a%.$') and					-- end of title is not a 'dot-(optional space-)letter-dot' initialism ...
			not mw.ustring.find (Title, '%s+%a%.$') then						-- ...and not a 'space-letter-dot' initial (''Allium canadense'' L.)
				Title = mw.ustring.gsub(Title, '%' .. sepc .. '$', '');			-- remove any trailing separator character; sepc and ms.ustring() here for languages that use multibyte separator characters
		end

		if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) and is_archived_copy (Title) then
			utilities.set_message ('maint_archived_copy');						-- add maintenance category before we modify the content of Title
		end

		if is_generic ('generic_titles', Title) then
			utilities.set_message ('err_generic_title');						-- set an error message
		end
	end

	if (not plain_title) and (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'document', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'mailinglist', 'interview', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'medrxiv', 'ssrn'}) or
		('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) or
		('map' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)))) then		-- special case for cite map when the map is in a periodical treat as an article
			Title = kern_quotes (Title);										-- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from module provided quote marks
			Title = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-title', Title);
			Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title');	-- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
			TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle );
	elseif plain_title or ('report' == config.CitationClass) then				-- no styling for cite report and descriptive titles (otherwise same as above)
		Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title');		-- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
		TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle );	-- for cite report, use this form for trans-title
	else
		Title = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', Title);
		Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title');		-- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
		TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', TransTitle);
	end

	if utilities.is_set (TransTitle) then
		if utilities.is_set (Title) then
			TransTitle = " " .. TransTitle;
		else
			utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {'title'});
		end
	end

	if utilities.is_set (Title) then											-- TODO: is this the right place to be making Wikisource URLs?
		if utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and utilities.is_set (URL) then
			utilities.set_message ('err_wikilink_in_url');						-- set an error message because we can't have both
			TitleLink = '';														-- unset
		end
	
		if not utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and utilities.is_set (URL) then
			Title = external_link (URL, Title, URL_origin, UrlAccess) .. TransTitle .. Format;
			URL = '';															-- unset these because no longer needed
			Format = "";
		elseif utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and not utilities.is_set (URL) then
			local ws_url;
			ws_url = wikisource_url_make (TitleLink);							-- ignore ws_label return; not used here
			if ws_url then
				Title = external_link (ws_url, Title .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in title-link');	-- space char after Title to move icon away from italic text; TODO: a better way to do this?
				Title = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], TitleLink, Title});				
				Title = Title .. TransTitle;
			else
				Title = utilities.make_wikilink (TitleLink, Title) .. TransTitle;
			end
		else
			local ws_url, ws_label, L;											-- Title has italic or quote markup by the time we get here which causes is_wikilink() to return 0 (not a wikilink)
			ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (Title:gsub('^[\'"]*(.-)[\'"]*$', '%1'));	-- make ws URL from |title= interwiki link (strip italic or quote markup); link portion L becomes tooltip label
			if ws_url then
				Title = Title:gsub ('%b[]', ws_label);							-- replace interwiki link with ws_label to retain markup
				Title = external_link (ws_url, Title .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in title');	-- space char after Title to move icon away from italic text; TODO: a better way to do this?
				Title = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, Title});				
				Title = Title .. TransTitle;
			else
				Title = Title .. TransTitle;
			end
		end
	else
		Title = TransTitle;
	end

	if utilities.is_set (Place) then
		Place = " " .. wrap_msg ('written', Place, use_lowercase) .. sepc .. " ";
	end

	local ConferenceURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ConferenceURL');						-- get name of parameter that holds ConferenceURL
	if utilities.is_set (Conference) then
		if utilities.is_set (ConferenceURL) then
			Conference = external_link( ConferenceURL, Conference, ConferenceURL_origin, nil );
		end
		Conference = sepc .. " " .. Conference .. ConferenceFormat;
	elseif utilities.is_set (ConferenceURL) then
		Conference = sepc .. " " .. external_link( ConferenceURL, nil, ConferenceURL_origin, nil );
	end

	local Position = '';
	if not utilities.is_set (Position) then
		local Minutes = A['Minutes'];
		local Time = A['Time'];

		if utilities.is_set (Minutes) then
			if utilities.is_set (Time) then		--TODO: make a function for this and similar?
				utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'minutes') .. cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair'] .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'time')});
			end
			Position = " " .. Minutes .. " " .. cfg.messages['minutes'];
		else
			if utilities.is_set (Time) then
				local TimeCaption = A['TimeCaption']
				if not utilities.is_set (TimeCaption) then
					TimeCaption = cfg.messages['event'];
					if sepc ~= '.' then
						TimeCaption = TimeCaption:lower();
					end
				end
				Position = " " .. TimeCaption .. " " .. Time;
			end
		end
	else
		Position = " " .. Position;
		At = '';
	end

	Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets = format_pages_sheets (Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, NoPP, use_lowercase);

	At = utilities.is_set (At) and (sepc .. " " .. At) or "";
	Position = utilities.is_set (Position) and (sepc .. " " .. Position) or "";
	if config.CitationClass == 'map' then
		local Sections = A['Sections'];											-- Section (singular) is an alias of Chapter so set earlier
		local Inset = A['Inset'];
		
		if utilities.is_set ( Inset ) then
			Inset = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('inset', Inset, use_lowercase);
		end			

		if utilities.is_set ( Sections ) then
			Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('sections', Sections, use_lowercase);
		elseif utilities.is_set ( Section ) then
			Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('section', Section, use_lowercase);
		end
		At = At .. Inset .. Section;		
	end	

	local Others = A['Others'];
	if utilities.is_set (Others) and 0 == #a and 0 == #e then					-- add maint cat when |others= has value and used without |author=, |editor=
		if config.CitationClass == "AV-media-notes"
		or config.CitationClass == "audio-visual" then							-- special maint for AV/M which has a lot of 'false' positives right now
			utilities.set_message ('maint_others_avm')
		else
			utilities.set_message ('maint_others');
		end
	end
	Others = utilities.is_set (Others) and (sepc .. " " .. Others) or "";
	
	if utilities.is_set (Translators) then
		Others = safe_join ({sepc .. ' ', wrap_msg ('translated', Translators, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc);
	end
	if utilities.is_set (Interviewers) then
		Others = safe_join ({sepc .. ' ', wrap_msg ('interview', Interviewers, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc);
	end
	
	local TitleNote = A['TitleNote'];
	TitleNote = utilities.is_set (TitleNote) and (sepc .. " " .. TitleNote) or "";
	if utilities.is_set (Edition) then
		if Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]d%n?%.?$') or Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]dition$') then -- Ed, ed, Ed., ed., Edn, edn, Edn., edn.
			utilities.set_message ('err_extra_text_edition');					 -- add error message
		end
		Edition = " " .. wrap_msg ('edition', Edition);
	else
		Edition = '';
	end

	Series = utilities.is_set (Series) and wrap_msg ('series', {sepc, Series}) or "";	-- not the same as SeriesNum
	local Agency = A['Agency'] or '';											-- |agency= is supported by {{cite magazine}}, {{cite news}}, {{cite press release}}, {{cite web}}, and certain {{citation}} templates
	if utilities.is_set (Agency) then											-- this testing done here because {{citation}} supports 'news' citations
		if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'magazine', 'news', 'pressrelease', 'web'}) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.in_array (Periodical_origin, {"magazine", "newspaper", "work"})) then
			Agency = wrap_msg ('agency', {sepc, Agency});						-- format for rendering
		else
			Agency = '';														-- unset; not supported
			utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {'agency'});		-- add error message
		end
	end
	
	Volume = format_volume_issue (Volume, Issue, ArticleNumber, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, use_lowercase);

	if utilities.is_set (AccessDate) then
		local retrv_text = " " .. cfg.messages['retrieved']

		AccessDate = nowrap_date (AccessDate);									-- wrap in nowrap span if date in appropriate format
		if (sepc ~= ".") then retrv_text = retrv_text:lower() end				-- if mode is cs2, lower case
		AccessDate = utilities.substitute (retrv_text, AccessDate);				-- add retrieved text

		AccessDate = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['accessdate'], {sepc, AccessDate});	-- allow editors to hide accessdates
	end
	
	if utilities.is_set (ID) then ID = sepc .. " " .. ID; end
	
	local Docket = A['Docket'];
   	if "thesis" == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Docket) then
		ID = sepc .. " Docket " .. Docket .. ID;
	end
   	if "report" == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Docket) then		-- for cite report when |docket= is set
		ID = sepc .. ' ' .. Docket;												-- overwrite ID even if |id= is set
	end

	if utilities.is_set (URL) then
		URL = " " .. external_link( URL, nil, URL_origin, UrlAccess );
	end
	
	-- We check length of PostScript here because it will have been nuked by
	-- the quote parameters. We'd otherwise emit a message even if there wasn't
	-- a displayed postscript.
	-- TODO: Should the max size (1) be configurable?
	-- TODO: Should we check a specific pattern?
	if utilities.is_set(PostScript) and mw.ustring.len(PostScript) > 1 then
		utilities.set_message ('maint_postscript')
	end
	
	local Archived;
	if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) then
		if not utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then								-- ArchiveURL set but ArchiveDate not set
			utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_date');					-- emit an error message
			ArchiveURL = '';													-- empty string for concatenation
			ArchiveDate = '';													-- empty string for concatenation
		end
	else														
		if utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then									-- ArchiveURL not set but ArchiveDate is set
			utilities.set_message ('err_archive_date_missing_url');				-- emit an error message
			ArchiveURL = '';													-- empty string for concatenation
			ArchiveDate = '';													-- empty string for concatenation
		end
	end

	if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) then
		local arch_text;
		if "live" == UrlStatus then
			arch_text = cfg.messages['archived'];
			if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
			if utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then
				Archived = sepc .. ' ' .. utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages['archived-live'],
					{external_link( ArchiveURL, arch_text, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL'), nil) .. ArchiveFormat, ArchiveDate } );
			else
				Archived = '';
			end
			if not utilities.is_set (OriginalURL) then
				utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_url');
				Archived = '';													-- empty string for concatenation
			end
		elseif utilities.is_set (OriginalURL) then								-- UrlStatus is empty, 'dead', 'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown'
			if utilities.in_array (UrlStatus, {'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown'}) then
				arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-unfit'];
				if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
				Archived = sepc .. ' ' .. arch_text .. ArchiveDate;				-- format already styled
				if 'bot: unknown' == UrlStatus then
					utilities.set_message ('maint_bot_unknown');				-- and add a category if not already added
				else
					utilities.add_prop_cat ('unfit');							-- and add a category if not already added
				end
			else																-- UrlStatus is empty, 'dead'
				arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-dead'];
				if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
				if utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then
					Archived = sepc .. " " .. utilities.substitute ( arch_text,
						{ external_link( OriginalURL, cfg.messages['original'], OriginalURL_origin, OriginalAccess ) .. OriginalFormat, ArchiveDate } );	-- format already styled
				else
					Archived = '';												-- unset for concatenation
				end
			end	
		else																	-- OriginalUrl not set
			utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_url');
			Archived = '';														-- empty string for concatenation
		end
	elseif utilities.is_set (ArchiveFormat) then
		Archived = ArchiveFormat;												-- if set and ArchiveURL not set ArchiveFormat has error message
	else
		Archived = '';
	end
	
	local TranscriptURL = A['TranscriptURL']
	local TranscriptFormat = A['TranscriptFormat'];
	TranscriptFormat = style_format (TranscriptFormat, TranscriptURL, 'transcript-format', 'transcripturl');
	local Transcript = A['Transcript'];
	local TranscriptURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('TranscriptURL');						-- get name of parameter that holds TranscriptURL
	if utilities.is_set (Transcript) then
		if utilities.is_set (TranscriptURL) then
			Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, Transcript, TranscriptURL_origin, nil );
		end
		Transcript = sepc .. ' ' .. Transcript .. TranscriptFormat;
	elseif utilities.is_set (TranscriptURL) then
		Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, nil, TranscriptURL_origin, nil );
	end

	local Publisher;
	if utilities.is_set (PublicationDate) then
		PublicationDate = wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate);
	end
	if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then
		if utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) then
			Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;
		else
			Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;  
		end			
	elseif utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) then 
		Publisher= sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. PublicationDate;
	else 
		Publisher = PublicationDate;
	end
	
	-- Several of the above rely upon detecting this as nil, so do it last.
	if (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) or utilities.is_set (TransPeriodical)) then
		if utilities.is_set (Title) or utilities.is_set (TitleNote) then 
			Periodical = sepc .. " " .. format_periodical (ScriptPeriodical, ScriptPeriodical_origin, Periodical, TransPeriodical, TransPeriodical_origin);
		else 
			Periodical = format_periodical (ScriptPeriodical, ScriptPeriodical_origin, Periodical, TransPeriodical, TransPeriodical_origin);
		end
	end
	
	local Language = A['Language'];
	if utilities.is_set (Language) then
		Language = language_parameter (Language);								-- format, categories, name from ISO639-1, etc.
	else
		Language='';															-- language not specified so make sure this is an empty string;
	--[[ TODO: need to extract the wrap_msg from language_parameter
	so that we can solve parentheses bunching problem with Format/Language/TitleType
	]]
	end

	--[[
	Handle the oddity that is cite speech.  This code overrides whatever may be the value assigned to TitleNote (through |department=) and forces it to be " (Speech)" so that
	the annotation directly follows the |title= parameter value in the citation rather than the |event= parameter value (if provided).
	]]
	if "speech" == config.CitationClass then									-- cite speech only
		TitleNote = TitleType;													-- move TitleType to TitleNote so that it renders ahead of |event=
		TitleType = '';															-- and unset

		if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then									-- if Periodical, perhaps because of an included |website= or |journal= parameter 
			if utilities.is_set (Conference) then								-- and if |event= is set
				Conference = Conference .. sepc .. " ";							-- then add appropriate punctuation to the end of the Conference variable before rendering
			end
		end
	end

	-- Piece all bits together at last.  Here, all should be non-nil.
	-- We build things this way because it is more efficient in LUA
	-- not to keep reassigning to the same string variable over and over.

	local tcommon;
	local tcommon2;																-- used for book cite when |contributor= is set
	
	if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"book", "citation"}) and not utilities.is_set (Periodical) then		-- special cases for book cites
		if utilities.is_set (Contributors) then									-- when we are citing foreword, preface, introduction, etc.
			tcommon = safe_join ({Title, TitleNote}, sepc);						-- author and other stuff will come after this and before tcommon2
			tcommon2 = safe_join ({TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher}, sepc);
		else
			tcommon = safe_join ({Title, TitleNote, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher}, sepc);
		end

	elseif 'map' == config.CitationClass then									-- special cases for cite map
		if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then										-- map in a book; TitleType is part of Chapter
			tcommon = safe_join ({Title, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc);
		elseif utilities.is_set (Periodical) then								-- map in a periodical
			tcommon = safe_join ({Title, TitleType, Periodical, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc);
		else																	-- a sheet or stand-alone map
			tcommon = safe_join ({Title, TitleType, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher}, sepc);
		end
		
	elseif 'episode' == config.CitationClass then								-- special case for cite episode
		tcommon = safe_join ({Title, TitleNote, TitleType, Series, Language, Edition, Publisher}, sepc);

	else																		-- all other CS1 templates
		tcommon = safe_join ({Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc);
	end
	
	if #ID_list > 0 then
		ID_list = safe_join( { sepc .. " ",  table.concat( ID_list, sepc .. " " ), ID }, sepc );
	else
		ID_list = ID;
	end
	
	local Via = A['Via'];
	Via = utilities.is_set (Via) and  wrap_msg ('via', Via) or '';
	local idcommon;
	if 'audio-visual' == config.CitationClass or 'episode' == config.CitationClass then	-- special case for cite AV media & cite episode position transcript
		idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, Transcript, AccessDate, Via, Quote }, sepc );
	else
		idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, AccessDate, Via, Quote }, sepc );
	end
	
	local text;
	local pgtext = Position .. Sheet .. Sheets .. Page .. Pages .. At;

	local OrigDate = A['OrigDate'];
	OrigDate = utilities.is_set (OrigDate) and wrap_msg ('origdate', OrigDate) or '';
	if utilities.is_set (Date) then
		if utilities.is_set (Authors) or utilities.is_set (Editors) then		-- date follows authors or editors when authors not set
			Date = " (" .. Date .. ")" .. OrigDate .. sepc .. " ";				-- in parentheses
		else																	-- neither of authors and editors set
			if (string.sub(tcommon, -1, -1) == sepc) then						-- if the last character of tcommon is sepc
				Date = " " .. Date .. OrigDate;									-- Date does not begin with sepc
			else
				Date = sepc .. " " .. Date .. OrigDate;							-- Date begins with sepc
			end
		end
	end	
	if utilities.is_set (Authors) then
		if (not utilities.is_set (Date)) then									-- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Authors termination
			Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc);						-- when no date, terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
		end
		if utilities.is_set (Editors) then
			local in_text = '';
			local post_text = '';
			if utilities.is_set (Chapter) and 0 == #c then
				in_text = cfg.messages['in'] .. ' ';
				if (sepc ~= '.') then
					in_text = in_text:lower();									-- lowercase for cs2
				end
			end
			if EditorCount <= 1 then
				post_text = ' (' .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ')';				-- be consistent with no-author, no-date case
			else
				post_text = ' (' .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ')';
			end
			Editors = terminate_name_list (in_text .. Editors .. post_text, sepc);	-- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
		end
		if utilities.is_set (Contributors) then									-- book cite and we're citing the intro, preface, etc.
			local by_text = sepc .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['by'] .. ' ';
			if (sepc ~= '.') then by_text = by_text:lower() end					-- lowercase for cs2
			Authors = by_text .. Authors;										-- author follows title so tweak it here
			if utilities.is_set (Editors) and utilities.is_set (Date) then		-- when Editors make sure that Authors gets terminated
				Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc);					-- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
			end
			if (not utilities.is_set (Date)) then								-- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Contributors termination
				Contributors = terminate_name_list (Contributors, sepc);		-- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
			end
			text = safe_join( {Contributors, Date, Chapter, tcommon, Authors, Place, Editors, tcommon2, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
		else
			text = safe_join( {Authors, Date, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
		end
	elseif utilities.is_set (Editors) then
		if utilities.is_set (Date) then
			if EditorCount <= 1 then
				Editors = Editors .. cfg.presentation['sep_name'] .. cfg.messages['editor'];
			else
				Editors = Editors .. cfg.presentation['sep_name'] .. cfg.messages['editors'];
			end
		else
			if EditorCount <= 1 then
				Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
			else
				Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
			end
		end
		text = safe_join( {Editors, Date, Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
	else
		if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"journal", "citation"}) and utilities.is_set (Periodical) then
			text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc );
		else
			text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, Date, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
		end
	end

	if utilities.is_set (PostScript) and PostScript ~= sepc then
		text = safe_join( {text, sepc}, sepc ); 								-- Deals with italics, spaces, etc.
		if '.' == sepc then														-- remove final seperator if present
			text = text:gsub ('%' .. sepc .. '$', '');							-- dot must be escaped here
		else
			text = mw.ustring.gsub (text, sepc .. '$', '');						-- using ustring for non-dot sepc (likely a non-Latin character)
		end
	end	
	
	text = safe_join( {text, PostScript}, sepc );

	-- Now enclose the whole thing in a <cite> element
	local options_t = {};
	options_t.class = cite_class_attribute_make (config.CitationClass, Mode);

	local Ref = is_valid_parameter_value (A['Ref'], A:ORIGIN('Ref'), cfg.keywords_lists['ref'], nil, true);	-- nil when |ref=harv; A['Ref'] else

	if 'none' ~= cfg.keywords_xlate[(Ref and Ref:lower()) or ''] then
		local namelist_t = {};													-- holds selected contributor, author, editor name list
		local year = first_set ({Year, anchor_year}, 2);						-- Year first for legacy citations and for YMD dates that require disambiguation

		if #c > 0 then															-- if there is a contributor list
			namelist_t = c;														-- select it
		elseif #a > 0 then														-- or an author list
			namelist_t = a;
		elseif #e > 0 then														-- or an editor list
			namelist_t = e;
		end
		local citeref_id;
		if #namelist_t > 0 then													-- if there are names in namelist_t
			citeref_id = make_citeref_id (namelist_t, year);					-- go make the CITEREF anchor
			if mw.uri.anchorEncode (citeref_id) == ((Ref and mw.uri.anchorEncode (Ref)) or '') then	-- Ref may already be encoded (by {{sfnref}}) so citeref_id must be encoded before comparison
				utilities.set_message ('maint_ref_duplicates_default');
			end
		else
			citeref_id = '';													-- unset
		end
		options_t.id = Ref or citeref_id;
	end

	if string.len (text:gsub('%b<>', '')) <= 2 then								-- remove html and html-like tags; then get length of what remains; 
		z.error_cats_t = {};													-- blank the categories list
		z.error_msgs_t = {};													-- blank the error messages list
		OCinSoutput = nil;														-- blank the metadata string
		text = '';																-- blank the the citation
		utilities.set_message ('err_empty_citation');							-- set empty citation message and category
	end
	
	local render_t = {};														-- here we collect the final bits for concatenation into the rendered citation

	if utilities.is_set (options_t.id) then										-- here we wrap the rendered citation in <cite ...>...</cite> tags
		table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['cite-id'], {mw.uri.anchorEncode(options_t.id), mw.text.nowiki(options_t.class), text}));	-- when |ref= is set or when there is a namelist
	else
		table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['cite'], {mw.text.nowiki(options_t.class), text}));	-- when |ref=none or when namelist_t empty and |ref= is missing or is empty
	end		

	if OCinSoutput then															-- blanked when citation is 'empty' so don't bother to add boilerplate metadata span
		table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['ocins'], OCinSoutput));	-- format and append metadata to the citation
	end

	local template_name = ('citation' == config.CitationClass) and 'citation' or 'cite ' .. (cfg.citation_class_map_t[config.CitationClass] or config.CitationClass);
	local template_link = '[[Template:' .. template_name .. '|' .. template_name .. ']]';
	local msg_prefix = '<code class="cs1-code">{{' .. template_link .. '}}</code>: ';

	if 0 ~= #z.error_msgs_t then
		mw.addWarning (utilities.substitute (cfg.messages.warning_msg_e, template_link));

		table.insert (render_t, ' ');											-- insert a space between citation and its error messages
		table.sort (z.error_msgs_t);											-- sort the error messages list; sorting includes wrapping <span> and <code> tags; hidden-error sorts ahead of visible-error

		local hidden = true;													-- presume that the only error messages emited by this template are hidden
		for _, v in ipairs (z.error_msgs_t) do									-- spin through the list of error messages
			if v:find ('cs1-visible-error', 1, true) then						-- look for the visible error class name
				hidden = false;													-- found one; so don't hide the error message prefix
				break;															-- and done because no need to look further
			end
		end

		z.error_msgs_t[1] = table.concat ({utilities.error_comment (msg_prefix, hidden), z.error_msgs_t[1]});	-- add error message prefix to first error message to prevent extraneous punctuation
		table.insert (render_t, table.concat (z.error_msgs_t, '; '));			-- make a big string of error messages and add it to the rendering
	end

	if 0 ~= #z.maint_cats_t then
		mw.addWarning (utilities.substitute (cfg.messages.warning_msg_m, template_link));

		table.sort (z.maint_cats_t);											-- sort the maintenance messages list

		local maint_msgs_t = {};												-- here we collect all of the maint messages

		if 0 == #z.error_msgs_t then											-- if no error messages
			table.insert (maint_msgs_t, msg_prefix);							-- insert message prefix in maint message livery
		end
		
		for _, v in ipairs( z.maint_cats_t ) do									-- append maintenance categories
			table.insert (maint_msgs_t, 										-- assemble new maint message and add it to the maint_msgs_t table
				table.concat ({v, ' (', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages[':cat wikilink'], v), ')'})
				);
		end
		table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['hidden-maint'], table.concat (maint_msgs_t, ' ')));	-- wrap the group of maint messages with proper presentation and save
	end

	if not no_tracking_cats then
		local sort_key;
		local cat_wikilink = 'cat wikilink';
		if cfg.enable_sort_keys then											-- when namespace sort keys enabled
			local namespace_number = mw.title.getCurrentTitle().namespace;		-- get namespace number for this wikitext
			sort_key = (0 ~= namespace_number and (cfg.name_space_sort_keys[namespace_number] or cfg.name_space_sort_keys.other)) or nil;	-- get sort key character; nil for mainspace
			cat_wikilink = (not sort_key and 'cat wikilink') or 'cat wikilink sk';	-- make <cfg.messages> key
		end				

		for _, v in ipairs (z.error_cats_t) do									-- append error categories
			table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.messages[cat_wikilink], {v, sort_key}));
		end
		if cfg.id_limits_data_load_fail then									-- boolean true when load failed
			utilities.set_message ('maint_id_limit_load_fail');					-- done here because this maint cat emits no message
		end
		for _, v in ipairs (z.maint_cats_t) do									-- append maintenance categories
			table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.messages[cat_wikilink], {v, sort_key}));
		end
		for _, v in ipairs (z.prop_cats_t) do									-- append properties categories
			table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['cat wikilink'], v));	-- no sort keys
		end
	end

	return table.concat (render_t);												-- make a big string and done
end


--[[--------------------------< V A L I D A T E >--------------------------------------------------------------

Looks for a parameter's name in one of several whitelists.

Parameters in the whitelist can have three values:
	true - active, supported parameters
	false - deprecated, supported parameters
	nil - unsupported parameters
	
]]

local function validate (name, cite_class, empty)
	local name = tostring (name);
	local enum_name;															-- parameter name with enumerator (if any) replaced with '#'
	local state;
	local function state_test (state, name)										-- local function to do testing of state values
		if true == state then return true; end									-- valid actively supported parameter
		if false == state then
			if empty then return nil; end										-- empty deprecated parameters are treated as unknowns
			deprecated_parameter (name);										-- parameter is deprecated but still supported
			return true;
		end
		if 'tracked' == state then
			local base_name = name:gsub ('%d', '');								-- strip enumerators from parameter names that have them to get the base name
			utilities.add_prop_cat ('tracked-param', {base_name}, base_name);	-- add a properties category; <base_name> modifies <key>
			return true;
		end
		return nil;
	end		

	if name:find ('#') then														-- # is a cs1|2 reserved character so parameters with # not permitted
		return nil;
	end
																				-- replace enumerator digit(s) with # (|last25= becomes |last#=) (mw.ustring because non-Western 'local' digits)
	enum_name = mw.ustring.gsub (name, '%d+$', '#');							-- where enumerator is last charaters in parameter name (these to protect |s2cid=)
	enum_name = mw.ustring.gsub (enum_name, '%d+([%-l])', '#%1');				-- where enumerator is in the middle of the parameter name; |author#link= is the oddity

	if 'document' == cite_class then											-- special case for {{cite document}}
		state = whitelist.document_parameters_t[enum_name];						-- this list holds enumerated and nonenumerated parameters
		if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end
		
		return false;
	end

	if utilities.in_array (cite_class, whitelist.preprint_template_list_t) then	-- limited parameter sets allowed for these templates
		state = whitelist.limited_parameters_t[enum_name];						-- this list holds enumerated and nonenumerated parameters
		if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end

		state = whitelist.preprint_arguments_t[cite_class][name];				-- look in the parameter-list for the template identified by cite_class
		if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end

		return false;															-- not supported because not found or name is set to nil
	end																			-- end limited parameter-set templates

	if utilities.in_array (cite_class, whitelist.unique_param_template_list_t) then 	-- template-specific parameters for templates that accept parameters from the basic argument list
		state = whitelist.unique_arguments_t[cite_class][name];					-- look in the template-specific parameter-lists for the template identified by cite_class
		if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end
	end																			-- if here, fall into general validation

	state = whitelist.common_parameters_t[enum_name];							-- all other templates; all normal parameters allowed; this list holds enumerated and nonenumerated parameters
	if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end

	return false;																-- not supported because not found or name is set to nil
end


--[=[-------------------------< I N T E R _ W I K I _ C H E C K >----------------------------------------------

check <value> for inter-language interwiki-link markup.  <prefix> must be a MediaWiki-recognized language
code.  when these values have the form (without leading colon):
	[[<prefix>:link|label]] return label as plain-text
	[[<prefix>:link]] return <prefix>:link as plain-text

return value as is else

]=]

local function inter_wiki_check (parameter, value)
	local prefix = value:match ('%[%[(%a+):');									-- get an interwiki prefix if one exists
	local _;
	
	if prefix and cfg.inter_wiki_map[prefix:lower()] then						-- if prefix is in the map, needs preceding colon so
		utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', parameter);					-- emit an error message
		_, value, _ = utilities.is_wikilink (value);							-- extract label portion from wikilink
	end

	return value;
end


--[[--------------------------< M I S S I N G _ P I P E _ C H E C K >------------------------------------------

Look at the contents of a parameter. If the content has a string of characters and digits followed by an equal
sign, compare the alphanumeric string to the list of cs1|2 parameters.  If found, then the string is possibly a
parameter that is missing its pipe.  There are two tests made:
	{{cite ... |title=Title access-date=2016-03-17}}	-- the first parameter has a value and whitespace separates that value from the missing pipe parameter name
	{{cite ... |title=access-date=2016-03-17}}			-- the first parameter has no value (whitespace after the first = is trimmed by MediaWiki)
cs1|2 shares some parameter names with XML/HTML attributes: class=, title=, etc.  To prevent false positives XML/HTML
tags are removed before the search.

If a missing pipe is detected, this function adds the missing pipe maintenance category.

]]

local function missing_pipe_check (parameter, value)
	local capture;
	value = value:gsub ('%b<>', '');											-- remove XML/HTML tags because attributes: class=, title=, etc.

	capture = value:match ('%s+(%a[%w%-]+)%s*=') or value:match ('^(%a[%w%-]+)%s*=');	-- find and categorize parameters with possible missing pipes
	if capture and validate (capture) then										-- if the capture is a valid parameter name
		utilities.set_message ('err_missing_pipe', parameter);
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< H A S _ E X T R A N E O U S _ P U N C T >--------------------------------------

look for extraneous terminal punctuation in most parameter values; parameters listed in skip table are not checked

]]

local function has_extraneous_punc (param, value)
	if 'number' == type (param) then
		return;
	end
	
	param = param:gsub ('%d+', '#');											-- enumerated name-list mask params allow terminal punct; normalize 
	if cfg.punct_skip[param] then
		return;																	-- parameter name found in the skip table so done
	end
	
	if value:match ('[,;:]$') then
		utilities.set_message ('maint_extra_punct');							-- has extraneous punctuation; add maint cat
	end
	if value:match ('^=') then													-- sometimes an extraneous '=' character appears ...
		utilities.set_message ('maint_extra_punct');							-- has extraneous punctuation; add maint cat
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< H A S _ T W L _ U R L >--------------------------------------------------------

look for The Wikipedia Library urls in url-holding parameters.  TWL urls are accessible only for readers who are
active extended confirmed Wikipedia editors.  This function sets an error message when such urls are discovered
and when appropriate, sets the |<param>-url-access=subscription.  returns nothing.

looks for: '.wikipedialibrary.idm.oclc.org'

]]

local function has_twl_url (url_params_t, cite_args_t)
	local url_error_t = {};														-- sequence of url-holding parameters that have a TWL url
	
	for param, value in pairs (url_params_t) do
		if value:find ('%.wikipedialibrary%.idm%.oclc%.org') then				-- has the TWL base url?
			table.insert (url_error_t, param);									-- add parameter name to the error list
		end
	end
	if 0 ~= #url_error_t then													-- non-zero when there are errors
		table.sort (url_error_t);												-- sor for error messaging
		for i, param in ipairs (url_error_t) do
			if cfg.url_access_map_t[param] then									-- if <param> has a matching -access parameter
				cite_args_t[cfg.url_access_map_t[param]] = cfg.keywords_xlate.subscription;	-- set |<param>-url-access=subscription
			end
			url_error_t[i] = utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', param);			-- make the parameter pretty for error message
		end

		utilities.set_message ('err_param_has_twl_url', {utilities.make_sep_list (#url_error_t, url_error_t)});	-- add this error message
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< H A S _ E X T R A N E O U S _ U R L >------------------------------------------

look for extraneous url parameter values; parameters listed in skip table are not checked

]]

local function has_extraneous_url (non_url_param_t)
	local url_error_t = {};
	
	check_for_url (non_url_param_t, url_error_t);								-- extraneous url check
	if 0 ~= #url_error_t then													-- non-zero when there are errors
		table.sort (url_error_t);
		utilities.set_message ('err_param_has_ext_link', {utilities.make_sep_list (#url_error_t, url_error_t)});	-- add this error message
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< _ C I T A T I O N >------------------------------------------------------------

Module entry point

	frame – from template call (citation()); may be nil when called from another module
	args_t – table of all cs1|2 parameters in the template (the parent frame)
	config_t – table of template-supplied parameter (the #invoke frame)

]]

local function _citation (frame, args_t, config_t)								-- save a copy in case we need to display an error message in preview mode
	if not frame then
		frame = mw.getCurrentFrame();											-- if called from another module, get a frame for frame-provided functions
	end
																				-- i18n: set the name that your wiki uses to identify sandbox subpages from sandbox template invoke (or can be set here)
	local sandbox = ((config_t.SandboxPath and '' ~= config_t.SandboxPath) and config_t.SandboxPath) or '/sandbox';	-- sandbox path from {{#invoke:Citation/CS1/sandbox|citation|SandboxPath=/...}}
	is_sandbox = nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), sandbox, 1, true);		-- is this invoke the sandbox module?
	sandbox = is_sandbox and sandbox or '';										-- use i18n sandbox to load sandbox modules when this module is the sandox; live modules else

	cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration' .. sandbox);			-- load sandbox versions of support modules when {{#invoke:Citation/CS1/sandbox|...}}; live modules else
	whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist' .. sandbox);
	utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities' .. sandbox);
	validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation' .. sandbox);
	identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers' .. sandbox);
	metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS' .. sandbox);

	utilities.set_selected_modules (cfg);										-- so that functions in Utilities can see the selected cfg tables
	identifiers.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities);							-- so that functions in Identifiers can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module
	validation.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities);							-- so that functions in Date validataion can see selected cfg tables and the selected Utilities module
	metadata.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities);								-- so that functions in COinS can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module

	z = utilities.z;															-- table of error and category tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
	local cite_args_t = {};														-- because args_t is the parent (template) frame args (which cannot be modified); params and their values will be placed here

	is_preview_mode = not utilities.is_set (frame:preprocess ('{{REVISIONID}}'));

	local suggestions = {};														-- table where we store suggestions if we need to loadData them
	local error_text;															-- used as a flag

	local capture;																-- the single supported capture when matching unknown parameters using patterns
	local empty_unknowns = {};													-- sequence table to hold empty unknown params for error message listing
	for k, v in pairs (args_t) do												-- get parameters from the parent (template) frame
		v = mw.ustring.gsub (v, '^%s*(.-)%s*$', '%1');							-- trim leading/trailing whitespace; when v is only whitespace, becomes empty string
		if v ~= '' then
			if ('string' == type (k)) then
				k = mw.ustring.gsub (k, '%d', cfg.date_names.local_digits);		-- for enumerated parameters, translate 'local' digits to Western 0-9
			end
			if not validate( k, config_t.CitationClass ) then			
				if type (k) ~= 'string' then									-- exclude empty numbered parameters
					if v:match("%S+") ~= nil then
						error_text = utilities.set_message ('err_text_ignored', {v});
					end
				elseif validate (k:lower(), config_t.CitationClass) then 
					error_text = utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, k:lower()});	-- suggest the lowercase version of the parameter
				else
					if nil == suggestions.suggestions then						-- if this table is nil then we need to load it
						suggestions = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions' .. sandbox);	--load sandbox version of suggestion module when {{#invoke:Citation/CS1/sandbox|...}}; live module else
					end
					for pattern, param in pairs (suggestions.patterns) do		-- loop through the patterns to see if we can suggest a proper parameter
						capture = k:match (pattern);							-- the whole match if no capture in pattern else the capture if a match
						if capture then											-- if the pattern matches 
							param = utilities.substitute (param, capture);		-- add the capture to the suggested parameter (typically the enumerator)
							if validate (param, config_t.CitationClass) then		-- validate the suggestion to make sure that the suggestion is supported by this template (necessary for limited parameter lists)
								error_text = utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, param});	-- set the suggestion error message
							else
								error_text = utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {k});	-- suggested param not supported by this template
								v = '';											-- unset
							end
						end
					end
					if not utilities.is_set (error_text) then					-- couldn't match with a pattern, is there an explicit suggestion?						
						if (suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ] ~= nil) and validate (suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ], config_t.CitationClass) then
							utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ]});
						else
							utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {k});
							v = '';												-- unset value assigned to unrecognized parameters (this for the limited parameter lists)
						end
					end
				end				  
			end

			cite_args_t[k] = v;													-- save this parameter and its value

		elseif not utilities.is_set (v) then									-- for empty parameters
			if not validate (k, config_t.CitationClass, true) then				-- is this empty parameter a valid parameter
				k = ('' == k) and '(empty string)' or k;						-- when k is empty string (or was space(s) trimmed to empty string), replace with descriptive text
				table.insert (empty_unknowns, utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', k));	-- format for error message and add to the list
			end
		end
	end	

	if 0 ~= #empty_unknowns then												-- create empty unknown error message
		utilities.set_message ('err_param_unknown_empty', {
			1 == #empty_unknowns and '' or 's',
			utilities.make_sep_list (#empty_unknowns, empty_unknowns)
			});
	end

	local non_url_param_t = {};													-- table of parameters and values that are not url-holding parameters
	local url_param_t = {};														-- table of url-holding paramters and their values

	for k, v in pairs (cite_args_t) do

		if 'string' == type (k) then											-- don't evaluate positional parameters
			has_invisible_chars (k, v);											-- look for invisible characters
		end
		has_extraneous_punc (k, v);												-- look for extraneous terminal punctuation in parameter values
		missing_pipe_check (k, v);												-- do we think that there is a parameter that is missing a pipe?
		cite_args_t[k] = inter_wiki_check (k, v);								-- when language interwiki-linked parameter missing leading colon replace with wiki-link label

		if 'string' == type (k) then											-- when parameter k is not positional
			if not cfg.url_skip[k] then											-- and not in url skip table
				non_url_param_t[k] = v;											-- make a parameter/value list for extraneous url check
			else																-- and is in url skip table (a url-holding parameter)
				url_param_t[k] = v;												-- make a parameter/value list to check for values that are The Wikipedia Library url
			end
		end
	end

	has_extraneous_url (non_url_param_t);										-- look for url in parameter values where a url does not belong
	has_twl_url (url_param_t, cite_args_t);										-- look for url-holding parameters that hold a The Wikipedia Library url

	return table.concat ({
		frame:extensionTag ('templatestyles', '', {src='Module:Citation/CS1' .. sandbox .. '/styles.css'}),
		citation0 (config_t, cite_args_t)
	});
end


--[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N >--------------------------------------------------------------

Template entry point

]]

local function citation (frame)
	local config_t = {};														-- table to store parameters from the module {{#invoke:}}
	local args_t = frame:getParent().args;										-- get template's preset parameters

	for k, v in pairs (frame.args) do											-- get parameters from the {{#invoke}} frame
		config_t[k] = v;
	--	args_t[k] = v;															-- crude debug support that allows us to render a citation from module {{#invoke:}}; skips parameter validation; TODO: keep?
	end	
	return _citation (frame, args_t, config_t)
end


--[[--------------------------< E X P O R T E D   F U N C T I O N S >------------------------------------------
]]

return {
	citation = citation,														-- template entry point
	
	_citation = _citation,														-- module entry point
	}